Study Guide Civil Engineering MSC (DEF) 2006-2007

Study Guide
2006/2007
www.masteryourfuture.nl
study guide 2006/2007

Disclaimer Table of contents
This guide has been compiled with the utmost care by the Faculty. 2 > Disclaimer
There are a number of items about which further information will only 3 > Table of contents
become available after this guide has been published. For this reason 5 > Personal details
the information published in this guide can be subject to change. 6 > Preface
Changes, additional information and more detailed course descriptions 7 > Academic calendar 2006/2007
are available on Blackboard: blackboard.tudelft.nl and/or on the 9 > TU Delft – University Facts and Mission
SIS website www.tudelft.nl/sis. 9 > International Office
10 > Service desk
10 > Blackboard
11 > Schedules
11 > TU Delft Library
12 > Regulations
12 > European Student Union (Aegee)
12 > TU Delft’s Student Union (VSSD)
14 > Useful web addresses
14 > Addresses
18 > Map of TU Delft
22 > Admission to the Master’s degree course
23 > Exam schedule
23 > Ordering study materials through Nextstore
23 > Study advisor appointments and open consultation
24 > Student Health Care
24 > Studying abroad
25 > Internship Office
25 > Emergencies
25 > Quality assurance
26 > Graduation
28 > Courses for the Structural Engineering specialisation
34 > Courses for the Building Engineering specialisation
40 > Courses for the Hydraulic Engineering specialisation
43 > Courses for the Geo-Engineering specialisation
46 > Courses for the Transport & Planning specialisation
50 > Overview of MSc courses 2006-2007
Civil E ngineering Msc study guide 2006/2007

54 > General information Structural Engineering Personal details
55 > General information Building Engineering
56 > General information Hydraulic Engineering
name
56 > General information Water Management
58 > General information Transport & Planning address
59 > General information Geo-Engineering
postal code / city
60 > Graduation in Technology in Sustainable Development
61 > Project Group Education in Sustainable Development (ODO) telephone
62 > Course descriptions mobile
e-mail
Notify in case of emergency:
name
address
postal code / city
country
telephone mobile
medical information:
medications
allergies
passport no
blood group
organ donor: yes / no; card no:
If found, please return this student guide or contact the owner.

Preface Academic calendar 2006/2007
Considerable attention has been devoted to collecting the information for Fall semester
this study guide. 4/9/06 15.00 Aula: opening academic year
A student survey has shown appreciation for the compact format of this 4/09 - 20/10 scheduled teaching activities
booklet. Because of its size, all subjects are described briefly. For detailed 23/10 - 3/11 no scheduled activities/ examinations/ scheduled
information please check the websites mentioned in this study guide. teaching activities
6/11 - 22/12 scheduled teaching activities
If you cannot find the information you need, please email us at 27/12 - 5/1/07 Christmas vacation
DienstO&S@tudelft.nl. We will ensure that your e-mail reaches the right 8/1/07 - 12/1 no scheduled activities
person. 15/1 - 2/2 examinations
Drs. Ms. E. Touw Spring semester

Head of Education and Student Affairs 5/2/07 - 23/3 scheduled teaching activities
Faculty of Civil Engineering and Geosciences 26/3 - 5/4 (do) no scheduled activities/ examinations/ scheduled
teaching activities
10/4 (Tue) - 27/4 scheduled teaching activities
6/4 Good Friday
9/4 Easter Monday
30/4 - 4/5 no scheduled activities (May vacation)
7/5 - 8/6 scheduled teaching activities
17/5, 18/5 Ascension day
26/5 no scheduled activities
28/5 Whit Sunday
11/6 - 15/6 no scheduled activities
18/6 - 6/7 examinations
20/8 - 31/8 examinations/repeats
Note: examinations are usually called ‘tentamens’ in Dutch. Formally

an ‘examen’ in Dutch is the degree audit taking place at the end of a
programme phase such as a Propaedeuse (end of first year), a Bachelor
or a Master phase. These ‘examens’ are formalities in the Dutch university
system. There are no end-of-year examinations!

Class hours for Delft University of Technology TU Delft – University Facts and Mission
Period Time Founded in 1862, Delft University of Technology is the oldest, largest, and
1. 08.45 – 09.30 most comprehensive university of technology in the Netherlands. With
2. 09.45 – 10.30 over 13.000 students and 2100 scientists (including 200 professors), it is
3. 10.45 – 11.30 an establishment of both national importance and significant international
4. 11.45 – 12.30 standing. Renowned for its high standard of education and research, the
5. 13.45 – 14.30 University collaborates with other educational establishments and research
6. 14.45 – 15.30 institutes, both in the Netherlands and overseas. It also enjoys partner-
7. 15.45 – 16.30 ships with governments, branch organisations, numerous consultancies,
8. 16.45 – 17.30 the industry, and companies from the small and medium business sectors.
Delft University of Technology has eight faculties offering a host of engineering
programmes, many of them unique in the Netherlands.
Working together with other educational establishments, various research
institutes, international business partners and the industry, TU Delft aims
to provide students with all the necessary tools for a successful career:
an excellent education, relevant, practical experience, and the broadest
possible knowledge base. Detailed information can be obtained from the
website www.tudelft.nl
International Office
This office will be your first point of contact at the University. The Interna-
tional Office staff handles the application procedure, financial and housing
matters, and the distribution of student ID cards. The International Office
comprises the central TU Delft Student Registration Office, which registers
you as a student when you are admitted to TU Delft.
The Student Facility Centre publishes a Guide to Services, which is available

from Julianalaan 134 or can be obtained by phoning +31 (0)15 27 88012
or emailing sfc@tudelft.nl
TU Delft International Office

PO Box 5
2600 AA Delft

The Netherlands screen, but to access all information, you need a personal login ID.
Telephone: +31 (0) 15 27 88012 Website: blackboard.tudelft.nl
Fax: +31 (0) 15 27 85690 Request assistance through Blackboard-support@tudelft.nl
E-mail: admission@tudelft.nl
Website: www.studyat.tudelft.nl Schedules
Visiting address: For up-to-date schedules, go to blackboard.tudelft.nl or the campus
Julianalaan 134 website of your faculty.
2628 BL Delft
The Netherlands TU Delft Library
Around October 2006 the International Office and the Student Facility The TU Delft Library consists of a central branch located behind the Aula and
Centre will move to a new location at the Mekelweg. seven faculty branches in a number of locations. The collection, the excellent
Postal address: study facilities, the modern PCs and the package of services in each library
Jaffalaan 9A are designed to provide you with optimal access to relevant science and
2628 BX Delft technology literature. On the Library’s website, www.library.tudelft.nl, you
Visitors’ entrance at the Mekelweg can find all information you need if you want to visit a library or use one of
the services of the TU Delft Library.
Service desk
Customer Services TU Delft Library:
The Service Desk provides you with your transcripts, timetables and exam Telephone: +31 (0)15 27 85678
dates, and it posts the exam results. Here you submit forms, you inform Fax: +31 (0)15 27 85706
them of recently acquired marks, and a change of address. The Service E-mail: library@tudelft.nl
Desk tracks student progress, i.e. the number of credits and marks you Website: www.library.tudelft.nl
obtain and any group work done in a semester and/or academic year.
More information is available on servicepunt.tudelft.nl Opening times central branch:
The Service Desk is open Monday to Friday, from 8.00 a.m. to 5.00 p.m. Tuition period Examination period Summer holiday
Monday - Thursday 9.00 - 22.00 9.00 - 24.00 9.00 - 17.00
Blackboard Friday 9.00 - 18.00 9.00 - 22.00 9.00 - 17.00
Saturday - Sunday 10.00 - 18.00 10.00 - 22.00 closed
Blackboard provides you with the most recent information about your The opening times of the faculty libraries can be found at www.library.
courses. It is a commercial E-learning medium that serves as a virtual tudelft.nl under ‘locations’.
notice board for announcements, timetables, presentation of programme
materials, practice materials, exercises and solutions as well as interesting
links. You can enter the system using the ‘Preview’ button in the login
10 Civil Engineering Msc 11 study guide 2006/2007

Opening times central information desk: TU DELFT’S STUDENT UNION (VSSD)
Monday - Thursday 9.00 - 19.00 The purpose of the VSSD is to safeguard the interests of all students
Friday 9.00 - 17.00 studying at Delft University of Technology. The Union mainly focuses on
Saturday 10.00 - 13.00 areas such as education, income, legal status and housing. The VSSD is a
Sunday closed member of the National Student Union (LSVB) and of the ISO (a national
Every first Monday of the month: 11.00 - 19.00 student body). As well as representing the collective interest of students,
the VSSD also provides support and services to individual students by helping
them with financial, housing, study and other problems, and through the
Regulations publication and sale of reasonably priced textbooks.
There are a number of formal regulations for the faculty organization, Office:
the programmes and their execution. These are: Leeghwaterstraat 42 (building 45 on map)
· The Faculty Regulations Telephone: +31 (0)15 27 82050
·T
he Teaching and Examination Regulations (‘Onderwijs- en Examen- Fax: +31 (0)15 27 87585
reglement’). E-mail: balie@vssd.nl
· ( Per programme) The Execution Regulations of the Education and Website: www.vssd.nl
Examination Regulations (‘Uitvoeringsregeling’). Opening hours: Monday to Thursday 08.30-17.00, Friday 08.30-13.00
·T
he Rules and Guidelines of the Board of Examiners (‘Regels en Richtlijnen
van de Examen Commissie’). Shop:
· The Student Charter (‘Studentenstatuut’) Leeghwaterstraat 42,
Telephone: +31 (0)15 27 84125
These regulations are published yearly on the web, see the Blackboard Fax: +31 (0)15 27 81421
community of the programme involved. In case of doubt, your Director of E-mail: winkel@vssd.nl
Education or your Study Adviser will be glad to inform and advise you. Opening hours: Monday to Friday between 10.30-14.00 and 15.00-17.00
EUROPEAN STUDENT UNION (AEGEE)

AEGEE is the European students’ association, represented in 271 cities in
40 countries. Over 17,000 member students are actively involved in travel-
ling, participating in fun and pleasure events and conferences on topics
that concern you. There are a lot of possibilities to travel to other places
in Europe, meet new people and make friends everywhere! In every city
there is an independent local association such as AEGEE-Delft.
Check out the website: www.aegee-delft.nl

Useful web addresses: Telephone: +31 (0)15 27 89111
www.tudelft.nl (general information about Delft University, history, Fax: +31 (0)15 27 86522
programmes, research, etc.) E-mail (for questions): voorlichting@tudelft.nl
(For information about the city of Delft, please see www.delft.nl)
www.studyat.tudelft.nl (information about all BSc and MSc programmes
offered by Delft University of Technology, information about the requirements, Education and Student Affairs
how to apply, costs, funding, insurance, housing, medical and pastoral Telephone: +31 (0)15 27 84670
care, facilities for special needs students etc.) E-mail: OS@tudelft.nl
Website: www.OS.tudelft.nl
www.ideeenlijnOS.tudelft.nl (You can post your suggestions and comments
with a view to improving the services provided by O&S on this website. You - Central Student Administration (CSA)
can also use this address for complaints, of course.) PO Box 5
2600 AA Delft
www.snc.tudelft.nl (TU Delft Sports & Cultural Centre) Telephone: +31 (0)15 27 84249
E-mail: msc2@tudelft.nl
www.dsdelft.nl/centrum (information about Delft) Website: www.csa.tudelft.nl/
Office hours: 8.30-17.00
www.denhaag.org (for activities in the nearby city of Den Haag)
- International Office
www.uitaandemaas.nl (activities in Rotterdam) Julianalaan 134
2628 BL Delft
www.amsterdam.nl (activities, news, public transport in and around Telephone: +31 (0)15 27 88012
Amsterdam) E-mail: msc2@tudelft.nl
Website: www.studyat.tudelft.nl
Addresses:
Delft University of Technology (TU Delft) - Student Facility Centre (SFC)
Visiting address: Study Advisers:
Julianalaan 134 Opening hours: Monday to Friday 09.00-17.00.
2628 BL Delft Student Psychologists:
The Netherlands Tuesday and Thursday 11.30-12.30
Julianalaan 134
Postal address: 2628 BL Delft
PO Box 5 Telephone: +31 (0)15 27 88012
2600 AA Delft E-mail: sfc@tudelft.nl
The Netherlands

Around October 2006, Education and Student Affairs (i.e. CSA, - Koornbeurs, Voldersgracht 1
International Office, Student Facility Centre) will move to a new location - Alcuin, Oude Delft 123
on the Mekelweg. - CSR, Oude Delft 9
Postal address: - De Bolk, Buitenwatersloot 1-3
Jaffalaan 9A - Novum, Verwersdijk 102-104
2628 BX Delft
Visitors’ entrance at the Mekelweg
Sports & Cultural Centre

Mekelweg 8-10
2628 CD Delft
Telephone: +31 (0)15 27 82443
E-mail: sportcentrum@tudelft.nl
Website: www.snc.tudelft.nl
Monday to Friday: 08.30-23.30; Saturday and Sunday: 08.30-19.00.
Student Health Care: SGZ

Surinamestraat 4
2612 EA Delft
To make an appointment, call +31 (0)15 212 1507
Monday to Friday 8.30-12.15
Stichting DUWO
(Delft Housing Agency)
Marlotlaan 5
2614 GV Delft
Telephone: +31 (0)15 219 2200
E-mail: info@duwo.nl
Website: www.duwo.nl
Office hours: Monday to Friday 08.30-17.00.
Student Restaurants in Delft

- University main cafeteria, Aula, Mekelweg 5
- SnC Café, Mekelweg 8
- Sint Jansbrug, Oude Delft 50-52

Map of TU Delft
121 121
O os tp
O os tp
oo rt
oo rt
afrit 10 afrit 10
w eg
w eg
afrit 9 afrit 9 Delft Zuid/TU Delft Delft Zuid/TU Delft
Delft/Pijnacker Delft/Pijnacker
am am
sterd sterd
/ Am / Am A13 A13
Haag Haag Rotterdam Rotterdam
Den Den
121 121
eg
eg
TNO TNO
rt w
rt w
Zuidpolder Zuidpolder
tp oo
tp oo
64 64 Delftech Park Delftech Park Technopolis Technopolis

O os
O os
n
n
laa
laa
au
au
NMI NMI
ss
ss
Na
Na
Schoemakerstraat Schoemakerstraat 201 201
121 121
Waterman weg
Waterman weg
Keverling Buisman weg
Keverling Buisman weg

aat aat van Mourik Broekma
nweg
63 van Mourik Broekma
nweg
63
rs tr rs tr Thijsse weg Thijsse weg
ake ake 201 201
em oem
J u li cho J u li 21 Sch 21
van den Broekwe g
van den Broekwe g

ana S ana 63 63
Christiaa n Huygens weg
Christiaa n Huygens weg

Oost la a n Oost la a n
Calandw eg
Calandw eg
plein plein
121 N.C. Kistweg 121 N.C. Kistweg
Oo sts ing
el
5 ing el
5 50 50
10Oo sts
Poortland Poortland
Stieltjesw eg
Stieltjesw eg
10 11 201 201
plein
11 plein
Prome- Prome-
van der Waalswe g
van der Waalswe g

Zu
Zu
theus theus
6 63 6
plein plein
id p
id p
63
Berlagew eg
Berlagew eg
la n
la n
69 24 24
2369
Mijnbouwstraat
Mijnbouwstraat
Botanische Botanische 22 22 23
tso
tso
Mekelweg Mekelweg
9 121 9 121 17 17
Ju
Ju
Pieter
Pieter
tuin tuin
en
en
64 19 64 19
lia
lia
129 Stevin 129 Stevin

8 20 8Lorentz 20 38 69 69
Lorentz
weg 38 weg
al w eg
w eg
na
na
Kruithuisweg
Kruithuisweg
3 201 3 weg
201 weg
69 129 69
n
129
el dl aa
dl aa
es es Mekelweg Mekelweg
laa
laa
V ri st V ri st
na al
de Hey de Hey
37 129 37 201 129 201
en en
60 60
Ka na
n n
n
n
el sv el
v a n ts o
eg v a n ts o
eg 36 36
Kluyverweg
Kluyverweg
Anthony Fokkerweg
Anthony Fokkerweg
p la w p la
rw a a
Ez el sv
Ka
er 34 e34 34 34
Balthasar van der Polweg
Balthasar van der Polweg

yt yt
A Ru A 30 Ru 30
Ez
e 15 e 15
Cornelis Drebbelw eg
Cornelis Drebbelw eg
ld ld
rdlaan
Prins Bernha rdlaan
h ie h ie Feldmann weg Feldmann weg

2 2 33w
Korvezeest raat
Korvezeest raat
M ic M ic
Landbergst raat
Landbergst raat
33
Korvezeest raat
Korvezeest raat
Techniek w Techniek
12 12 WL|Delft Hydraulics WL|Delft Hydraulics
Jaffalaa n
Jaffalaa n
ou u
65 65
n a a Bernha
o
Museum nb in Museum nb in 35 35 61 61
ij le
M p
31 ij le
M p
31
32 32
l
Prinsl
63 63 63 63
naa
Leeghwate rstraat Leeghwate rstraat

Leeghwater straat Leeghwater straat 64 64
ie k a
ie k a
Ju
lia
Ju
45
lia 46 45 46 62 62
40 43 44 40 43 44
-S ch
-S ch
na na
la la
an an
R ij n
R ij n
Rotterdamsew eg Rotterdamsew eg
Zu Zu
id
w
id
w 129 129
al al
201 201
63 63
64 64
Zu id
Zu id
69 69
121 121
w al
w al
129 129
201 201
We stv est We stv est

gel gel
Wes tsin Wes tsin
Kruithuisweg
Kruithuisweg
NS Statio n NS Statio n
Delft Delft
NS Station NS Station
Delft Zuid Delft Zuid
61, 63, 64, 66, 121, 129, 201 61, 63, 64, 66, 121, 129, 201
==busstop
buslijn met halte = buslijn met halte
MPB TU-plattegrond240506ZW.indd 1 MPB TU-plattegrond240506ZW.indd 1 24-05-2006 12:06:49 24-05-2006 12:06:49

A Ezelsveldlaan 61 Delft Technology Museum 45 Leeghwaterstraat 42 VSSD & Low Speed Wind Laboratory
2 Mijnbouwplein 11 Used by various external parties 46 Leeghwaterstraat 44 Process and Energy Laboratory (API)
3 Mijnbouwstraat 120 Applied Earth Sciences 50 Mekelweg 15 Radiation Radionuclides & Reactors (R3) /
5 Julianalaan 67 Biotechnology (Kluyver Lab) Reactor Institute Delft (RID)
6 Poortlandplein 6 Botanic Gardens 61 Kluyverweg 3 Faculty of Aerospace Engineering:
8 Julianalaan 132-134 TU Delft Student Facility Centre Vliegtuighal
9 Zuidplantsoen 2 MultiMedia Services (MMS) 62 Kluyverweg 1 Faculty of Aerospace Engineering
10 Zuidplantsoen 6 Student Council 63 Anthony Fokkerweg 1 Faculty of Aerospace Engineering: SIMONA
11 Zuidplantsoen 8 Real Estate and Facility Management 64 Kluyverweg 2 High Speed Wind Laboratory
12 Julianalaan 136 Delft ChemTech 65 Kluyverweg 4 + 6 Delft Transport Centre (DTC)
15 Prins Bernhardlaan 6 Kramers Laboratorium voor Fysische
Technologie
17 i-WEB: Vehicle for Research, Education and Design
19 Mekelweg 3 Stud: student employment agency
20 Mekelweg 5 Aula Congress Centre
21 Prometheusplein 1 TU Delft Central Library
22 Lorentzweg 1 Faculty of Applied Sciences
23 Stevinweg 1 Faculty of Civil Engineering and Geosciences
24 Berlageweg 1 Faculty of Architecture, Urbanism and
Building Sciences
30 Jaffalaan 9 OTB Research Institute
31 Jaffalaan 5 Faculty of Technology, Policy and Management
32 Landbergstraat 15 Faculty of Industrial Design Engineering
33 Landberghstraat 19 Composites Laboratory INHOLLAND/TU Delft
34 Mekelweg 2 Faculty of Mechanical, Maritime and Materials
Engineering
34a Cornelis Drebbelweg 9 Executive Board
35 Cornelis Drebbelweg 5 Examination rooms
36 Mekelweg 4 + 6 Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Mathematics
and Computer Science
37 Mekelweg 8 TU Delft Sports Centre
38 Mekelweg 10 TU Delft Cultural Centre
40 Rotterdamseweg 137 Materials Engineering
43 Leeghwaterstraat 36 Cogeneration plant
44 Rotterdamseweg 145 Yes!Delft/Technostarters

Admission to the Master’s degree course 5. In order to meet the stipulations outlined in subsection 4, clause b,
(Course and Examination Regulations Article 5) knowledge may be lacking in various subjects as long as it does not
exceed the level of 16 credits. The missing subjects should be integrated
1. All students possessing a certificate clearly proving that they have succes- into the course instead of the parts referred to in Article 3, subsection 1,
sfully completed their Bachelor of Science studies in Civil Engineering clause c of the Implementation Regulations.
at Delft University of Technology may automatically be admitted to the
Master’s degree course, which consists of the following specialisations: Enrolment for the Propaedeuse and Bachelor’s degree audit
• Structural Engineering You must apply for the exam not later than 20 working days before the
• Building Engineering results meeting for the final Master of Science degree takes place.
• Hydraulic Engineering
• Water Management Exam schedule
• Transport and Planning The exam schedule for the written exams can be found on the TAS website
• Geo-Engineering (www.tas.tudelft.nl).
2. Contrary to subsection 1, students who do not yet possess the degree Ordering study materials through Nextstore
referred to in subsection 1 have permission to follow subjects of the TU Delft has decided to make it possible for students to order readers
course for just one year (internship, multi-disciplinary project, additional through the Internet. The immediate advantage of this is that you can
graduation work and graduation work excluded) once they have succes- order your study materials at any time and from anywhere in the world
sfully completed the Bachelor’s final project. and that the materials will be delivered to the address specified by you as
However, if a student has reached the final phase of the Bachelor’s soon as you have paid the order amount. It is also possible to pick up your
degree course but is not yet allowed to do the final project, he/she may order at the campus.
take three Master’s degree subjects, excluding the internship, the multi-
disciplinary project, the additional graduation work and the final project. The ordering site for the readers is on TU Delft’s Blackboard (blackboard.
tudelft.nl). To do this, you will need the NetID and password you received
3. For those students who do not possess the degree mentioned in subsection when you enrolled at TU Delft.
1, proof of admission to the course is required by the Board of Examiners.
Study advisor appointments and open consultation
4. In order to obtain the proof mentioned under article 5.3, the student For general information, advice or any help you may make an appointment
must meet or, as the case may be, possess: with one of the study advisors, Karel Karsen or Pascal de Smidt.
a. the general relevant criteria laid down by the Executive Board, laid To make the appointment, please contact their secretariat, room 2.81,
down in Section 2 of the Students’ Charter (central part), tel. +31 (0)15 27 87436. In urgent cases they will be able to put you in
b. a degree together with the accompanying marks list proving that immediate contact with the study advisors.
he/she possesses knowledge which is of a sufficiently high level and
standard to complete the chosen specialisation within the specified If you have brief information-related questions you may also attend one of
studying period. the open consultation hours.

Time: Monday to Friday from 12.45 – 13.30 Internship Office
Place: rooms 2.75 and 2.77.1. The Internship Office can inform and support you on all matters concerning
an internship. For general information, registration (through a written
You may also send them an email: K.Karsen@tudelft.nl or P.deSmidt@tudelft.nl. form, not via Blackboard) or to obtain the course manual, please come to
the desk in room 2.73 (open every working day from 8.30 till 17.00 except
Student Health Care Wednesday), where Maaike Kraeger-Holland will be glad to assist you
The student doctors belong to the Student Health Care organisation (in (tel. +31 (0)15 27 81174). She can also make an appointment for you
Dutch the SGZ). The SGZ is an independent organisation which also offers with the Internship Coordinator, Peter van Eck, should you wish to discuss
students preventive medical care. At the same time the student doctors your internship wishes or plans.
also operate as ordinary general practitioners. The SGZ is located in the
SGZ health care centre. Emergencies
You may have a problem reaching the venue where you are due to sit
Address: an examination. You might be confronted with unexpected traffic jams, a
Surinamestraat 4 railway power cut or something else entirely beyond your control, causing
2612 EA Delft you to be late or to have to miss the exam altogether.
To make an appointment, call +31 (0)15 212 1507. The health care centre In such cases it is always wise, if possible, to contact one of the study
also has a physiotherapist and an ordinary doctors’ practice. advisers directly, Karel Karsen (tel. +31 (0)15 27 83337) or Pascal de
Opening times: from 08.30 to 12.15. Smidt (tel. +31 (0)15 27 81068).
They will then contact the individuals responsible for the examination
You may report to the student doctors for vaccinations, medical check-ups immediately and every endeavour will be made to find a suitable solution.
and medical declarations. The doctors also help and advise students who Bear in mind that such steps can only be taken in the event of real emer-
have physical or psychological problems that could be detrimental to their gencies and that the perfect solution cannot always be found.
studying activities.
Students who arrive late for the examination because of travel delays are
Studying abroad obliged to report immediately to the invigilator. He or she will then decide
Within the Civil Engineering department it is quite easy to arrange to on the best plan of action.
complete a part of your studies abroad. Various cooperative arrangements
already exist with various other European universities, all of which make Obviously the ruling outlined above only applies to students who have
international exchange simpler. (Unfortunately this is not open to foreign registered in time for examinations through the usual channels and
MSc students because of visa problems.) according to the usual procedures.
For addresses in the various countries go to the www.tudelft.nl/buitenland Quality assurance

site. For further information and the manual “Studeren in het buitenland The student’s opinion is important in determining the quality of the edu-
Civiele Techniek” please contact the International Office at CiTG, room cation. This feedback allows bottlenecks to be identified. For this reason a
2.73, tel. +31 (0)15 27 81174/84800. quarterly course evaluation is held with the director of studies, the quality

assurance employee and the student societies. When embarking on the graduation programme it is also important to observe
The course evaluations are intended to improve the quality of the education, what is laid down in the Board of Examiners’ Rules and Regulations:
so that there are both positive and negative matters. Measures to improve Article 17: the graduation work
the course are laid down if necessary. All this is published on Blackboard. Article 18: composition of the examination committee
The summary of the course evaluations is produced on the basis of: Article 19: the examination committee’s approach.
• c ourse evaluation with the director of studies, the quality assurance
employee and any disputes
• reaction of the teacher
• report of the Sensor survey
The student societies play an important role in these evaluations. They
often contribute information which plays an underlying role in the surveys.
Graduation
Before you start your final project, go to the Service Desk (opposite PS on
the first floor) to complete the ‘Request for Graduation Commencement’
form. A check will be made on whether you meet the requirements, and if
that is the case, after approximately a week the ‘Authorisation to Take Your
Degree’ will be ready for you.
You then present this authorisation to the graduation coordinator to discuss
your examination programme and to complete a graduation card. The
graduation co-ordinator will ensure that this card is processed. So:
1. C
omplete the ‘Request for Graduation Commencement’ form at the
Service Point.
2. T
ake the ‘Authorisation to Take Your Degree’ form to your graduation
coordinator.
3. Complete your graduation card with him or her.
4. T
he graduation coordinator sends the card for processing and checking
to the Shared Service Centre.
And later, when you are ready:

5. R
egister on time for the MSc examination (use the form available from
the Service Desk or download it from the Internet).
6. Should you find you have a time problem: do not forget to withdraw
(use the form available from the Service Desk or download it from the
Internet).

Courses for the Structural Engineering specialisation
28 credits Compulsory courses for all Structural Engineering focus areas
Semester 1.1 Credits Semester 1.2 Credits Semester 2.1 Credits Semester 2.2 Credits
CT4110 Timber CT3121 Steel CT3110 Analysis of
4 4 4
Structures 1*** Structures 22 Slender Structures3
CT4100 Materials WM0312CT Philosophy,
CT4160 Prestressed CT4121 Steel
4 4 and Ecological 4 Technology Assessment 4
concrete Structures 32
Engineering*** and Ethics for CT0
CT4180 Plate Analysis, CT4140 Dynamics of
4 4
Theory and Application Structures1
28
*** not for the specialisation Road and Railway Engineering.
0 Compulsory course for MSc-Civil Engineering.
1
I f Analysis of Slender Structures (CT3110) has not been followed in the Bachelor programme, then preferably choose
CT3110 instead of Dynamics of Structures (CT4140).
2
I f Steel Structures 2 (CT3121) has not been followed in the Bachelor programme, then preferably choose CT3121 instead of
Steel Structures 3 (CT4121).
3
S tudents with a foreign BSc degree will follow CT4145 instead of CT3110.
Civil Engineering Msc

Focus area Structural Design: 12 credits compulsory courses
CT5141 Theory of Elas- 3 CT3221 Building physics
AR1Am040 Architectural 4 CT5251 Structural Design 5
ticity ** and Building Enginee-
Reflections +
ring **
CT4201 Architecture and 4 CT4281 Building 4 CT4170 Construction
4
building structures 2 ** Technology of Concrete
engineering ** Structures **
AR1Am040 Architectural 3
Reflections
+ course continues in the following period

** choose one out of five
29
Focus area Structural Design: recommended programme part d (see Course and Examination Regulations art. 3)
CT5211 High-rise 11
buildings **
CT4040 Internship ** 11 CT4040 Internship ** 11 CT4040 Internship ** 11 CT4040 Internship ** 11
Additional courses ** from Structural and Structural Design 11
Engineering
** Strong advice : 1) choose either CT5211 or CT4040 in combination with additional SE and/or SD courses.
2) if CT3211 Building Structures 1 has not been followed in the BSc, choose this course as an elective
Focus area Structural Mechanics: choose 12 credits from the following courses
CT4130 Probabilistic * CT4130 Probabilistic 4 CT3150 Concrete Struc- 4
Design Design tures 2
CT5100 Repair and 4 CT4140 Dynamics of 4

maintenance of Structures3
construction materials
CT5141 Theory of 3 CT4150 Plastic 4 CT5123 Introduction 4

Elasticity Analysis of Structures to the Finite Element
Method
³ If not a compulsory course
30
Continuation: Courses for Structural Engineering specialisation
Focus area Concrete Structures: choose 12 credits from the following courses
CT5100 Repair and 4 CT4281 Building 4 CT3150 Concrete 4 CT4170 Construction 4
maintenance of structures 2 Structures 2 Technology of Concrete
construction materials Structures
CT5110 Concrete 4 CT5127 Concrete 4 CT5123 Introduction 4

Science & Technology Bridges to the Finite Element
Method

Focus area Steel and Timber Construction: choose 12 credits from the following courses
CT5100 Repair and 4 CT4121 Steel 4 CT5123 Introduction 4 CT4125 Steel Case 3
maintenance of Structures 33 to the Finite Element
construction materials Method
CT5126 Fatigue 3 CT5125 Steel bridges 4 CT5124 Timber 4

structures 2
CT4281 Building struc- 4

tures 2
CT4150 Plastic Analysis of 4

Structures
³ If not a compulsory course

31
Focus area Materials Science: choose 12 credits from the following courses
CT4850 Road paving 4 CT5127 Concrete 4 CT5123 Introduction 4 CT4030 Methodology 3
materials bridges to the Finite Element for Scientific Research
Method
CT5100 Repair and 4 CT5124 Timber 4 CT4170 Construction 4

maintenance of structures 2 Technology of Concrete
construction materials Structures
CT5110 Concrete 4 CT3150 Concrete 4 CT5102 Capita Selecta 3

Science & Technology Structures 2 Materials Science
Focus area Road and Railway Engineering: choose 21 credits from the following courses
CT4850 Road paving 4 CT4830 Laboratory 3 CT4860 Structural 6
materials experiments on road Pavement Design
building materials
CT5850 Road 3 CT4870 Structural 4
construction design of railway
structures
CT5871 Capita selecta 4
railway and road
structures
Focus area Hydraulic Structures: 30 credits required

32
CT4160 Prestressed 3 CT4121 Steel 4 CT3310 Open channel 5 WM0312CT Philosophy, 4
concrete Structures 3 flow Technology Assessment
and Ethics for CT0
CT3330 Hydraulic 4
Structures
CT4140 Structural 4
Dynamics1
CT5129 Concrete, Steel 4
and Timber in Coastal &
River Eng. Structures
0
Compulsory course for MSc in Civil Engineering
1
If Analysis of Slender Structures (CT3110) has not been followed in the Bachelor programme, then CT3110 must be comple-

ted instead of Dynamics of Structures (CT4140
And 12 credits from the courses below.

CT4130 Probabilistic * CT4130 Probabilistic 4 CT3150 Concrete 4
Design Design Structures 2
CT4320 Short waves 4 CT4300 Introduction 4

to Coastal Engineering
CT4121 Steel 4
Structures 3
* course continues in the next period
Other courses offered by Structural Engineering:

33
CT5130 Capita Selecta 4 CT5122 Capita 4 CT3110 Analysis of 4

concrete structures Selecta steel and Slender Structures
aluminium structures
3 CT5146 Micromechanics 3 CT5129 Concrete, Steel 4 CT5143 Shell Analysis, 3
CT5128 Fibre-reinforced
and computational and Timber in Coastal & Theory and Application
polymer (FRP) structures
modelling of building River Eng. Structures
materials
AE3-WO1 Introduction to 3 CT5131 Fire Safety 3 CT5142 Computational 3
Wind Energy Design Methods in Nonlinear
Solid Mechanics
CT5145 Random 4 CT5144 Stability of 3

Vibrations Structures
Courses for Building Engineering specialisation
24 credits compulsory courses for all Building Engineering focus areas

CT4201 Architecture and 4 CT4211 Facades 2 4 CT4221 Advanced 4 WM0312CT Philosophy, 4
Building Engineering Building Physics Technology Assessment
and Ethics for CT
CT4251 Management in 4 CT4281 Building Struc- 4

Building Industry tures
Focus area Building Physics: 16 credits compulsory courses

34
AR0530 Smart & * CT5201 Building Comp. 4 AR0530 Smart & 4 CT5230 Technical 4
Bio-climate Design* & Mat. Spec. Bio-climate Design Building Services
CT5241 Applied 4
Building Physics

Focus area Building Physics: recommended programme part d (see Course and Examination Regulations art 3)
AR0620 Environmental * CT4270 Knowledge 4 AR0620 Environmental 3
Building Analysis* Management Building Analysis
EPA1321 Continuous * EPA1321 Continuous 6 CT4030 Research 3

Systems Modelling* Systems Modelling Methodology
CT4130 Probabilistic CT4130 Probabilistic 4

*
Design * Design
CT5940 C.E.
6
Information Exercise

35
Focus area Building Technology: 16 credits required courses

CT5100 Maintenance 4 CT5201 Building Comp. 4 CT5230 Technical 4
and Repair of Materials & Mat. Spec. Building Services
in Constructions
CT5241 Applied
4
Building Physics
Focus area Building Technology: recommended programme part d (see Course and Examination Regulations art 3)
CT5128 Fibre-reinforced 3 CT4110 Timber 4 CT3121 Steel 2 4 CT3110 Analysis of 4
Polymer Structures Structures Slender Structures
CT4130 Probabilistic * CT4130 Probabilistic 4 CT3150 Concrete 4 CT3980 Preparation and 4

Design * Design Structures 2 execution of works
CT5131 Fire Safety 3 CT4030 Research 3

Design Methodology
CT4170 Construction 4
Techn. of Concrete
Structures
CT5102 Capita Selecta 3

Materials
36
CT5220 Conservation 3
Structural Heritage
CT5251 Structural 5
Design
*course continues in the next period

Focus area Structural Design: 16 credits required courses
AR1Am040 Architectural CT3110 Analysis of 4
Reflections * Slender Structures
CT4110 Timber 4 CT5251 Structural 5
Structures** Design
CT4180 Plates Analysis, 4 AR1Am040 Architectural 3
Theory and Application Reflections
**
** choose one out of two
Focus area Structural Design: recommended programme part d (see Course and Examination Regulations art. 3)
CT4160 Prestressed 4 CT4110 Timber 4 CT4140 Dynamics of 4 CT4125 Steel Case 3
37
concrete Structures* Structures

CT4121 Steel CT5124 Timber 4 CT5220 Conservation of 3
4
Structures 3 structures 2 the structural heritage
CT5201 Building 4 CT5131 Fire safety 3 3
CT5230 Technical
component and design
building services
material specification
CT4180 Plates Analysis, 4

Theory and Application*
* one out of two

If Structural Mechanics, (CT3109), Steel Structures 2 (CT3121) and Concrete Structures 2 (CT3150) have not been followed in
the Bachelor programme, then CT3109, CT3121 and CT3150 must be completed in the Master’s programme (electives)
Focus area Design & Construction Processes: 16 credits compulsory courses
CT5981 Forms of 4 CT4740 Plan and 4
Collaboration Project Evaluation
AR1R050 Real Estate, 4

Finance and Planning
Choose one out of three
CT4130 Probabilistic * CT4130 Probabilistic 4 CT5260 Collaborative * CT5260 Collaborative 6

Design * Design Design & Engineering * Design & Engineering
CT4260 Construction 4 CT5910 Functional 4

and Design Informatics design in Civil
38
Engineering
EPA1321 Continuous * EPA1321 Continuous 6

Systems Modelling* Systems Modelling

Focus area Design & Construction Processes: recommended programme part d (see Course and Examination
Regulations art. 3)
CT4130 Probabilistic * CT4130 Probabilistic 4 CT4270 Knowledge 4 SPM9421 Risk 3
Design * Design Management Management
CT4260 Construction CT5760 Construction 4

4
and Design Informatics and Infrastructure Law
EPA1321 Continuous * EPA1321 Continuous 6

Systems Modelling* Systems Modelling
SPM 4110 Designing 6

multi-actor systems

39
Courses for the Hydraulic Engineering specialisation
28 credits required per focus area
Focus area: Hydraulic engineering and environmental fluid mechanics
CT4130 Probabilistic * CT4130 Probabilistic 4 CT4310 Bed, Bank and 4 WM0312CT Philosophy, 4
Design Design Shoreline Protection Technology Assessment
and Ethics for CT
4 CT4300 Introduction 4
CT4320 Short Waves
to Coastal Engineering
CT4330 Ports and * CT4330 Ports and 4

Waterways 1 Waterways 1
CT4340 Computational * CT4340 Computational 4
40
Modelling of Flow and Modelling of Flow and
Transport Transport


Focus area: Hydraulic Structures
CT4130 Probabilistic * CT4130 Probabilistic 4 CT4310 Bed, Bank and 4 WM0312CT Philosophy, 4
Design Design Shoreline Protection Technology Assessment
and Ethics for CT
CT 4160 Prestressed 4 CT4300 Introduction to 4 CT4140 Dynamics of 4

Concrete Coastal Engineering Structures
CT4320 Short Waves 4

41
Choose within the required 43 credits courses which have not been followed in the Bachelor’s programme
or as part of the compulsory programme.
CT4130 Probabilistic * CT4130 Probabilistic 4 CT3121 Steel 4 CT3110 Analysis of 4
Design Design Structures 2 Slender Structures
CT4353 Continuum * CT4180 Plate Analysis, 4 CT3150 Concrete 4 CT3340 River 4
Mechanics Theory and Application Structures 2 Engineering
CT5306 Ports and 4 CT4353 Continuum 4 CT3330 Hydraulic 4 CT4170 Construction 4
Mechanics Structures Technology of Concrete
Waterways 2 Structures
CT5309 Coastal 4 CT4360 Material Models * CT4350 Numerical 4 CT5301 Theory of 3
Morphology and for Soil and Rock Geomechanics Consolidation
Coastal Protection
CT5310 Probabilistic 3 CT3109 Structural 5 CT4360 Material Models 4 CT5302 Stratified Flows 3
Design in Hydraulic Mechanics 4 for Soil and Rock
Engineering
42
CT5317 Physical 3 CT5308 Breakwaters and 4 CT4740 Plan and Project 4 CT5304 Waterpower 3
Oceanography Closure Dams Evaluation Engineering
4 CT5129 Concrete, Steel 4
CT5318 Fieldwork 4 CT5311 River CT5305 Bored and 4
and Timber in Coastal &
Hydraulic Engineering Dynamics Immersed Tunnels
River Eng. Structures
CT5313 Structures in 3 CT5300 Dredging 4 CT5307 Coastal Zone 3
Hydraulic Engineering Technology Management
CT5303 Coastal Inlets 3 CT5312 Turbulence in 3
CT5316 Wind Waves 3
and Tidal Basins Hydraulics
OE4624 Offshore Soil 3 CT5314 Flood Defences 3 CT5315 Computational 3
Mechanics Hydraulics
CT4360 Material Models 4 CT5330 Foundation 4
Eng. and Underground
for Soil and Rock

Construction
CT5340 Soil Dynamics 3
Courses for the Geo-Engineering specialisation

Compulsory 24 credits (compulsory core)
CT5320 Site character- * CT5320 Site character- 6 CT4390 Geo risk 3 WM0312CT Ethics for CT 4
isation, testing and isation, testing and management
physical model* physical model
CT4380 Numerical 3 2 CT4360 Material models 2

CT4360 Material models
modelling of for soils and rock
for soils and rock*
geotechnical problems
CT4130 Probabilistic * CT4130 Probabilistic 4

design* design
43
Compulsory for the Geomechanics focus area
CT4350 Numerical 4
Geomechanics
CT4353 Continuum * CT4353 Continuum 6

Mechanics Mechanics
CT5142 Computational 3
methods in non-linear
mechanics
44
Compulsory for the Geotechnical Engineering focus area
CT5330 Foundations and 4
Underground construct.
CT 5350 Design and 4

construction by
Geo-synthetics in civil
and marine engineering

Compulsory for the Underground Space Technology focus area
CT5740 Trenchless 4 CT5330 Foundations and 4
technologies Underground construct.
CT4780 Underground 4
Space Technology
45
study guide 2006/2007 Special topics
Courses for the Water Management specialisation
Sanitary Engineering
Compulsory courses
CT4471 Drinking water 7 CT4481 Wastewater 6 CT5420 Public hygiene 3 WM0312CT Philosophy, 4
treatment 1 treatment 1 and epidemiology Technology Assessment
and Ethics for CT
CT4490 Sewerage 1 4 CT5540 Sewerage 2 3 CT5520 Drinking water 3

treatment 2
CT5550 Pumping stations 4 CT5531 Wastewater 4

and transport pipelines treatment 2
46
Hydrology
Compulsory courses
CT4340 Computational * CT4340 Computational 4 CT4431 Hydrologic 4 WM0312CT Philosophy, 4
modelling of flow and modelling of flow and models Technology Assessment
transport transport and Ethics for CT
CT4400 Water Quality 4 CT4420 Geohydrology 1 4 CT4440 Hydrological 4 4

CT5440 Geohydrology 2*
Modelling measurements
CT4450 Integrated 4 CT5450 Hydrology of 4

Water Management Catchments, Rivers and
Deltas **
4
CT5471 Hydrological and
ecological fieldwork in
47
river systems ***
* week 1-4: 7 Monday and Thursday (whole days)

** week 1-4: 7 Tuesday and Friday (whole days)
*** week 4: Friday (whole day)
week 5: 5 days, full time
week 6 and 7: Friday (whole day)
Compulsory courses
CT4340 Computational * CT4340 Computational 4 CT4410 Irrigation and 4 WM0312CT Philosophy, 4
modelling of flow and modelling of flow and drainage Technology Assessment
transport transport and Ethics for CT
CT4400 Water Quality 4 CT5490 Operational 4 CT4460 Polders and 4 CT5471 Hydrological and 4
Modelling Water Management flood control ecological fieldwork in
river systems *
CT4450 Integrated 4 CT5500 Water law and 3 CT5510 Water manage- * CT5510 Water manage- 4
Water Management organisation ment in urban areas ment in urban areas
* week 4: Friday (whole day)
48
week 5: 5 days, full time
week 6 and 7: Friday (whole day)
ELECTIVE COURSES for all focus areas

CT5560 Civil 4 CT5460 Ecology in Water 3 CT5570 Bio-geo- 3 CT5401 Spatial Tools 3
Engineering in Management morphology in Water Resources
Developing Countries Management
Courses for the Transport & Planning specialisation
Course schedule

Courses for the Transport & Planning specialisation
Compulsory courses
CT4801 Transportation 6 CT4701 Infrastructure 4 CT4740 Plan and 4 CT4822 Dynamic traffic 4
and spatial modelling planning project evaluation management I: traffic
control
CT4811 Design and 4 CT4821 Traffic flow 4 CT5730 Spatial and 4
Control of Public theory and simulation transport economics
Transport Systems
WB3420 Introduction * WB3420 Introduction 5 CT4831 Data collection 4 WM0312CT Philosophy, 4
Transport Engineering Transport Engineering and analysis Technology Assessment
and Logistics and Logistics and Ethics for CT
Elective courses
CT4010 Economics* 4 CT5802 Advanced 3
transport modelling and
network design
49
CT5720 Environmental 4 CT5810 Traffic Safety 3 CT5750 Planning: policy, 4 CT5803 Rail traffic 3
impact assessment methods and institutions management and delay
propagation
3 CT5820 Sociology and 3 SPM9437 Transport and 3
CT5804 Dynamic Traffic
psychology in transport Infrastructure Law
Management II: Intel-
ligent Transport Services
SPM9402 Transport
policy: Special topics
* The course Economics (CT4010) is also an elective in the Bachelor programme
Overview of MSc courses 2006-2007 CT4330 Ports and Waterways 1
CT4340 Computational modelling of flow and transport
Course code Course name CT4350 Numerical soil mechanics
AE3-WO1 Introduction to Wind Energy CT4353 Continuum Mechanics
AES1640 Environmental Geotechnics CT4360 Material models for soil and rock
AR0530 Smart en bioclimatic design CT4380 Numerical modelling of geotechnical problems
AR0620 Environmental Building Analysis CT4390 Geo risk management
AR1Am040 Architectural Reflections CT4400 Water Quality Modelling
AR1RO50 Real Estate Economics, Finance and Planning CT4410 Irrigation and drainage
EPA1321 Continuous Systems Modelling CT4420 Geohydrology 1
CT4010 Economics CT4431 Hydrologic models
CT4030 Methodology for scientific Research CT4440 Hydrological measurements
CT4040 Internship CT4450 Integrated Water Management
CT4061 Multidisciplinary project CT4460 Polders and flood control
CT4100 Materials and Ecological Engineering CT4471 Drinking water treatment 1
CT4110 Timber Structures 1 CT4481 Wastewater treatment 1
CT4121 Steel Structures 3 CT4490 Sewerage 1
CT4125 Steel Case CT4701 Infrastructure planning
CT4130 Probabilistic Design CT4740 Plan and project evaluation
CT4140 Dynamics of Structures CT4780 Underground Space Technology, special topics
CT4801 Transportation and Spatial Modelling
CT4145 Dynamics, Slender Structures and an Introduction to
CT4811 Design and Control of Public Transport Systems
Continuum Mechanics
CT4821 Traffic flow theory and simulation
CT4150 Plastic Analysis of Structures
CT4822 Dynamic traffic management I: traffic control
CT4160 Prestressed concrete
CT4830 Laboratory experiments
CT4170 Construction Technology of Concrete Structures
CT4831 Data collection and analysis
CT4180 Plate Analysis, Theory and Application
CT4850 Road paving materials
CT4201 Architecture and building engineering
CT4860 Structural Pavement Design
CT4211 Facades
CT4870 Structural design of railway structures
CT4221 Advanced Building Physics
CT5050 Addition MSc thesis
CT4251 Management in building industry
CT5060 MSc Thesis
CT4260 Building Informatics
CT5100 Repair and maintenance of construction materials
CT4270 Knowledge Management in Building Processes
CT5102 Capita Selecta Materials Science
CT4281 Building structures 2
CT5110 Concrete - science and technology
CT4300 Introduction to Coastal Engineering
CT5122 Capita Selecta steel and aluminium structures
CT4310 Bed, Bank and Shoreline Protection
CT5123 Introduction to the Finite Element Method
CT4320 Short waves
CT5124 Timber structures 2

CT5125 Steel bridges CT5314 Flood Defences
CT5126 Fatigue CT5315 Computational hydraulics
CT5127 Concrete Bridges CT5316 Wind waves
CT5128 Fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) structures CT5317 Physical Oceanography
CT5129 Concrete, Steel and Timber in Coastal & River CT5318 Fieldwork Hydraulic Engineering
Engineering Structures CT5320 Site characterisation, testing and physical model
CT5130 Capita selecta concrete structures CT5330 Foundation and construction
CT5131 Fire Safety Design CT5340 Soil dynamics
CT5141 Theory of Elasticity CT5350 Design and construction by geo-synthetics in civil and
CT5142 Computational methods in non-linear mechanic marine engineering
CT5143 Shell Analysis, Theory and Application CT5401 Spatial tools in water resources management
CT5144 Stability of Structures CT5420 Public hygiene and epidemiology
CT5145 Random vibrations CT5440 Geohydrology 2
Micromechanics and computational modelling of CT5450 Hydrology of Catchments, Rivers and Deltas
CT5146
building materials CT5460 Ecology in water management
CT5201 Building component and material specification CT5471 Hydrological and ecological fieldwork in river systems
CT5211 High-rise buildings CT5490 Operational Water Management
CT5220 Conservation of structural heritage CT5500 Water law and organisation
CT5230 Technical building services CT5510 Water management in urban areas
CT5241 Applied building physics CT5520 Drinking water treatment 2
CT5251 Structural Design, special structures CT5531 Wastewater treatment 2
CT5260 Collaborative Design & Engineering CT5540 Sewerage 2
CT5300 Dredging technology CT5550 Pumping stations and transport pipelines
CT5301 Consolidation theory CT5560 Civil Engineering in Developing Countries
CT5302 Stratified flows CT5570 Bio-geo-morphology
CT5303 Coastal inlets and tidal basins CT5720 Environmental impact assessment
CT5304 Waterpower Engineering CT5721 Environmental impact assessment (condensed version)
CT5305 Bored and immersed tunnelling CT5730 Spatial and Transport Economics
CT5306 Ports and Waterways 2 CT5740 Trenchless Technologies
CT5307 Coastal zone management CT5750 Planning: policy, methods and institutions
CT5308 Breakwaters and Closure Dams CT5760 Construction and infrastructure law
CT5309 Coastal Morphology and Coastal Protection CT5802 Advanced transport modelling and network design
CT5310 Probabilistic design in hydraulic engineering CT5803 Rail traffic management and delay propagation
CT5311 River Dynamics CT5804 Dynamic Traffic Management II: Intelligent Transport
CT5312 Turbulence in hydraulics Services
CT5313 Hydraulic structures 2 CT5810 Traffic Safety

CT5820 Sociology and psychology in transport research) in different organisations such as public authorities, consultancy
CT5850 Road construction firms, contractors and research groups.
CT5871 Capita selecta railway and road structures
CT5910 Functional design in Civil Engineering Further information:
CT5940 Civil engineering informatics exercise
ir. L.J.M. Houben
CT5970 Special subjects: graphic data analysis
Structural Engineering Coordinator
CT5981 Forms of collaboration in civil engineering
Stevin II
OE4624 Offshore Soil Mechanics
Room 2.27
SPM4110 Designing multi-actor systems
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 84917
SPM9402 Transport policy: special topics
SPM9421 Risk management
SPM9437 Transport and Infrastructure Law General information Building Engineering
WB3420-03 Introduction Transport Engineering and Logistics This specialisation is primarily concerned with technological and physical
WM0312CT Philosophy, Technology Assessment and Ethics for CT aspects of buildings. The appreciation of buildings depends not only on
their architecture, but also on the quality of their functioning, the building
General information Structural Engineering physics and building technology. Emphasis is on solving building engineering
Structural mechanics, materials science and structures play a very impor- problems and this demands precise scientific knowledge. To obtain the
tant role in educating civil engineers. In combination with materials science required insight and skills to tackle these problems, students must have
of concrete, steel, wood and composite materials, structural mechanics acquired substantial knowledge of utility aspects of building, building physics,
is applied for the design, construction and maintenance of structures, materials science, structural design, building services and finishing works.
ranging from typical hydraulic engineering structures and bridges to tall The Building Engineering specialisation offers four focus areas:
buildings and roads and railways. • Building Physics
• Building Technology
Structural Engineering has seven focus areas: Structural Mechanics, Mate- • Structural Design
rials Science, Concrete Structures, Steel and Wood Structures, Structural • Design & Construction Processes
Design, Road and Railway Engineering, and Hydraulic Engineering Struc-
tures. Depending on the student’s interest, the thesis project can focus on Further information:
functional or structural design, or on the construction or maintenance of a ir. A. te Boveldt
structure. However, the thesis project can also be devoted to theoretical or Building Engineering Coordinator
experimental research. Stevin II
Room 1.57
In the thesis project a subject can be studied in a broad perspective. E-mail: a.teboveldt@tudelft.nl
A specialised project, focusing on a very specific topic, is also possible
however. MSc graduates in Structural Engineering are employed in a
wide variety of functions (structural design, construction, maintenance,

General information Hydraulic Engineering such as flood and drought predictions, drinking water supply, sewerage
The Hydraulic Engineering MSc specialisation offers two focus areas: and wastewater treatment, water quality control in lakes and streams, and
•H
ydraulic Engineering and Environmental Fluid Mechanics, including operational control of water in rural and urban areas.
Coastal Engineering (coastal morphology, coastal inlets, methods of
coastal protection, design of breakwaters, dredging technology), River Water Management plays a dominant role in:
Engineering (flow in rivers, sediment transport, river morphology), Ports • Environment (the quantity and quality of surface water and groundwater)
and Waterways (ports, waterways, simulation techniques of logistic • Urban and rural development (irrigation and drainage)
aspects of ports, terminals and locks), Environmental Fluid Mechanics •D
esign of infrastructure for drinking water supply, sewerage, and was-
(free surface flows and related transport processes, turbulence, density tewater treatment, with particular emphasis on the protection of both
currents, surface-waves and fluid-structure interactions); public health and environment
•H
ydraulic Structures (all more or less rigid structures as water locks,
weirs, piers, storm surge barriers and quay walls, the design of sub-soil Within Water Management, there are focus areas:
infrastructure like immersed or bored tunnels and underground spaces; •S
anitary Engineering: design, build and operate installations and infra-
probabilistic design methods play an important role in e.g. the design of structure for drinking water supply, sewerage and wastewater treatment.
sea defences, but are implied nowadays in all fields of hydraulic enginee- • Hydrology: description and quantification of water systems in the natural
ring). hydrologic cycle and the effect of human on these natural systems.
•W
ater Resources Management: design, build and operate water management
Further information: systems and accompanying management organisations.
Dr.ir. P.J. Visser
Hydraulic Engineering Coordinator Modelling, laboratory work, field work, and pilot plant testing play an im-
Room 3.96 portant role in each focus area. As a consequence, there is an active invol-
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 88005 vement of Master’s students in the research projects of the department.
The Hydraulic Engineering study guide is available on Blackboard (Master Further information:
Hydraulic Engineering) and from the Waterbouw society, room 3.72, tel. Dr. ir. J. de Koning
+31 (0)15 27 85437 and from the secretary’s office, room 3.91, tel. +31 Water Management Coordinator
(0)15 27 83345. Room 4.61
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 85274
General information Water Management E-mail: j.dekoning@tudelft.nl
Water is essential to humans and nature, but it can also present a threat.
Rivers, for instance, provide drinking water and water for irrigation but Water Management Society
may also cause devastating floods. Water Management is concerned with Room 4.74
understanding water flows – surface water flows and groundwater flows Tel: +31 (0)15 27 84284
– such as they occur naturally, and with regulating these flows for societal
purposes. Water managers are concerned with practically relevant issues

Secretary’s offices General information Geo-Engineering
Sanitary Engineering: The soil and subsoil, on and in which people live and work, is the basis
Room 4.55 for keeping the land safe, convenient and accessible. Building structures,
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 83347 bridges or quays cannot function well without good foundations. Without
knowledge of soil behaviour the Civil Engineer could not bore a tunnel or
Hydrology and Water Resources Management: design a building pit well. Properly functioning roads and dikes, construc-
Room 4.75 ted with soil on soil, would also not be possible without specific knowledge
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 85080 / 81646 of the subsoil. Neither is a more intensified use of the substratum possible
without modern, hybrid construction techniques, in which safety plays an
General information Transport & Planning important role. In short, without soil and subsoil there would be no land.
The lecturers of the department of Transport & Planning teach general and Geo-Engineering is involved in all building practices. It is thus one of the
introductory courses in the Transport specialisation of the Bachelor’s pro- basic fields within Civil Engineering.
gramme of Civil Engineering, and are responsible for the MSc specialisation
in Transport & Planning. This MSc specialisation deals with topics such as Within the Geo-Engineering specialisation there are the following focus
the modelling of spatial developments, activities and trips in networks, areas:
the analysis of traffic flows on roads and intersections, the application of • Geo Mechanics (GM);
informatics and communication technology for transport and traffic ma- • GeoTechnical Engineering (GTE);
nagement, the design and control of public transport systems and the eva- • Underground Space Technology (UST);
luation of the effects of traffic on economy, road users, and environment. • Geo Environmental Engineering (GEE) [under construction, not available];
Through elective courses students can choose their own emphasis in this • Engineering Geology (EG);
field, e.g. focus on infrastructure planning or traffic engineering. The Geo-Engineering section which handles the Geo-Engineering speci-
alisation is part of the Geotechnology department and is involved in the
Graduates in Transport & Planning find jobs at the government (Transport Master’s in Civil Engineering and Applied Earth Sciences. While students
Ministry, Rijkswaterstaat, provincial and municipal transport and spatial de- focusing on Engineering Geology obtain the Master’s degree in Applied
partments), public transport companies, research institutes, and consulting Earth Sciences, those choosing one of the other four focus areas obtain
firms. They are planners, designers, researchers, consultants, and, after the degree in Civil Engineering.
some years of experience, managers. It is thus a focused choice which determines which type of Master’s degree
the student will ultimately acquire.
Further information:
ir. P.B.L. Wiggenraad Because the entire span of the Geo-Engineering graduation field can be
Transport & Planning Coordinator classified into two fields, Civil Engineering and Applied Earth Science, two
Room 4.05 MSc coordinators are appointed for these two sub-fields. These coordina-
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 84916 tors consider the programme and supervision of the graduating student
E-mail: p.wiggenraad@tudelft.nl in their sub-field in more detail. The administration and organisation of all
Website: www.transport.citg.tudelft.nl graduating students in Applied Earth Science is in the hands of

Dr . D. Ngan-Tillard (St. I, room 1.35, tel. +31 (0)15 27 83325), Project group Education in Sustainable Development (ODO)
while J.P. Oostveen takes care of the Civil Engineering students The project group Education in Sustainable Development supports all
(St. I, room 1.19, tel. +31 (0)15 27 85423). departments in their efforts to integrate Sustainable Development in their
degree programmes. It is hosted at the Faculty of Technology, Policy and
Graduation in Technology in Sustainable Development Management.
In addition to a Masters degree, TU Delft students can acquire an annotation
on Technology in Sustainable Development. Three tasks have to be fulfilled Further information:
to be eligible for this annotation: Website: www.odo.tudelft.nl
•P
articipation in a two-week course on recent developments in SD and the ir. C.F. Rammelt
so-called Sustainable Technological Development method; Tel: +31 (0)15 27 88440
• Passing SD courses for 11 credits chosen from two clusters; E-mail: C.F.Rammelt@tudelft.nl
•F
inishing a graduation project related to SD (45-60 credits). The ’refe-
rent‘ advises a student on the content of their work on SD. For civil engineering:
Dr ir. A. Fraaij
This programme broadens and deepens knowledge and skills needed to Tel: +31 (0)15 27 84974
contribute effectively to sustainable technological development. Depth is E-mail: a.fraaij@tudelft.nl
guaranteed by the thesis project which must be directed towards sustaina-
bility. For each engineering programme, a so-called SD-referent determines ir. M. Ertsen
before and afterwards whether Sustainable Development has been suf- Tel: +31 (0)15 27 87423
ficiently elaborated in the research question as well as in the final thesis. E-mail: m.w.ertsen@tudelft.nl
Broadening of knowledge is achieved by the Technology in Sustainable
Development course (wm0922TU) and a number of electives. WM0922
consists of 2 full weeks (one week boat trip) plus self-study, and is offered
twice a year (English in the autumn and Dutch in the spring).
Electives
The student must get at least 11 credits from courses oriented towards SD.
These courses are divided into 2 clusters:
A. Design, Analysis, Tools
B. Organisation, Policy and Society
For a full list of electives: www.odo.tudelft.nl.

Course descriptions CT5102 Capita Selecta Materials Science
CT5110 Concrete - science and technology
Master CT 2006 CT5122 Capita Selecta steel and aluminum structures
CT4040 Internship CT5123 Introduction to the Finite Element Method
CT4061 Multidisciplinary project CT5124 Timber structures 2
CT5050 Additional MSc thesis CT5125 Steel bridges
CT5060 MSc Thesis CT5126 Fatigue
CT5127 Concrete Bridges
MSc CE, Structural Engineering CT5128 Fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) structures
Code Course title CT5129 Concrete, Steel and Timber in Coastal & River Engineering
AE3-W02 Introdcution to wind energy Structures
CT3110 Analysis of Slender Structures CT5130 Capita selecta concrete structures
CT3121 Steel Structures 2 CT5131 Fire Safety Design
CT3150 Concrete Structures 2 CT5142 Computational Methods in Non-linear Solid Mechanics
CT4010 Economics CT5143 Shell Analysis, Theory and Application
CT4030 Methodology for scientific Research CT5144 Stability of Structures
CT4100 Materials and Ecological Engineering CT5145 Random vibrations
CT4110 Timber Structures 1 CT5146 Micromechanics and computational modelling of building
CT4121 Steel Structures 3 materials
CT4125 Steel Case CT5560 Civil Engineering in Developing Countries
CT4130 Probabilistic Design CT5850 Road construction
CT4140 Dynamics of Structures CT5871 Capita selecta railway and road structures
CT4145 Dynamics, Slender Struct. and intr. cont. mech. WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT
CT4150 Plastic Analysis of Structures
CT4160 Prestressed concrete MSc CE, Structural Engineering, Structural Design
CT4170 Construction Technology of Concrete Structures AR1Am040 Architectural Reflections
CT4180 Plate Analysis, Theory and Application CT3110 Analysis of Slender Structures
CT4281 Building structures 2 CT4110 Timber Structures 1
CT4300 Introduction to Coastal Engineering CT4121 Steel Structures 3
CT4320 Short Waves CT4125 Steel Case
CT4830 Laboratory experiments CT4140 Dynamics of Structures
CT4850 Road paving materials CT4160 Prestressed concrete
CT4860 Structural Pavement Design CT4180 Plate Analysis, Theory and Application
CT4870 Structural design of railway structures CT4201 Architecture and building engineering
CT5100 Repair and maintenance of construction materials CT4211 Facades

CT4221 Advanced Building Physics CT4125 Steel Case
CT4251 Management in building industry CT4140 Dynamics of Structures
CT4281 Building structures 2 CT4160 Prestressed concrete
CT5124 Timber structures 2 CT4170 Construction Technology of Concrete Structures
CT5131 Fire Safety Design CT4180 Plate Analysis, Theory and Application
CT5201 Building component and material specification CT4281 Building structures 2
CT5220 Conservation of the structural heritage CT5100 Repair and maintenance of construction materials
CT5230 Technical building services CT5110 Concrete - science and technology
CT5251 Structural design, special structures CT5123 Introduction to the Finite Element Method
WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT CT5127 Concrete Bridges
CT5130 Capita selecta concrete structures
MSc CE, Structural Engineering, Structural Mechanics WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT
CT3110 Analysis of Slender Structures
CT3121 Steel Structures 2 MSc CE, Structural Engineering, Steel and Timber Construction
CT3150 Concrete Structures 2 CT3110 Analysis of Slender Structures
CT4100 Materials and Ecological Engineering CT3121 Steel Structures 2
CT4110 Timber Structures 1 CT4100 Materials and Ecological Engineering
CT4121 Steel Structures 3 CT4110 Timber Structures 1
CT4130 Probabilistic Design CT4121 Steel Structures 3
CT4140 Dynamics of Structures CT4125 Steel Case
CT4150 Plastic Analysis of Structures CT4140 Dynamics of Structures
CT4160 Prestressed concrete CT4150 Plastic Analysis of Structures
CT4180 Plate Analysis, Theory and Application CT4160 Prestressed concrete
CT5100 Repair and maintenance of construction materials CT4180 Plate Analysis, Theory and Application
CT5123 Introduction to the Finite Element Method CT4281 Building structures 2
CT5141 Theory of Elasticity CT5100 Repair and maintenance of construction materials
WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT CT5123 Introduction to the Finite Element Method
CT5124 Timber structures 2
MSc CE, Structural Engineering, Concrete Structures CT5125 Steel bridges
CT3110 Analysis of Slender Structures CT5126 Fatigue
CT3121 Steel Structures 2 WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT
CT3150 Concrete Structures 2
CT4100 Materials and Ecological Engineering MSc CE, Structural Engineering, Materials Science
CT4110 Timber Structures 1 CT3110 Analysis of Slender Structures
CT4121 Steel Structures 3 CT3121 Steel Structures 2

CT3150 Concrete Structures 2 MSc CE, Structural Engineering, Hydraulic Structures
CT4030 Methodology for scientific Research CT3150 Concrete Structures 2
CT4100 Materials and Ecological Engineering CT3310 Open channel flow
CT4110 Timber Structures 1 CT3330 Hydraulic Engineering
CT4121 Steel Structures 3 CT4121 Steel Structures 3
CT4140 Dynamics of Structures CT4130 Probabilistic Design
CT4160 Prestressed concrete CT4140 Dynamics of Structures
CT4170 Construction Technology of Concrete Structures CT4160 Prestressed concrete
CT4180 Plate Analysis, Theory and Application CT4300 Introduction to Coastal Engineering
CT4850 Road paving materials CT4320 Short Waves
CT5100 Repair and maintenance of construction materials CT5129 Concrete, Steel and Timber in Coastal & River Engineering
CT5102 Capita Selecta Materials Science Structures
CT5110 Concrete - science and technology WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT
CT5123 Introduction to the Finite Element Method
CT5124 Timber structures 2 MSc CE, Building Engineering
CT5127 Concrete Bridges Code Course title
WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT AR0530 Smart en bioclimatic design
AR0760 Instrumentale integrale gebiedsontwikkeling
MSc CE, Structural Engineering, Road and Railway Engineering AR1Am040 Architectural Reflections
CT3110 Analysis of Slender Structures AR1R050 Real Estate Economics, Finance and Planning
CT3121 Steel Structures 2 CT3109 Structural Mechanics 4
CT4100 Materials and Ecological Engineering CT3110 Analysis of Slender Structures
CT4110 Timber Structures 1 CT3121 Steel Structures 2
CT4121 Steel Structures 3 CT3150 Concrete Structures 2
CT4140 Dynamics of Structures CT4030 Methodology for scientific Research
CT4160 Prestressed concrete CT4110 Timber Structures 1
CT4180 Plate Analysis, Theory and Application CT4121 Steel Structures 3
CT4830 Laboratory experiments CT4125 Steel Case
CT4850 Road paving materials CT4130 Probabilistic Design
CT4860 Structural Pavement Design CT4140 Dynamics of Structures
CT4870 Structural design of railway structures CT4160 Prestressed concrete
CT5850 Road construction CT4170 Construction Technology of Concrete Structures
CT5871 Capita selecta railway and road structures CT4180 Plate Analysis, Theory and Application
WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT CT4201 Architecture and building engineering
CT4211 Facades

CT4221 Advanced Building Physics CT4251 Management in building industry
CT4251 Management in building industry CT4270 Knowledge Management in Building Processes
CT4260 Building Informatics CT4281 Building structures 2
CT4270 Knowledge Management in Building Processes CT5201 Building component and material specification
CT4281 Building structures 2 CT5230 Technical building services
CT4740 Plan and project evaluation CT5241 Applied building physics
CT5100 Repair and maintenance of construction materials CT5940 Civil engineering informatics exercise
CT5102 Capita Selecta Materials Science EPA1321 Continuous systems modelling
CT5124 Timber structures 2 WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT
CT5128 Fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) structures
CT5131 Fire Safety Design MSc CE, Building Engineering, Building Technology
CT5201 Building component and material specification CT3110 Analysis of Slender Structures
CT5211 High-rise buildings CT3121 Steel Structures 2
CT5220 Conservation of the structural heritage CT3150 Concrete Structures 2
CT5230 Technical building services CT3980 Preparation and execution of works in construction
CT5241 Applied building physics CT4030 Methodology for scientific Research
CT5251 Structural design, special structures CT4110 Timber Structures 1
CT5260 Collaborative Design & Engineering CT4130 Probabilistic Design
CT5760 Construction and infrastructure law CT4170 Construction Technology of Concrete Structures
CT5910 Functional design in Civil Engineering CT4201 Architecture and building engineering
CT5940 Civil engineering informatics exercise CT4211 Facades
CT5970 Special subjects: graphic data analysis CT4221 Advanced Building Physics
CT5981 Forms of collaboration in civil engineering CT4251 Management in building industry
EPA1321 Continuous systems modelling CT4281 Building structures 2
SPM4110 Designing multi-actor systems CT5100 Repair and maintenance of construction materials
SPM9421 Risk management CT5102 Capita Selecta Materials Science
WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT CT5128 Fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) structures
CT5131 Fire Safety Design
MSc CE, Building Engineering, Building Physics CT5201 Building component and material specification
AR0530 Smart en bioclimatic design CT5220 Conservation of the structural heritage
CT4030 Methodology for scientific Research CT5230 Technical building services
CT4130 Probabilistic Design CT5241 Applied building physics
CT4201 Architecture and building engineering CT5251 Structural design, special structures
CT4211 Facades WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT
CT4221 Advanced Building Physics

MSc CE, Building Engineering, Structural Design CT5760 Construction and infrastructure law
AR1Am040 Architectural Reflections CT5910 Functional design in Civil Engineering
CT3110 Analysis of Slender Structures CT5981 Forms of collaboration in civil engineering
CT4110 Timber Structures 1 EPA1321 Continuous systems modelling
CT4121 Steel Structures 3 SPM4110 Designing multi-actor systems
CT4125 Steel Case SPM9421 Risk management
CT4140 Dynamics of Structures WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT
CT4160 Prestressed concrete
CT4180 Plate Analysis, Theory and Application MSc CE, Hydraulic Engineering
CT4201 Architecture and building engineering Code Course title
CT4211 Facades CT3110 Analysis of Slender Structures
CT4221 Advanced Building Physics CT3121 Steel Structures 2
CT4251 Management in building industry CT3150 Concrete Structures 2
CT4281 Building structures 2 CT3330 Hydraulic Engineering
CT5124 Timber structures 2 CT3340 River Engineering
CT5131 Fire Safety Design CT4130 Probabilistic Design
CT5201 Building component and material specification CT4140 Dynamics of Structures
CT5220 Conservation of the structural heritage CT4160 Prestressed concrete
CT5230 Technical building services CT4170 Construction Technology of Concrete Structures
CT5251 Structural design, special structures CT4180 Plate Analysis, Theory and Application
WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT CT4300 Introduction to Coastal Engineering
CT4310 Bed, Bank and Shoreline Protection
MSc CE, Building Engineering, Design and Construction Processes CT4320 Short Waves
AR0760 Instrumentale integrale gebiedsontwikkeling CT4330 Ports and Waterways 1
AR1R050 Real Estate Economics, Finance and Planning CT4340 Computational modelling of flow and transport
CT4130 Probabilistic Design CT4350 Numerical soil mechanics
CT4201 Architecture and building engineering CT4353 Continuum Mechanics
CT4211 Facades CT4360 Material models for soil and rock
CT4221 Advanced Building Physics CT4740 Plan and project evaluation
CT4251 Management in building industry CT5129 Concrete, Steel and Timber in Coastal & River Engineering
CT4260 Building Informatics Structures
CT4270 Knowledge Management in Building Processes CT5300 Dredging technology
CT4281 Building structures 2 CT5301 Consolidation theory
CT4740 Plan and project evaluation CT5302 Stratified flows
CT5260 Collaborative Design & Engineering CT5303 Coastal inlets and tidal basins

CT5304 Waterpower Engineering CT4740 Plan and project evaluation
CT5305 Bored and immersed tunnels CT5129 Concrete, Steel and Timber in Coastal & River Engineering
CT5306 Ports and Waterways 2 Structures
CT5307 Coastal zone management CT5300 Dredging technology
CT5308 Breakwaters and Closure Dams CT5301 Consolidation theory
CT5309 Coastal Morphology and Coastal Protection CT5302 Stratified flows
CT5310 Probabilistic design in hydraulic engineering CT5303 Coastal inlets and tidal basins
CT5311 River Dynamics CT5304 Waterpower Engineering
CT5312 Turbulence in hydraulics CT5305 Bored and immersed tunnels
CT5313 Hydraulic structures 2 CT5306 Ports and Waterways 2
CT5314 Flood Defences CT5307 Coastal zone management
CT5315 Computational hydraulics CT5308 Breakwaters and Closure Dams
CT5316 Wind waves CT5309 Coastal Morphology and Coastal Protection
CT5317 Physical Oceanography CT5310 Probabilistic design in hydraulic engineering
CT5318 Fieldwork Hydraulic Engineering CT5311 River Dynamics
CT5330 Foundation and construction CT5312 Turbulence in hydraulics
CT5340 Soil dynamics CT5313 Hydraulic structures 2
OE4624 Offshore soil mechanics CT5314 Flood Defences
WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT CT5315 Computational hydraulics
CT5316 Wind waves
MSc CE, Hydraulic Engineering, Hydraulic engineering and CT5317 Physical Oceanography
environmental fluid mechanics CT5318 Fieldwork Hydraulic Engineering
CT3110 Analysis of Slender Structures CT5330 Foundation and construction
CT3121 Steel Structures 2 CT5340 Soil dynamics
CT3150 Concrete Structures 2 OE4624 Offshore soil mechanics
CT3330 Hydraulic Engineering WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT
CT3340 River Engineering
CT4130 Probabilistic Design MSc CE, Hydraulic Engineering, Hydraulic Structures
CT4170 Construction Technology of Concrete Structures CT3110 Analysis of Slender Structures
CT4180 Plate Analysis, Theory and Application CT3121 Steel Structures 2
CT4300 Introduction to Coastal Engineering CT3150 Concrete Structures 2
CT4310 Bed, Bank and Shoreline Protection CT3330 Hydraulic Engineering
CT4320 Short Waves CT3340 River Engineering
CT4330 Ports and Waterways 1 CT4130 Probabilistic Design
CT4340 Computational modelling of flow and transport CT4140 Dynamics of Structures

CT4160 Prestressed concrete MSc CE, Water Management
CT4170 Construction Technology of Concrete Structures Code Course title
CT4180 Plate Analysis, Theory and Application CT4340 Computational modelling of flow and transport
CT4300 Introduction to Coastal Engineering CT4400 Water Quality Modelling
CT4310 Bed, Bank and Shoreline Protection CT4410 Irrigation and drainage
CT4320 Short Waves CT4420 Geohydrology 1
CT4740 Plan and project evaluation CT4431 Hydrologic models
CT5129 Concrete, Steel and Timber in Coastal & River Engineering CT4440 Hydrological measurements
Structures CT4450 Integrated Water Management
CT5300 Dredging technology CT4460 Polders and flood control
CT5301 Consolidation theory CT4471 Drinking water treatment 1
CT5302 Stratified flows CT4481 Wastewater treatment 1
CT5303 Coastal inlets and tidal basins CT4490 Sewerage 1
CT5304 Waterpower Engineering CT5401 Spatial tools in water resources management
CT5305 Bored and immersed tunnels CT5420 Public hygiene and epidemiology
CT5306 Ports and Waterways 2 CT5440 Geohydrology 2
CT5307 Coastal zone management CT5450 Hydrology of Catchments, Rivers and Deltas
CT5308 Breakwaters and Closure Dams CT5460 Ecology in water management
CT5309 Coastal Morphology and Coastal Protection CT5471 Hydrological and ecological fieldwork in riversystems
CT5310 Probabilistic design in hydraulic engineering CT5490 Operational Water Management
CT5311 River Dynamics CT5500 Water law and organisation
CT5312 Turbulence in hydraulics CT5510 Water management in urban areas
CT5313 Hydraulic structures 2 CT5520 Drinking water treatment 2
CT5314 Flood Defences CT5531 Wastewater treatment 2
CT5315 Computational hydraulics CT5540 Sewerage 2
CT5316 Wind waves CT5550 Pumping stations and transport pipelines
CT5317 Physical Oceanography CT5570 Biogeomorphology
CT5318 Fieldwork Hydraulic Engineering WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT
CT5330 Foundation and construction
CT5340 Soil dynamics MSc CE, Water Management: Water Resource Management
OE4624 Offshore soil mechanics CT4340 Computational modelling of flow and transport
WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT CT4400 Water Quality Modelling
CT4410 Irrigation and drainage
CT4450 Integrated Water Management
CT4460 Polders and flood control

CT5401 Spatial tools in water resources management CT5460 Ecology in water management
CT5460 Ecology in water management CT5471 Hydrological and ecological fieldwork in riversystems
CT5471 Hydrological and ecological fieldwork in riversystems CT5560 Civil Engineering in Developing Countries
CT5490 Operational Water Management CT5570 Biogeomorphology
CT5500 Water law and organisation WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT
CT5510 Water management in urban areas
CT5560 Civil Engineering in Developing Countries MSc CE, Transport & Planning
CT5570 Biogeomorphology Code Course title
WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT CT4010 Economics
CT4701 Infrastructure planning
MSc CE, Water Management: Sanitary Engineering CT4740 Plan and project evaluation
CT4471 Drinking water treatment 1 CT4801 Transportation and spatial modelling
CT4481 Wastewater treatment 1 CT4811 Design and Control of Public Transport Systems
CT4490 Sewerage 1 CT4821 Traffic flow theory and simulation
CT5401 Spatial tools in water resources management CT4822 Dynamic traffic management I: traffic control
CT5420 Public hygiene and epidemiology CT4831 Data collection and analysis
CT5460 Ecology in water management CT5720 Environmental impact assessment
CT5520 Drinking water treatment 2 CT5721 Environmental impact assessment (condensed version)
CT5531 Wastewater treatment 2 CT5730 Spatial and transport economics
CT5540 Sewerage 2 CT5750 Planning: policy, methods and institutions
CT5550 Pumping stations and transport pipelines CT5802 Advanced transport modelling and network design
CT5560 Civil Engineering in Developing Countries CT5803 Rail traffic management and delay propagation
CT5570 Biogeomorphology CT5804 Dynamic Traffic Management II: Intelligent Transport Services
WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT CT5810 Traffic Safety
CT5820 Sociology and psychology in transport
MSc CE, Water Management: Hydrology SPM9402 Transport policy: special topics
CT4340 Computational modelling of flow and transport SPM9437 Transport and infrastructure law
CT4400 Water Quality Modelling WB3420-03 Introduction Transport Engineering and Logistics
CT4420 Geohydrology 1 WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT
CT4431 Hydrologic models
CT4440 Hydrological measurements
CT4450 Integrated Water Management
CT5401 Spatial tools in water resources management
CT5440 Geohydrology 2
CT5450 Hydrology of Catchments, Rivers and Deltas

MSc Geo-Engineering MSc CE, Geo-Engineering, Engineering Geology
Code Course title AES1000-4 Convergence courses, electives, etc.
AES1000-8 Convergence courses, electives, etc.
MSc CE, Geo-Engineering, Geomechanics AES1602 Engineering Geological Fieldwork
CT4130 Probabilistic Design AES1610 Site Investigation I
CT4350 Numerical soil mechanics AES1630 Engineering properties of soils & rocks
CT4353 Continuum Mechanics AES1640 Environmental geotechnics
CT4360 Material models for soil and rock AES1650 Shallow depth geophysics
CT4380 Numerical modelling of geotechnical problems AES1660 Subsidence, incl.practicals
CT4390 Geo risk management AES1661 Subsidence, practicals
CT5142 Computational Methods in Non-linear Solid Mechanics AES1700 Professional practice in engineering geology
CT5320 Site characterisation, testing and physical model AES1710 GIS applications in Engineering Geology
WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT AES1720 Rock mechanics applications
AES1730 Soil mechanics applications
MSc CE, Geo-Engineering, Geotechnical Engineering AES2005 Colloquium
CT4130 Probabilistic Design AES2006 Graduation thesis
CT4360 Material models for soil and rock CT2090 Soil Mechanics
CT4380 Numerical modelling of geotechnical problems CT4350 Numerical soil mechanics
CT4390 Geo risk management CT4360 Material models for soil and rock
CT5305 Bored and immersed tunnels CT4420 Geohydrology 1
CT5320 Site characterisation, testing and physical model
CT5350 Design and construction by geo-synthetics in civil and marine eng
WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT
MSc CE, Geo-Engineering, Underground Space Technology

CT4130 Probabilistic Design
CT4360 Material models for soil and rock
CT4380 Numerical modelling of geotechnical problems
CT4780 Underground space technology, special topics
CT5320 Site characterisation, testing and physical model
CT5330 Foundation and construction
CT5740 Trenchless Technologies
WM0312CT Philosophy, technology assessment and ethics for CT

Course Code: Course title: Introduction to ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Convergence ECTS: 4
AE3-W02 wind energy AES1000-4 courses, electives, etc.
Education Period 1st Education Period, 2nd Education Period Education Period 1st Education Period
Exam Period none Exam Period 1st Exam Period
Instructor Dr. G.J.W. van Bussel; E-mail: G.J.W.vanBussel@tudelft.nl Instructor Drs. J.C. Blom; E-mail: J.C.Blom@tudelft.nl
Ir. W.A. Timmer; E-mail: W.A.Timmer@lr.tudelft.nl Dr.ir. G.G. Drijkoningen; E-mail: G.G.Drijkoningen@citg.tudelft.nl
Ir. W.A.A.M. Bierbooms; E-mail: W.A.A.M.Bierbooms@tudelft.nl Prof.dr. S.M. Luthi; E-mail: S.M.Luthi@tudelft.nl
Education Method Lecture + assignment Drs. K.H.A.A. Wolf; E-mail: K.H.A.A.Wolf@tudelft.nl
Course Contents Introduction, status, technology, market, wind climate, Weibull, Dr. G.J. Weltje; E-mail: G.J.Weltje@tudelft.nl
windshear, turbulence. Momentum theory, power coefficient, Education Method Lectures, assignments, and a field trip of four days duration
power curve, BEM, airfoil/blade design. Annual yield, farm Assessment ECTS credits: 9 for all topics together, credits for separate modules
efficiency, capacity factor, dynamics, principles of modelling. in “contents” Failure in any sub-topic at the examination requires
Design assignment I: rotor Control strategies, safety, pitch/stall. retaking that part even if the overall grade is satisfactory.
Drive train, generator characteristics, fixed vs variable rpm direct
Course Contents For MSc students Petroleum Engineering this course consists
drive. Presentation of assignment 1: rotor design. Assignment
of the following parts: Introduction to geology (......) (4 ECTS);
II: Drive train and generator. Dynamics, principals of model-
2) Geological field trip (Drs. J.C. Blom) (1 ECTS); 3) Introduc-
ling, important degrees of freedom and excitations, Campbell
tion to reflection seismics (Dr G.G. Drijkoningen) (1 ECTS); 4)
diagram, relation between noise requirements, rpm, tower and
Introduction to image analysis (Drs. K.H. Wolf) (AES0101; 4)
blade frequency. Presentation of assignment II: Drive train
Petroleum geology (Prof. Dr S.M. Luthi) (TA3820) (3 ECTS).
and generator. Assignment III: Dynamics. Stiffness, strength
These courses are designed to give the petroleum engineering
and fatigue as design drivers, GRP fatigue. Design considerati-
students a basic knowledge in those Earth sciences topics that
ons. Presentation of assignment III: Dynamic. Assignment IV:
are relevant for following the subsequent courses in the MSc
Fatigue. Offshore aspects, support structures, maintenance and
specialisation Petroleum Engineering. They are all at a beginner’s
installation techniques, social and environmental aspects: noise,
level, i.e. they do not require previous courses in the field, but
visual, bird impact. Presentation of assignment IV: Fatigue.
it is assumed that the student be familiar with general scientific
Assignment V: Control. Cost breakdown of turbine, -park, calcu-
and engineering concepts. The students are expected to do
lation of KWh costs. Invited speaker. Presentation of assignment
considerable self study and they will be given assignments in
V: Control Assignment VI: Economy. Presentation of assignment
some of the courses.(for detailed course description: see chapter
VI: Economy, Evaluation of course. Excursion to manufacturer or
, page of this course guide)
wind power plant
Study Goals To attain a basic level of knowledge in Earth Sciences
Study Goals Introduction to wind energy application and design of wind
Literature and Several basic textbooks (to be announced in the various courses)
energy conversion systems. Integration of knowledge from
Study Materials
various fields of engineering on wind turbine design.
Expected prior This course is intended for students with no background in Earth
Literature and ‘Wind energy Explained’, Manwell, McGowan, Rogers. It is pos-
knowledge Sciences
Study Materials sible to borrow the book from the secretariat of the wind energy
section. Lecture notes. Recommended literature: Guided tour at
www.windpower.dk
Remarks This is a multidisciplinary course, attented by students from
various departments (LR, ITS, CITG, OCP).

Course Code: Course title: Convergence ECTS: 8 Course Code: Course title: Engineering ECTS:
AES1000-8 courses, electives, etc. AES1602 Geological Fieldwork 11
Education Period 1st Education Period Education Period 4th Education Period
Exam Period 1st Exam Period Exam Period 4th Exam Period
Instructor Drs. J.C. Blom; E-mail:: J.C.Blom@tudelft.nl Instructor A. Mulder; E-mail: Arno.Mulder@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. G.G. Drijkoningen; E-mail: G.G.Drijkoningen@citg.tudelft.nl Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard; E-mail: D.J.M.Ngan-Tillard@tudelft.nl
Prof.dr. S.M. Luthi; E-mail: S.M.Luthi@tudelft.nl Dr. J.E.A. Storms; E-mail: J.E.A.Storms@tudelft.nl
Drs. K.H.A.A. Wolf; E-mail: K.H.A.A.Wolf@tudelft.nl Ing. W. Verwaal; E-mail: W.Verwaal@tudelft.nl
Dr. G.J. Weltje; E-mail: G.J.Weltje@tudelft.nl Education Method Project
Education Method Lectures, assignments, and a field trip of four days duration Course Contents The fieldwork in Spain contains: 1. Two weeks for the preparation
Assessment ECTS credits: 9 for all topics together, credits for separate modules of an engineering geological map of an area, with the assess-
in “contents” Failure in any sub-topic at the examination requires ment of the geotechnical properties of the rock and soil units
retaking that part even if the overall grade is satisfactory. distinguished and the assessment of hazards present in relation
to given construction projects; 2. A site study of a hazardous
Course Contents For MSc students Petroleum Engineering this course consists of
slope of several days; 3. Excursion visits among others to
the following parts: 1) Introduction to geology (.....) (4 ECTS); 2)
construction sites
Geological field trip (Drs. J.C. Blom) (1 ECTS); 3) Introduction
to reflection seismics (dr. G.G. Drijkoningen) (1 ECTS); 4) Study Goals To apply the knowledge gained in the field of engineering
Introduction to image analysis (Drs. K.H. Wolf) (AES0101)5) geological site investigation.
Petroleum geology (Prof.dr. S.M. Luthi) (TA3820) (3 ECTS). Literature and Manual fieldwork procedures
These courses are designed to give the petroleum engineering Study Materials
students a basic knowledge in those Earth sciences topics that Expected prior Geological Fieldwork, Site characterisation and testing (CT5320),
are relevant for following the subsequent courses in the MSc knowledge Engineering geology of soils and rocks (AES1630), GIS for
specialisation Petroleum Engineering. They are all at a beginner’s engineering geology (AES1710), Rock mechanics applications
level, i.e., they do not require previous courses in the field, but (AES1720), Soil mechanics applications (AES1730)
it is assumed that the student is familiar with general scientific
and engineering concepts. The students are expected to do
considerable self study and they will be given assignments in
some of the courses.
Study Goals To attain a basic level of knowledge in Earth Sciences
Literature and Several basic textbooks (to be announced in the various courses)
Study Materials
Expected prior This course is intended for students with no background in Earth
knowledge Sciences

Course Code: Course title: Site Investigation I ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Engineering proper- ECTS: 4
AES1610 AES1630 ties of soils & rocks
Education Period 1st Education Period Education Period 1st Education Period
Exam Period 1st Exam Period Exam Period Differently to be announced
Instructor A. Hommels; E-mail: A.Hommels@tudelft.nl Instructor M.S. Rosenbaum; E-mail: M.S.Rosenbaum@tudelft.nl
A. Mulder; E-mail: Arno.Mulder@tudelft.nl Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard; E-mail: D.J.M.Ngan-Tillard@tudelft.nl
Ing. W. Verwaal; E-mail: W.Verwaal@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard; E-mail: D.J.M.Ngan-Tillard@tudelft.nl Education Method Lectures, worksheet practicals The course will be run as 2
blocks, each comprising 5 days of tuition based broadly on three
Education Method A combination of lectures, readings and practicals (field and
lab work, site investigation exercises and games) is proposed. hours of lectures each morning and three hours of lectures and/
A schedule concerning subjects, dates, places and lecturers or practicals each afternoon. The 2 blocks are as follows:1 Soils:
is handed out at the beginning of the course. In the written Engineering geology of soils and sediments2 Rocks: Engineering
examination, the knowledge of different site investigation tech-
geology of rocks: igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary
niques (type of apparatus, how it works, what it does, which its
limitations are) as well as the aptitude to analyse a problem in a Course Contents This course is primarily intended to provide an overview of the
way similar to that of the games are assessed. engineering geological characteristics of the major types of soils
Course Contents This course deals with the set up and execution of site investi- and rocks, and their impact on engineering design and con-
gations for civil engineering projects, both on land and offshore, struction. The ways the source materials, the agents responsible
with an emphasis on geological factors that can be of influence for their formation and the climatic conditions in which they
on the realisation of the projects. Attention will be paid to basic were formed govern their mineralogy and fabric, and thus their
techniques to collect geotechnical data and to the problems that behaviour, are highlighted. This course addresses the following
some specific soil and rock types can give. In the accompanying issues: how the engineering properties of soils and rocks vary
laboratory practical, a number of important soil and rock tests according to the geological conditions governing their deposition
are carried out. The ‘games’ are a series of realistic exercises in
and their subsequent stress history; how the behaviour of some
which site investigations are simulated.
geological materials deviate from those of ‘textbook’ soils and
Study Goals This course forms the basis for the education of engineering rocks; how geological properties impact engineering behaviour.
geologists. The basic knowledge is summarised in the book of
Blyth & De Freitas. Every engineering geology student must have Study Goals To provide an overview of the engineering geological characte-
this knowledge ready. The goal of this course is to develop the ristics of the major types of soils and rocks, and their impact on
ability to analyse engineering geological situations and problems engineering design and construction.
and design the site investigation accordingly.
Literature and AES1630 lecture notes available on Blackboard TEXTBOOKS: Bell,
Literature and - Lecture notes AES1610/ta3730 (D.G. Price 1991);- Blyth, F.G.H. F.G., 2000. Engineering Properties of Soils and Rocks. Blackwell
Study Materials
Study Materials & M.H. de Freitas (1984). ‘A geology for engineers’. Edward
Science (4th edition), 482 pp. Fookes, P.G., Lee, E.M. & Milligan,
Arnold, London. ISBN 0 7131 28828. Classical book, contents
overlap the course subjects;- Manual rock and soil tests (avai- G., 2005. Geomorphology for Engineers. Whittles Publishing, 851
lable on Blackboard site for AES1610);- Hand-outs. Reference pp. PERIODICALS: Fookes, P.G., 1997. The First Glossop Lecture.
literature Clayton, C.R.I., M.C. Mathews, N.E. Simons, 1995, ‘Site ‘Geology for Engineers: the Geological Model, Prediction and Perfor-
Investigation’ Blackwell Science, Oxford ISBN 0 632 02908 0Wal- mance’. Quarterly Journal of Engineering Geology and Hydrogeo-
tham, A.C., 1994, ‘Foundations of Engineering Geology’. Blackie logy, 30, 293-431. [http://fbe.uwe.ac.uk/public/geocal/scripts/to-
Academic & Professional, London. ISBN 0 75140071 8Fookes, talgeology/home.plx]. The following are the principal periodicals in
P.G., 1997, Geology for engineers; the geological model, pre- the field of Engineering Geology, and should be regularly consulted:
diction and performance’’, The Quarterly Journal of Engineering
Quarterly Journal of Engineering Geology & Hydrogeology Geological
Geology, 30, Part 4; Pages 293-424.
Society of London Engineering Geology, Elsevier
Expected prior Good knowledge of geology (as given in the first three years
Expected prior Geology for engineers
knowledge at TA) and the necessary skills to interpret geology maps and
knowledge
geological information

Course Code: Course title: Environmental ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Shallow depth ECTS: 6
AES1640 geotechnics AES1650 geophysics
Education Period 1st Education Period Education Period 2nd Education Period, 3rd Education Period, 4th Education Period
Exam Period Differently to be announced Exam Period 2nd Exam Period, 3rd Exam Period, 4th Exam Period
Instructor Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard; E-mail: D.J.M.Ngan-Tillard@tudelft.nl Instructor Dr.ir. G.G. Drijkoningen; E-mail: G.G.Drijkoningen@citg.tudelft.nl
Education Method During a time period of 7 weeks, a lecture is given of 4 hours a Dr. R. Ghose; E-mail: R.Ghose@tudelft.nl
week. Presence of the lecture and regular study of the contents Prof.dr. D.G. Simons; E-mail: D.G.Simons@tudelft.nl
form the basis for a successful exam. Dr.ir. E.C. Slob; E-mail: E.C.Slob@tudelft.nl
Course Contents The course is lectured by Gerard van Meurs (Geodelft, Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard; E-mail: D.J.M.Ngan-Tillard@tudelft.nl
g.a.m.vanmeurs@geodelft.nl).The origin of soil contamination is Education Method Lectures and practicals are scheduled during the second and
given. An overview is given for:- the types of contamination- the third periods. The field work takes place in the fourth period. A
mechanisms which govern fate and transport of soil contami- minimum mark of 4 for the theoretical examination is requested
nants- risk assessment and risk management related with soil to take part to the field work.
contamination- Type of contamination and mechanisms have Course Contents Course organized in modules: Introduction by D. Ngan-Tillard and
consequences for: techniques for site investigation, recent deve- expert from the industry: Integration of geophysical studies in
lopments and pitfalls are addressed; concepts to deal with risks; site investigation to better characterize the shallow subsurface- 2
concepts to control and to manage the risks; concepts to design hours Module I: Theoretical background of seismic techniques
a cost-effective remediation; application of passive as well as often used by engineering geologists and environmental engineers
active barriers to prevent migration; remediation technologies; as a black box by R. Ghose & G. Drijkoningen - 2.5 ECTS. Theore-
monitoring to verify behaviour and to check migration. tical recap on signal processing and Fourier transforms - High re-
Study Goals The goals of the lecture are: - an understanding of the principles solution seismic for on shore shallow exploration - Linking seismics
of fate and behaviour of soil contamination; an ability which to borehole seismic and geotechnical data- Offshore shallow-depth
concept for site investigation and which technology is convenient geophysics (Boomer, Chirp). Module II: Electromagnetism (electri-
to meet the objective; an ability to identify risks and to manage cal resistivity, magnetism and GPR included) by E. Slob - 1 ECTS
risks related with soil contamination; an ability to judge which - What can you do with these techniques? - Conceptual theory
concept of remediation is the most suitable one; an ability to related to survey design, resolution and sensitivity to electric para-
judge which technology is most suitable for the local circum- meters, which relates to the sensibility of using geophysical tech-
stances. niques in different circumstances - Demonstration of equipment
Literature and Lecture notes and handouts (cases) (GPR, multiple electrodes resistivity, em31, em34,em43). Module
Study Materials III: Guest lecturers - 1 ECTS - advantages and limitations of
geophysical surveys when determining the engineering properties
Expected prior Transport phenomena, basic knowledge of organic and anorganic
of ground, the existence of discontinuities, irregular boundaries
knowledge chemistry, basic knowledge of geohydrology and partial differen-
and gradual boundaries, extent of pollution in specific ground or
tial equations.
geological conditions in presence of man-made or environmental
obstacles - real examples of investigations for tunnels, dams,
foundations, offshore projects and building materials integrating
geophysics. Module IV: Field work by D. Ngan-Tillard - Site to be
selected - 1.5 ECTS - design of geophysical survey integrating
geological and geotechnical data; data acquisition, processing and
interpretation; reporting.

Study Goals Geophysics is rarely included in site investigation programmes Course Code: Course title: Subsidence, incl. ECTS: 2
designed by Dutch engineering geologists and/or civil engineers AES1660 practicals
despite the general feeling that geophysics should lead to a Education Period 3rd Education Period
better lateral definition of the shallow depth subsurface. In order
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period
to be able to wisely implement geophysics in site investigation,
Instructor R.F. Bekendam; E-mail: R.F.Bekendam@citg.tudelft.nl
i.e., to select for given site conditions, the best technique or a
R. Bekendam; E-mail: geocontrol@planet.nl
combination of them, to calculate the depth of penetration and
Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard; E-mail: D.J.M.Ngan-Tillard@tudelft.nl
the resolution of the chosen techniques, our engineering geology
students must have a better understanding of the following Education Method The course will be given as a series of lectures in combination
matters: the request by civil engineers for a better model of the with exercises. The students must carry out the exercises of the
shallow depth subsurface than the one obtained using traditional practical, AES1661, independently.
techniques such as CPTs, boreholes and geological knowledge; Assessment
the physics of soils and rocks which are used in geophysics to Course Contents Subsidence is the reaction of the earth’s surface to the extraction
be able to translate geophysical measurements into ground of solids, fluids or gases from the subsurface by different mining
properties or contrasts in ground properties; the theory behind techniques like long wall mining, room and pillar mining, solution
seismic, electromagnetic, magnetic, resistivity and borehole log- mining, oil, gas and water production; problems occur as well
ging techniques; the acquisition and processing of geophysical with abandoned workings and mineshafts. This surface reaction
signals; the imaging of the subsurface. The programme of this is only in certain cases predictable and may happen suddenly
course in geophysics designed for engineering geologists is without any forewarning. More often, subsidence develops as
ambitious. At the end of the course, the “average” engineering the result of an interaction of different mechanisms developing in
geologist student should at least understand very well the jargon time and space. For some cases, a straightforward relation exists
used by geophysicists. He should be able to work in collaboration between human activity and subsidence at the surface. This
with a geophysicist and to assess the usefulness of a geophysical enables making reasonable predictions. No economic planning of
investigation. He should also feel comfortable in using a mathe- mining ore or hydro-carbons is possible without giving attention
matical presentation of the physical properties of the materials to the resulting subsidence. Natural subsidence occurs more
that he knows well. often in an unpredictable way. By means of site investigation,
Literature and AES1650 – ‘Shallow Depth Geophysical Investigation’ lecture hazard maps can be made to reduce the risk to an acceptable
Study Materials notes (theoretical part), articles level. Summary course description: General theories of mining
subsidence; Subsidence due to long wall mining; Prediction of
Expected prior Contents of TA3520 Introduction seismics are required before
trough subsidence (NCB-method, influence functions)- Working
knowledge AES1650 can be taken.TA3520 is offered as a convergence
techniques to reduce or prevent subsidence- Subsidence due to
MSc course. To be able to follow TA3520 and the subsequent
extraction of salt; Subsidence due to pumping of oil, water and
geophysics courses, knowledge on ‘Systems and signals’ (Fourier
gas; Reduction of subsidence from oil, water and gas extraction;
analysis) is required.
Damage resulting from subsidence; Prevention of damage;
Remarks
Mining subsidence resulting from old mine workings (e.g. room
and pillar mines); Foundation design in undermined areas; Site
investigation for subsidence areas.

Study Goals After having followed this course students should be able to: Course Code: Course title: Professional ECTS: 3
describe the different types of natural subsidence phenomena; AES1700 practice in engineering geology
use the techniques to predict subsidence for long wall coal mining, Education Period 1st Education Period, 4th Education Period
salt, water, gas and oil extraction; estimate damage and to
Exam Period 1st Exam Period, Differently to be announced
propose measures to reduce this damage; evaluate the collapse
Instructor Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard; E-mail: D.J.M.Ngan-Tillard@tudelft.nl
potential of a room and pillar mine using a spreadsheet; do a site
investigation related to subsidence hazards and be able to report Education Method Lectures, individual projects. The course is given in the 3rd pe-
the results in an environmental impact statement; develop an in- riod of the 1st year of the MSc programme (1 ECTS) and the 1st
dependent, and synthesizing approach of subsidence phenomena. period of the 2nd year (2 ECTS). During the first part, guidelines
for interpreting remotely sensed data and preparing professional
Literature and Lecture notes ‘Subsidence’ and handouts, Blackboard.
documents (letters, reports, Powerpoint) are provided (6 hours
Study Materials
in total). A first case is studied. Other cases are presented during
Expected prior AES1610Basic knowledge is required of rock mechanics, the 2ndpart of the course. 6 contact hours per case are sche-
knowledge engineering geology and site investigation. The students should duled during which the case is introduced, support is provided,
also have the ability to make neat drawings, spreadsheets and results are presented and feedback is given. In addition, the
reports. students are expected to invest 10 hours per case.
Course Contents Ir Joost van der Schrier, Royal Haskoning, (j.vanderschrier@
Course Code: Course title: Subsidence, prac- ECTS: 0 royalhaskoning.com)shares his professional expertise with
AES1661 ticals the students during the course. Geological and geotechnical
information is analysed in the context of a variety of construction
Education Period 3rd Education Period
projects and a contrasting range of environments. These could
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period include: a road tunnel and cutting in weathered granitic rocks
Instructor R.F. Bekendam; E-mail: R.F.Bekendam@citg.tudelft.nl in SE Asia, a motorway and its associated works in the Western
Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard; E-mail: D.J.M.Ngan-Tillard@tudelft.nl Europe, redevelopment of an urban area in the Netherlands (e.g.
Maastricht), a marine dredging project in hard soils/weak rocks
Education Method Practical Three exercises have to be carried out independently.
in West Africa, the construction of dikes around salt pans in the
Staff is available for advise. Middle East. Students assess ground risks related to construction
Course Contents Related to the course AES1660 exercises are carried out with projects based on analysis and deduction of real data including:
the prediction of subsidence. Starting point is the prediction of (hydro)geological maps, aerial photographs, geophysical
subsidence caused by long wall coal mining. An evaluation is records, borehole logs and laboratory test results. The students
carried out of the collapse potential of a room and pillar mine. then have to present their conclusions in the role of a junior
For an environmental impact statement a map will be made of a engineering geologist working for a contractor or a consultant
certain area, with the subsidence hazards. (as appropriate) to a senior engineer or engineering geologist.
The students will have to provide the context, propose as ap-
Study Goals - Gaining experience in subsidence prediction for long wall coal
propriate a preliminary geotechnical design, recommendations
mining. - Obtaining experience in the evaluation of the collapse
for further site investigation, and raise awareness of potential
potential of a room and pillar mine. - Developing insight in the
geo-hazards and how these might be mitigated. Senior engineers
making of an environmental impact statement by making a map or engineering geologists will then provide feedback and expose
of the subsidence hazards. their own solution.
Literature and 3 exercises Study Goals Assessment of real data and subsequent reporting in a profes-
Study Materials sional engineering environment.
Expected prior AES1660Knowledge is expected of the relevant parts of the Literature and Handouts
knowledge lecture notes ‘Subsidence’. Spreadsheets have to be used. Neat Study Materials
drawings have to be made.

Course Code: Course title: GIS applications in ECTS: 3 Literature and Lecture notes available on Blackboard Reference literature:
AES1710 Engineering Geology Study Materials Bonham-Carter, G.F., 1994. Geographic information systems
Education Period 3rd Education Period for geoscientists. Elsevier, 398 pp. Burrough, P.A. & McDonnell,
R.A., 1998. Principles of Geographical Information Systems, 2nd
Exam Period Differently to be announced
edition. Oxford University Press, 333 pp. Culshaw, M.G., 2005.
Instructor M.S. Rosenbaum; E-mail: M.S.Rosenbaum@tudelft.nl
From concept towards reality: developing the attributed 3D
Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard; E-mail: D.J.M.Ngan-Tillard@tudelft.nl
geological model of the shallow subsurface. Quarterly Journal of
Education Method Lectures, worksheet practicals. The course will be run as 3 Engineering Geology and Hydrogeology, 38 (3), 231-284.Fookes,
blocks, each comprising about 3-4 mornings of tuition based P.G., 1997. The First Glossop Lecture. ‘Geology for Engineers:
on two one-hour lectures followed by a 2-3 hour hands-on the Geological Model, Prediction and Performance’. Quarterly
worksheet using GIS software on a PC. The 3 blocks are as follows: Journal of Engineering Geology and Hydrogeology, 30, 293-431.
1. Geo-hazards: General principles of engineering geology in the [http://fbe.uwe.ac.uk/public/geocal/scripts/totalgeology/home.
context of hazard identification and mapping; management of plx] Griffiths, J.S., 2001. Land surface evaluation for enginee-
spatial data; 2. Spatial Analysis: Interpolation and geostatistics; ring practice. Geological Society Engineering Geology Special
3. Modelling and Decision Support: Probability and fuzzy sets; Publication No.18, 248 pp. Isaaks, E.H. & Srivastava, R.M., 1989.
weights of evidence. Applied geostatistics. Oxford University Press, 561 pp. Lee,
Course Contents This course is primarily intended to provide a working knowledge E.M. & Jones, D.K.C., 2004. Landslide risk assessment. Thomas
of how GIS maybe used to manage and analyse spatial infor- Telford, 454 pp.
mation concerning engineering geology. Examples will be drawn
from the experience of the Principal Instructor in the fields of
ground investigation and geo-hazard assessment. The principles
are equally applicable to other geotechnical situations where spa-
tial controls are important. There will be a contribution by Brecht
Wassing (Guest Lecturer) on the use of GIS and geostatistics
for engineering geological problems: ground water settlement
problems and the tunnel works.
Study Goals To provide an introduction to the ways in which GIS (Geographical
Information Systems) can be used within engineering geology.
The course concentrates on a PC-based system (Idrisi for Windows),
and emphasises the raster (cell- or pixel-based) GIS data
structure. It includes an overview of hazard assessment and risk
analysis using GIS databases and is supplemented by a practical
project in which geo-hazards will be identified and assessed
using basic engineering geological information.

Course Code: Course title: Rock mechanics ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Soil mechanics ap- ECTS: 3
AES1720 applications AES1730 plications
Education Period 3rd Education Period Education Period 1st Education Period
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period, 4th Exam Period Exam Period Differently to be announced
Instructor Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard; E-mail: D.J.M.Ngan-Tillard@tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.dr.ir. F.B.J. Barends; E-mail: F.B.J.Barends@tudelft.nl
Education Method Lectures, guess lectures, exercises, laboratory tests, case studies, Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard; E-mail: D.J.M.Ngan-Tillard@tudelft.nl
3 days fieldwork Education Method 3 practicals (laboratory and test data interpretation) of 3 hours
Course Contents Properties and testing of intact rock and construction materials. each and 19 hours of lectures and exercises.
Characterisation and properties of discontinuities in rock. Cha- Course Contents The course reviews basic aspects of soil mechanics such as
racterisation and properties of discontinuous rock masses. Large stresses and strains, deformation and strength and ground water
and small scale testing and monitoring of discontinuities and flow. It covers a wide range of applications of soil mechanics
discontinuous rock masses. Mechanical and physical behaviour in construction: prediction of settlements due to consolidation,
of rock masses. Principles of flow through discontinuities and calculation of bearing capacity of shallow and deep foundations,
discontinuous rock masses. Weathering and susceptibility to calculation of earth pressure for retaining structures (dikes,
weathering of discontinuous rock masses. Methods and influence sheet pile wall, quay wall), analysis of slope stability, principles
of excavation methods. Dredgeability, wear and performance of soft ground tunnelling and ground improvement techniques.
of cutting tools. Influence of blasting and other vibrations. Practical laboratory work supports the theory of consolidation.
Influence of stress and stress changes. Rock mass classification Permeability and oedometer tests are conducted and results are
systems. Possibilities for analytical and numerical modelling of interpreted using the Kopjan, Bjerrum and a, b, c methods.
discontinuous rock masses. Principles of slope, tunnel, dam and Study Goals This course is tailored for (engineering) geology students, road
foundation design. Case histories. Exposure to hard soils/weak and railway and offshore engineering students who have no
rocks, karst formations, excavations, slopes and slope reinfor- knowledge of soil mechanics and geotechnical engineering. It is
cement in discontinuous limestone during fieldwork in Belgium, organized at the start of the MSc to ensure all students are op-
Germany and the Netherlands. timally prepared to follow the courses of their core programme
Study Goals Know-how to describe rock masses. Complete understanding and select electives focussing on geotechnical engineering.
of the mechanical and physical behaviour of discontinuous rock
Literature and - Hand-outs Applied Soil Mechanics written by Frans Barends
masses and the interaction between engineering structures
Study Materials - Soil tests manual - Soil mechanics by A. Verruijt, 2001.
and discontinuous rock masses. Familiarity with rock mechanics
All available in digital format on blackboard.
aspects relevant to the dredging industry. Know-how to design
tunnels, dams and pile foundations in/on rock masses.
Literature and Book ‘Introduction to rock mechanics’, Goodman, 2nd edition,
Study Materials hand-outs. Reference literature: Practical Rock Engineering,
Hoek, edition 2000 (http://www.rocscience.com/hoek/Practical-
RockEngineering.asp)Engineering Rock Mechanics, John Harrison
and John Hudson, ‘An introduction to Principles, 1997’ Illustrative
worked Examples, 2000

Course Code: Course title: Colloquium ECTS: 1 Course Code: Course title: Graduation thesis ECTS:
AES2005 AES2006 44
Education Period 2nd Education Period, 3rd Education Period, 4th Education Period Education Period 2nd Education Period, 3rd Education Period, 4th Education Period
Exam Period 4th Exam Period Exam Period 4th Exam Period
Instructor Ir. J.J. de Ruiter; E-mail: J.J.deRuiter@tudelft.nl Instructor Ir. J.J. de Ruiter; E-mail: J.J.deRuiter@tudelft.nl
Education Method Project Education Method Project
Assessment Examination: The grade for this exam is based on both the Course Contents Each individual programme will be concluded with an individual
performance of the presentation and during the defence in the graduation thesis: a research project of ca 9 months reported in
closed session. The graduation committee will give an advice a graduation thesis. The research results will also be presented
about the grade but the professor will define the definite grade. in public to the thesis committee (see course TA5091 - the col-
Course Contents The colloquium consists of a public presentation of the gradu- loquium). The subject of the graduation project is to be decided
ation thesis (see AES2005) by means of a 45 minute lecture, jointly by the graduation coordinator of the specialisation and
after which questions can be posed. Next to the presentation, the student. Usually, the topic is part of PhD research, in which
the candidate will be examined on his thesis by the graduation case the PhD student concerned will supervise the graduation
committee in a closed session. project. The graduation research project can also take place
Study Goals The graduate student displays the knowledge and skills obtained at an external company or research institute. In any case, the
during his specialization by convincingly presenting the results of graduation coordinator remains responsible for the quality
his research. requirements of the project and the supervision. The graduation
subject will be within the area of the specialization.
Expected prior Knowledge gained throughout the years.
knowledge Study Goals The graduate student learns to apply the skills and knowledge
gained in the preceding study in a research project he/she has
Remarks See Graduation Phase Rulings (part of the ‘Course and examination
to carry out independently.
regulations Master’s degree)
Literature and To be selected in consultation with the thesis supervisor.
Study Materials
Expected prior The 2nd year programme has to be completed before the student
knowledge can work on the graduation thesis
Remarks The 2nd year programme has to be completed before the student
can work on the graduation thesis.

Course Code: Course title: Smart en bioclimatic ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Instrumentale ECTS:
AR0530 design AR0760 integrale gebiedsontwikkeling 10
Education Period 1st Education Period, 3rd Education Period Education Period 1st Education Period, 2nd Education Period, 3rd Education
Exam Period 1st Exam Period, 3rd Exam Period Period, 4th Education Period
Instructor Prof.ir. J.J.M. Cauberg; E-mail: J.J.M.Cauberg@citg.tudelft.nl Exam Period 1st Exam Period, 2nd Exam Period, 3rd Exam Period, 4th Exam
Dr. G.J. Hordijk; E-mail: G.J.Hordijk@tudelft.nl Period
Prof.ir. P.G. Luscuere; E-mail: P.G.Luscuere@tudelft.nl Instructor Ir. S.W. Bijleveld; E-mail: S.W.Bijleveld@tudelft.nl
J. Maier; E-mail: J.Maier@tudelft.nl Dr.ir. P.P.J. van Loon; E-mail: P.P.J.vanLoon@tudelft.nl
Ir.ing. P. Mensinga; E-mail: P.Mensinga@tudelft.nl M.W.M. van den Toorn; E-mail: M.W.M.vandenToorn@tudelft.nl
Ir. L. Nijs; E-mail: L.Nijs@bk.tudelft.nl
Course Contents Area development consist primarily of successive workshops on
Ir. A. van Timmeren; E-mail: A.vanTimmeren@bk.tudelft.nl
various tools and modelling techniques that can be applied in ‘in-
Dr.ir. A.A.J.F. van den Dobbelsteen;
tegral area development’ and are (still) under development. The
E-mail: A.A.J.F.vandenDobbelsteen@tudelft.nl
elective subject is offered by various lecturers and professionals
Ir. A.C. van der Linden; E-mail: A.C.vanderLinden@tudelft.nl
concerned with this domain in various disciplines and working
Education Method There are lectures discussing smart & bio-climatic design, physical together in the research team concerned with the Integral Area
aspects of building design, practical examples and the writing Development research project of the Real Estate & Housing
of manuals. In consent with the teacher, the student needs to Department. The specific course modules are: - IGOMOD - Land
write a designer manual for the approach of smart & bio-climatic development workshop (conducted by Onroerend bedrijf
design, on the basis of knowledge provided by the lectures and Rotterdam, Rotterdam Development Company) - Modelling and
on the basis of literature study. simulation techniques - Modelling theory and model-building
Course Contents Central theme is smart & bio-climatic design, the design of buil- - Analytical instruments such as survey of the actors and force
dings using the specific environmental features and local climate field analysis.
intelligently in the climatisation and integrating the techniques
for this into the architectural concept Course Code: Course title: Architectural ECTS: 3
Study Goals The acquisition of insight into and knowledge of physical aspects AR1Am040 Reflections
of the climate design of a building; the acquisition of insight into Education Period 2nd Education Period, 4th Education Period
and knowledge of the possibilities and techniques to apply specific
Exam Period 2nd Exam Period, 4th Exam Period
environmental features and the local climate in the climatisation
Instructor Ir. S. Komossa; E-mail: S.Komossa@tudelft.nl
of a building; the skill to integrate the mentioned possibilities
Ir. J.R. van Zwol; E-mail: J.R.vanZwol@tudelft.nl
and techniques in the architectural concept (smart & bio-climatic
design); the skill to write a practical manual for designers. Education Method Workshop 28 hours Independent study 52 hours
Course Contents Essay on Architectural Reflections indicating the relationship
between precedence and the student’s own design in relation to
the theme of ‘modernity’ and theory building.
Study Goals Exit qualifications:- b. appropriate knowledge of the history and
theory of architecture, related forms of art and the humanities,
and also of social and cultural flows in so far as these affect
architectural design.

Course Code: Course title: Real Estate Econo- ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Soil Mechanics ECTS: 6
AR1R050 mics, Finance and Planning CT2090
Exam Period 1st Exam Period, 2nd Exam Period, 5th Exam Period Exam Period 2nd Exam Period
Instructor Ir. R. Binnekamp; E-mail: R.Binnekamp@tudelft.nl Instructor Ir. J.P. Oostveen; E-mail: J.P.Oostveen@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. P.P.J. van Loon; E-mail: P.P.J.vanLoon@tudelft.nl Dr.ir. S. van Baars; E-mail: S.vanBaars@tudelft.nl
Drs. J.P. Soeter; E-mail: J.P.Soeter@tudelft.nl Education Method lectures; practical; instruction
Education Method Real Estate Economics, finance and planning deals with the deve-
lopment of buildings, areas and infrastructure from the viewpoint
Course Contents All basic aspects of the soil mechanics are discussed: Soil classifi-
of market demand, government regulation, programming, finan-
cing feasibility and project planning. The application of economic, cation, soil stresses, groundwater flow, stiffness and settlement,
financial and planning principles is exercised in an intensive course strength and laboratory tests, analytical solutions, sheet pile
with lectures and computer practicals. The subject starts in the walls, shallow and pile foundations, slope stability.
first period of the academic year (September). The lectures and
computer practicals are concentrated in 5 hours a week over
Course Code: Course title: Structural ECTS: 5
6 weeks. Week 1: lectures and introduction of the computer
CT3109 Mechanics 4
practicals. Week 2-5: computer practicals, instruction and lectures.
Week 6: computer test (2 ECTS).Week 9: examination (2 ECTS). Education Period 2nd Education Period
Assessment Exam Period 2nd Exam Period, 4th Exam Period
Course Contents Real Estate Economics, Finance and planning deals with the Instructor Ir. J.W. Welleman; E-mail: J.W.Welleman@tudelft.nl
development of buildings, urban areas and infrastructure from Education Method tutorial
the viewpoint of market demand, government regulation, pro-
Course Contents - Introduction in to continuum mechanics and failure models
gramming, financial feasibility and project planning. The appli-
in 3D like Tresa and von Mises - General method for analyzing
cation of economic, financial and planning principles is exercised
in an intensive course with lectures and computer practicals. stresses and strains in beams with arbitrary cross sections-
Economics:- Development and structure of real estate markets.- Introduction to plasticity and failure- Influence lines.
Real Estate and Construction forecasts.- Market mechanism and Literature and Course introduction via the website or blackboard syllabus:
government intervention.- Area and project development.- From Study Materials “Constructie Mechanica 4: Introduction into Continuum
market analysis to financial planning. Financing:- Financial feasi- Mechanics”, J.W. Welleman syllabus: “Constructie Mechanica 4:
bility of real estate development.- Investment criteria (internal
Niet-symmetrische en inhomogene doorsneden”, J.W. Welleman
return, net present value, payback period).- Residual method
syllabus: “Constructie Mechanica 4: Invloedslijnen”, J.W. Welleman
(capital value - building costs = land value). - Present value and
(download as PDF via BlackBoard) book: “Toegepaste Mechanica
future value calculations in relation to land use and infrastructure
planning. Planning:- Modelling of real estate and infrastructure deel 3; Coenraad Hartsuijker en Hans Welleman, ISBN
development.- Multi-actor planning.- Integral planning: initiative 9039505950Sheets, assignments and software via
and DBFMOT (design, build, finance, maintenance, operate, http://go.to/jw-welleman or blackboard.
transfer).- Budgets, contracts and real estate performance.-
Planning principles (critical path, PERT).- Stochastic elements of
planning: risk assessment.
Study Goals Knowledge of and insight into economic and financial aspects
of real estate and infrastructure planning.- Ability to assess and
incorporate financial, market-based and time related elements of
project planning.
100 Civil E ngineering Msc 10 1 study guide 2006/2007

Course Code: Course title: Analysis of Slender ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Steel Structures 2 ECTS: 4
CT3110 Structures CT3121
Education Period 4th Education Period Education Period 3rd Education Period
Exam Period 4th Exam Period Exam Period 3rd Exam Period
Instructor Dr.ir. A. Simone; E-mail: A.Simone@tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.ir. F.S.K. Bijlaard; E-mail: F.S.K.Bijlaard@citg.tudelft.nl
Education Method Lectures and a compulsory exercise. Ir. A.M. Gresnigt; E-mail: A.M.Gresnigt@citg.tudelft.nl
Assessment The final grade is determined on the basis of the written exam. Prof.dr.ir. J. Wardenier; E-mail: J.Wardenier@tudelft.nl
Ir.ing. R. Abspoel; E-mail: R.Abspoel@tudelft.nl
Course Contents This course serves as an introduction to the static analysis of
characteristic civil engineering slender structures. Structures Education Method Lectures
like tall buildings, suspension bridges and offshore structures, Assessment The result for the exam is the final result.
just to cite a few examples, will be reduced to the equivalent Course Contents Plastic design of girders and frames: Redistribution of stresses
one dimensional mechanical system. A systematic approach is over the section Failure mechanisms Applications Stability: Forms
used to express the mechanical behaviour of these systems into of instability Column buckling (centric and excentric) Buck-
mathematical terms. ling length Torsional stability Non prismatic members Built up
Study Goals Learning to express in mathematical terms the mechanical members in a truss beam Lateral torsional buckling of beams
behaviour of characteristic civil engineering slender structures. Compression and bending Torsional buckling Load introduction
Learning to apply the appropriate procedure for solving the Joints: Flexible and partial strength joints Joints with pre loaded
differential equations. Learning to recognise and explain charac- bolts Tubular structures: Types of tubular sections Properties
teristic phenomena. of tubular sections Applications Fatigue Tubular joints, general:
Literature and - Theory: “Analysis of Slender Structures” by A. Simone. Design Criteria for verification Calculations (introduction) Design
Study Materials Available at the Blackboard website.- Practice (solved exams): tables Statically loaded tubular joints: Circular hollow sections
”Constructiemechanica 5, Elastostatica van slanke structuren: Rectangular hollow sections Others
uitgewerkte tentamenopgaven” by J.M.J. Spijkers. Available at
the CiTG bookstore (dictatenverkoop).
Remarks Registration for the compulsory exercise by filling out a form
provided during the first lecture hours. Acceptance of the
exercise is a prerequisite to exam participation.

Course Code: Course title: Concrete ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Open channel flow ECTS: 5
CT3150 Structures 2 CT3310
Education Period 3rd Education Period Education Period 3rd Education Period
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period Exam Period 3rd Exam Period, 5th Exam Period
Instructor C.B.M. Blom; E-mail: C.Blom@citg.tudelft.nl Instructor Ir. R.J. Labeur; E-mail: R.J.Labeur@tudelft.nl
Prof.dr.ir. J.C. Walraven; E-mail: J.C.Walraven@tudelft.nl Education Method Lectures, exercise
Ing. A.P. van der Marel; E-mail: A.P.vanderMarel@tudelft.nl Literature and Syllabus: Available at the first lecture. obligatory lecture note(s)/
Education Method lectures; exercise; practical Study Materials textbook(s): Reader Available at BookShop Civil Engineering.
Assessment Result of the examination. The exercises have to be completed.
Course Contents In the lecture Concrete structures 2, the principle of statically Course Code: Course title: Hydraulic ECTS: 4
determinate prestressed structures will be reviewed. The beha- CT3330 Engineering
viour of a prestressed structure as well as the determination of
the structured safety will be discussed. Concerning the buildings,
the following subjects will be dealt with: the load-transfer Exam Period 3rd Exam Period
of: unbraced frames, braced frames, for which the stability is Instructor Prof.drs.ir. J.K. Vrijling; E-mail: J.K.Vrijling@tudelft.nl
taken care of by a core, braced frames for which the stability is Ir. W.F. Molenaar; E-mail: W.F.Molenaar@tudelft.nl
obtained from a combination of walls, structures according to
Education Method Lectures and computer supported studying.
the facade tube principle. For drilled tunnels the theory as well
as the practical implementation will be discussed. This series Assessment Final mark = 0,1 * (average mark of all computer tests) + 0,9 *
of lectures will be concluded with a lecture called ‘Prestress in (mark for the written final exam)
practice’. This lecture will be given by a guest speaker. The exer- Course Contents Functional analysis and structural design of hydraulic structures
cise Prestressed concrete is part of the lecture. For this exercise like: Bridge piers, artificial islands, (caisson) breakwaters,
you will get no assistance. If you have any questions, you can retaining structures, quays & jetties, construction pits and docks,
address them to A.P. van der Marel. floating docks, storm surge barriers, dams, locks/sluices, im-
mersed and bored tunnels, etc. Design aspects: Design governed
Study Goals To to be able to design independently and to determine the by the functional analysis, using a holistic approach, including
dimensions from a prestressed concrete construction for different economic considerations (costs, benefits, NPV and optimization),
systems of prestressing.To be able independently to determine environmental considerations, Life Cycle Management and plan-
ning & phasing of the overall project. Load and material strength
the dimensions and a calculation of a drilled tunnel. Insight in
aspects: Load and resistance factor design (LRD) or Working
the loading structures and possibilities of stability of buildings. stress design (WSD), load combinations and Limit States
Literature and Study Guide.See the website of Blackboard. Study material. Book Construction aspects: Construction ‘in the dry’ or using floating
equipment, in-situ or prefab construction, construction pits, with
Study Materials ‘Prestressed Concrete’ by Prof.dr.ir. J.C. Walraven. Book ‘Concrete or without dewatering Navigation Locks.
linings for shield driven tunnels’ by Dr.ir. C.B.M. Blom. Exercise
Study Goals The course should enable students to produce a conceptual
prestressed concrete. Syllabus Buildings. Manual reinforcing of
design of the common hydraulic engineering structures based on
concrete structures. Calculation of a concrete beam, based on
‘hand’ calculation.
the Dutch Regulations for concrete. Abstract from the Dutch
Literature and Lecture note(s): Structural Hydraulic Engineering - General-
Regulations for concrete (required for the exercise Reinforcing of
Study Materials Structural Hydraulic Engineering – Locks Manual for Structural
concrete structures). Abstract from GTB tables (required for the Hydraulic Engineering. Do check the information on Blackboard
exercise Reinforcing of concrete structures). Exercise prestressed - Course Documents
concrete beam belonging to lecture CT3150, Ing. A.P. van der Remarks All the computer tests have to be finished and passed, at least 10
Marel. Syllabus ‘Buildings’ belonging to the lecture CT3150, working daysbefore the written exam, and all computer test scores
Prof.dr.ir. J.C. Walraven. Syllabus examples Prestressed Concrete should be 5 or more, to be allowed to enter the written (final) exam.
Fraud with regard to computer tests, e.g. using a fake study or stu-
by Ing. A.P. van der Marel
dent number, will result in a disqualification for the written exam.
10 4 Civil Engineering Msc 10 5 study guide 2006/2007

Course Code: Course title: River Engineering ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Economics ECTS: 4
CT3340 CT4010
Education Period 4th Education Period Education Period 1st Education Period
Exam Period 4th Exam Period, 5th Exam Period Exam Period 1st Exam Period
Instructor Ir. H. Havinga; E-mail: H.Havinga@citg.tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.dr. A.H. Kleinknecht; E-mail: A.H.Kleinknecht@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. P.J. Visser; E-mail: P.J.Visser@tudelft.nl Dr.ir. R.J. Verhaeghe; E-mail: R.J.Verhaeghe@citg.tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. Z.B. Wang; E-mail: Z.B.Wang@tudelft.nl Education Method Lectures
Prof.dr.ir. H.J. de Vriend; E-mail: H.J.deVriend@tudelft.nl
Assessment examination mark is final mark
Education Method Lectures, tutorial Course Contents General: introduction to the different disciplines in economics.
Course Contents Phenomenology of rivers (hydrology, hydraulics, sedimentology, Emphasis on illustration of concepts and application to civil
ecology), river measurements, use of rivers, discharge, sediment engineering objects/projects. Macro-economics: national income:
transport, morphological processes, measures (structures, economic circle, role of technology in growth; international
groynes, bend cut-offs, dredging, etc.), effects of measures economics: productivity, balance of payments, theory of money,
(backwater curves, long-term morphological consequences, role of banks; Dutch economy: national budget, corporatism,
ecological consequences), design of measures. price control; role of sunk costs in economic evaluation Micro-
Literature and syllabus: River Engineering economics: consumer and producer behaviour, markets, demand
Study Materials projection for civil engineering projects, types of costs, efficiency
Contact Dr.ir P.J. Visser criteria, production function, applications Commercial economics
(management accounting): accounting for a firm (balance and
result account), types of costs, gains and losses, solvability,
Course Code: Course title: Preparation and ECTS: 4
occupation rate, current ratio Feasibility analysis: financial and
CT3980 execution of works in construction
economic analysis, set-up of cost/benefit pattern, investment
Education Period 4th Education Period criteria, applications Introduction/illustration of specific subjects:
Exam Period 4th Exam Period environmental economics, innovation economics, financing of
Instructor MSc K.B. Braat; E-mail: K.B.Braat@tudelft.nl infrastructure, transport economics, economic models, natural
Education Method exercise; lectures resource management
Course Contents Preparation and execution of works in the construction industry. Study Goals Provide insight into the economic background of engineering
Theoretical structure of the construction with reference to the projects with the objective to contribute to a complete and
tendency towards standardisation of communication. Design efficient decision making in planning and design
of an execution method using the steps of the elementary Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): two study books available
design cycle. Acquisition of a project, work preparation, site- Study Materials at bookshop and VSSD lecture notes, available on-line
management, site-arrangements, and logistics. Earth moving,
on site construction, pre-fabrication and assembling. Control
and inspection of the execution on the basis of the so-named
TGKIO model. Delivery of the works and cost-reviews. Skills are
developed by means of four practical assignments. Content is
presented in Dutch only because of the specific character of the
course: the Dutch building industry and’ culture.
Literature and Voorbereiding en uitvoering in de bouw(nijverheid) (Ned.)
Study Materials Available at BookShop Civil Engineering.

Course Code: Course title: Methodology for ECTS: 3 highlighted: design possibilities for research including research
CT4030 scientific Research materials, research strategies, research planning the analysis of
Education Period 4th Education Period the different topics of a more complicated research paper in the
field of civil engineering with the aid of the above mentioned
Exam Period 4th Exam Period, Exam by appointment
items examples from the field of civil engineering (also in the
Instructor Dr.ir. A.L.A. Fraaij; E-mail: A.L.A.Fraaij@tudelft.nl
framework of cases to be studied by the student) Qualitative
Education Method lectures; discussion; case study; exercise Research Project Management
Assessment average of the cases and the examination questions
Study Goals After the course the student should be able to design a research
Course Contents The growth of knowledge The course starts with the meaning of
project and to examine critically the literature on the proper
research methodology, the coincidence, chance and context in a
research methodology.
reconstruction of research. The research will be analyzed in the
Literature and For Dutch speaking students the book from Christiaans, Fraaij,
classroom with the aid of questions asked by the instructor and
Study Materials de Graaff & Hendriks “Onderzoeksmethodologie”. This book can
the observations of the students. Methodological fundamentals
be bought at the secretariat of the section Materials Science. For
Aspects such as different types of variables, different control
non-Dutch speaking students: The English book on “Research
systems to monitor and check the variables will be analyzed with
Methods for Construction” is recommended. The book must be
the aid of examples in experimental research. Topics that will
ordered and bought at a bookshop. Obligatory other materials:
be discussed also are: types of experiments, statistical control,
cases Available at the section secretariat.
validity of research, the relation between the random sample
survey and the total population, sample size and the effects of Remarks This course is meant for those MSc students who plan to
sample size, power of the test and meta-analysis. The analysis perform research activities and can be attended by students of
of research papers Published technical papers in the field of civil different MSc studies in the technical educations. Prerequisite for
engineering will be discussed in depth on the topics mentioned participation in the exam is finishing the cases.
above. Is the paper a correct reflection of a correct research,

are there flaws in the research, is the methodology sound, did
the researcher actually investigate the topic he/she wanted to
research, are the conclusions correct, is the statistics correct
or ‘forgotten’? The empirical cycle The empirical cycle will be
highlighted to provide the student a theoretical basis and will
be discussed with examples of different types of research.
Aggravation to putting into operation and measurement Topics
to be discussed are operational versus constitutive definitions,
constructs, making more explicit of the measurement procedures
and schemes, systems versus properties, what is actually
‘measuring’ and some opinions about it. Research design In
this section experimental and quasi-experimental designs for
research will be discussed including topics as controlled factors
in relation with experimental validity, representativeness Validity,
reliability, generalization and quality Assessment The concepts
of validity and empirical validity (as well as predictive validity),
reliability aspects (test and re-test, parallel measurements,
split-half), the quality of the Assessments and interpretations,
research, objectivity, inter subjectivity, epistemology will be

Course Code: Course title: Traineeship ECTS: Course Contents Summary Solve an actual and recent civil engineering problem
CT4040 11 in a multidisciplinary team. Integrate several studies and designs
into a coherent entity, based on knowledge, understanding and
Education Period 1st Education Period, 2nd Education Period, 3rd Education
skills acquired in the preceding years. Attention will be on quality
Period, 4th Education Period, Summer Holidays control and the evaluation of the design process. Knowledge and
Exam Period none skills obtained during the BSc projects will be used in this pro-
Instructor Ir. P. van Eck; E-mail: P.vanEck@tudelft.nl ject. The course is divided into three phases: phase 1: inception
plan; phase 2: preliminary design and studies; phase 3: process
Education Method practical work experience
evaluation with respect to interdisciplinary aspects; final report.
Assessment * assessments by company supervisor, expert university staff Description Phase 1: preliminary investigation (Problem explora-
member and traineeship coordinator* final marking by trainee- tion and treatment). By means of supplied and found information
ship coordinator, mainly based on his own assessment and that (project file, informers, literature) an inventory and analysis of
of the university staff member the problem must be made. This results in a (substantive) pro-
blem formulation and an objective. Coupled to that, a treatment
Course Contents Practical work experience in day-to-day practice of civil engineering
will be formulated. Which methods will be used, which contri-
companies or institutes (contractors, consultancies, government,
bution can different disciplines provide to the project, which
non-governmental organisations, etc.) in the Netherlands or abroad steps have been passed through successively, which information
Study Goals The main objectives are* to develop your general engineering is still necessary, where can that information be found? Finally
skills,* to learn how to apply your technological know-how,* to the organization of the group must be fixed. Phase 2: design.
put into practice any social and communicative skills you might At this stage is alternatively worked for the complete problem
and for sub-problems. The work exists for a part of research,
have,* to gain a more complete insight into your own particular
for another part of developing design alternatives or solution
aptitudes.
alternatives, and from developing the sub-problems. Ongoing,
Literature and * course manuals in both Dutch and English are available at the the consistency with the whole design must be monitored. Phase
Study Materials Traineeship Office, containing (amongst others) ample information 3: Round-off. In the round-off, the last hand is laid to the results
about the formalities that need to be attended to before the of the project. First of all the handed in report is discussed with
start of your traineeship* on the Blackboard page CT4040 you the speculator team, whereupon the definite version is made.
will find all the available traineeship offers and downloadable The participants evaluate the project, both substantive and con-
cerning the project process. Finally, the presentation is prepared
templates / blank forms
and a summary for the presentation is established.
Contact Traineeship Office, Mrs M.L.Y. Kraeger - Holland, room 2.73,
phone 015-2781174,stage@citg.tudelft.nl Study Goals 1. Design learning on a sub-sector of civil engineering in
multidisciplinary link.2. Integrated appliance of knowledge and
Remarks a traineeship can be performed in any period during the year
skills from previous years.3. Application of design knowledge
and skills from the first, second and third year.4. Learning to
Course Code: Course title: Multidisciplinary ECTS: work by means of an interdisciplinary approach.5. Learning to
CT4061 project 11 report, present and defending the end product.6. Learning to
Education Period 1st Education Period, 2nd Education Period, 3rd Education apply elementary quality guarantee principles (e.g. MCE, SWOT)
Period, 4th Education Period during the design process.7. Evaluate learning of the interdisci-
Exam Period none plinary work process
Instructor Ir. H.J. Verhagen; E-mail: H.J.Verhagen@tudelft.nl Literature and A syllabus is available via Blackboard; the e-book “report writing”
Education Method Teamwork in a group of 4 - 6 students Study Materials is recommended. This e-book is part of the course on report
writing (WM0201), and can be downloaded from the blackboard
site of that course.
11 0 Civil E ngineering Msc 111 study guide 2006/2007

Course Code: Course title: Materials and ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Timber Structures 1 ECTS: 4
CT4100 Ecological Engineering CT4110
Education Period 3rd Education Period Education Period 2nd Education Period
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period Exam Period 2nd Exam Period
Instructor Drs.ing. H.D. van Bohemen; E-mail: H.D.vanBohemen@tudelft.nl Instructor Ir. J.G.M. Raadschelders; E-mail: J.G.M.Raadschelders@citg.tudelft.nl
Education Method lectures; discussion; exercise; practical; paper; case study Dr.ir. J.W.G. van de Kuilen; E-mail: J.vandeKuilen@citg.tudelft.nl
Assessment final result is the combination of examination result and the Education Method Lectures, exercise
result of the case. Calculation: 50%-50% Assessment Written exam grade is final grade
Course Contents Topic 1The eco-cost/value ratio: This model (that has been Course Contents The course deals with material properties of timber and timber
developed at TU-Delft) enables comparison of several variants of products, the design of timber structures including strength, stiff-
products and services. The model comprises not only the usual ness and stability verifications for columns and beams. Bracings
LCA parameters but also spatial criteria. The model emphasizes for stabilizing whole structures and the design of timber joints
prevention and compensation and tries to avoid the necessity with several fastener types like bolts and dowels are included.
of precautions due to damage. Topic 2Quality assurance, envi-
Attention is also given to design and manufacturing of timber
ronmental conservation, certification, attestations, guarantees,
frame housing. Timber and wood-based panels: properties and
and responsibility. In this part of the course the student will be
familiarized with the principles of actuality assurance. Several production of timber, glulam and wood-based panels, anisotropy.
alternatives will be discussed (with their advantages and Beam calculations: tension/compression, bending/torsion, shear,
disadvantages). Also the combination of quality assurance with holes and notches, stress combinations, buckling and lateral
environmental conservation will be highlighted. Topic 3Ecological torsional buckling. Joints: dowel type fasteners (nails, dowels,
engineering in construction and maintenance of our infrastruc- screws and bolts), steel plates, split-ring joints, toothed-plate
ture. Here will be discussed with a set of examples in what way joints. Design rules for built-up beams. Trusses: shapes of trusses,
ecological criteria can be added to the list of requirements as joints in trusses. Facades and stability of structures: structures of
well as the possible ways of realization and the possible results.
facades, bracings. Portal frames and arches, Tapered and curved
Topic 4Durable decision: In the framework of Delft Cluster a
beams. Timber frame housing: structural aspects, structural
decision support system has been developed. This support
system will be explained and used in a case. Topic 5Spatial detailing, diaphragms. Bridge Building Contest.
examination: This topic is treated with models developed in the Study Goals Students will be able to design a wide variety of timber structures,
DIOC Ecological City. The issue is to couple above mentioned using modern materials such as glulam, perform strength and
models and criteria in the framework of environmental effect stability verifications in accordance with modern design codes.
studies. Practices The DuBes Practical (1 day) a case that must
Literature and syllabus: STEP Timber Engineering 1 Available at BookShop Civil
result into a paper
Study Materials Engineering. obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Lecture
Study Goals After the course the student is able to discuss relevant topics with
notes Available at the Blackboard website.
stakeholders in the decision process concerning construction and
infrastructure. He/she can act as participant in the discussion and
can act as advisor for certain (contracting) parties in the field.
Literature and syllabus: Book o-n Ecological Engineering Available at BookShop
Study Materials Civil Engineering. obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s):
Powerpoint Presentation The Eco-cost Value Ratio Available at
bookshop and VSSD.
Remarks practical must be done and case must be written as well as 1
day Sustainable Development Exercise.

Course Code: Course title: Steel Structures 3 ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Steel Case ECTS: 3
CT4121 CT4125
Education Period 2nd Education Period Education Period 4th Education Period
Exam Period 2nd Exam Period Exam Period 4th Exam Period
Instructor Prof.ir. F.S.K. Bijlaard; E-mail: F.S.K.Bijlaard@citg.tudelft.nl Instructor Ir.ing. R. Abspoel; E-mail: R.Abspoel@tudelft.nl
Prof.ir. JWB Stark Dr. A. Romeijn; E-mail: A.Romeijn@tudelft.nl
Ir.ing. R. Abspoel; E-mail: R.Abspoel@tudelft.nl Education Method Case
Education Method Lectures Assessment The result for the report is 80% of the final result. The result for
Assessment The result for the exam is the final result. the drawing is 20% of the final result.
Course Contents Composite structures Composite beams: Types of composite action Literature and Available at the Blackboard website.
between steel and concrete Application of composite beams Study Materials
Properties of shear connectors Simply supported beams with full
strength shear connection and partial strength shear connection
Course Code: Course title: Probabilistic Design ECTS: 4
Statically undeterminate composite beams Shear force Calculation
CT4130
according to the elastic theory Calculation of the deflections
Cracks of the concrete Composite floors: Application of composite Education Period 1st Education Period, 2nd Education Period
steel concrete plate floors Execution stage of composite steel Exam Period 2nd Exam Period, 4th Exam Period
concrete floors Verification of the bearing capacity in the ultimate Instructor Dr.ir. P.H.A.J.M. van Gelder; E-mail: P.H.A.J.M.vanGelder@tudelft.nl
limit state Calculations of the deflections in the serviceability limit Prof.drs.ir. J.K. Vrijling; E-mail: J.K.Vrijling@tudelft.nl
state Design tables Composite columns: Application of composite Prof.ir. A.C.W.M. Vrouwenvelder;
steel concrete columns Principles of the calculation Capacity of E-mail: A.Vrouwenvelder@citg.tudelft.nl
a composite steel concrete column under compression Relative Ir. M.A. Burgmeijer; E-mail: M.A.Burgmeijer@tudelft.nl
slenderness Composite steel concrete column under compression
Education Method Lectures, Excercise, participation is voluntary. Half point bonus
and bending Composite steel concrete column under compres-
for exam, when exercise is passed sufficiently.
sion and bi-axial bending Joints in composite steel concrete
Assessment one mark, based on written exam and a voluntary exercise. Half
structures: Design and shapes Calculation Fire resistance of
point bonus for exam, when exercise is passed sufficiently. This
composite steel concrete structures: Composite steel concrete
bonus is valid for one year.
beams Composite steel concrete columns Composite steel
concrete floors Plate buckling: Plate buckling of stiffened plates Course Contents Objectives of probabilistic design of civil structures. Probability
Calculus; Steps in a Risk Analysis; Inventory of possible
Plate buckling of unstiffened plates Linear elastic plate buckling
unwanted events, effects and consequences; Determining and
theory Stress reduction method Post critical strength Effective
evaluating the risk. Decision-making based on risk analysis;
with method Special beams: Plate girders Cold formed sections Decision-making under uncertainties; Probabilistic analysis of the
Castellated beams decision problem; Frame of reference concerning safety; Current
Literature and Available at the Blackboard website. Dutch safety standards; Generally applicable safety standards.
Study Materials Reliability of an element; Limit state functions, strength and
load; Ultimate and serviceability limit states; Strength of con-
crete, steel, timber, soil, etc; Loads of traffic, wind, waves, water,
earthquakes, precipitation, ice, etc; Time dependence. Reliability
calculation methods; Level III methods; Numerical integration;
Monte Carlo method; Level II methods; Non-linear limit state
functions; Non-normally distributed variables;
114 Civil E ngineering Msc 115 study guide 2006/2007

Dependent random variables; Comparison of different calculation Course Code: Course title: Dynamics of ECTS: 4
methods. Failure probability and life span; Deterioration proces- CT4140 Structures
ses; Risk calculation of systems with a variable rate of failure; Education Period 3rd Education Period
Non availability; Markov processes; Load combinations. Strength
calculation with level I method; Linking the level I method to the
Instructor Dr.sc. A. Metrikine; E-mail: A.Metrikine@tudelft.nl
failure probability calculation; Standardisation of alpha-values;
Load combinations for level I strength calculations. Reliability of Education Method Lectures
systems; Probability of failure of the serial system; Probability of Assessment Based on the result of the written exam.
failure of the parallel system; FMEA (Failure Modes and Effects Course Contents Introduction. Challenging dynamic problems of modern civil en-
Analysis); FMECA (Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis); gineering; Types and sources of dynamic loading on structures;
Event tree; Fault tree; Cause consequence chart; Reliability of Dynamic behaviour of systems with 1and 2 degrees of freedom
revisited: main phenomena, introduction to the Fourier Analysis,
correctable systems. Scheduling the realisation of activities;
aero-elastic instabilities (galloping and flutter). Vibrations of
Introduction to scheduling uncertainties; Influence of corrective
discrete systems with N degrees of freedom (N DOF). Derivation
measures on duration and costs; Maintenance; Introduction to
of equations of motion; Free vibrations of undamped N DOF
maintenance strategies; Effect of maintenance on risk; Influence systems: natural frequencies and normal modes, modal mass
of inspections. Application areas; Structural safety of buildings, matrix and modal stiffness matrix, the Rayleigh method; Forced
dikes, offshore platforms, bridges, etc; Maintenance and mana- vibrations of undamped N DOF systems: Modal Analysis, the
gement; Quality assurance; Safety management; Geostatistics; steady-state response to a harmonic load, the frequency-respon-
Reliability of software. se function. Modal Analysis, Fourier Analysis, the steady-state
response to a harmonic load of N DOF systems with viscous
Study Goals After the course, the student has to be able to do Level I, II and damping. Vibrations of one-dimensional (1D) continuous systems
III calculations, risk-based optimisations and system probability of finite length. Derivation of equations of motion for beam in
calculations. bending, beam in shear, rod in axial motion, rod in torsion and
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Probabilistic Design taut cable; The boundary and interface conditions for continuous
systems; Free vibrations of undamped 1D continuous systems:
Study Materials Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. recommended other
the method of separation of variables, natural frequencies and
materials: Practice exams. Available at BookShop Civil Engineering,
normal modes; Forced vibrations of 1D continuous systems (both
also on blackboard.
with and without viscous damping): Modal Analysis, Fourier
Analysis, the steady-state response to a harmonic load. Waves
of one-dimensional (1D) continuous systems. Excitation, propa-
gation, reflection and transmission of pulses in cables and rods;
Harmonic waves and representation of travelling pulses as the
superposition of the harmonic waves; Dispersion Analysis; The
steady-state response of piles and rails to harmonic loads.
Study Goals The goal of this course is to introduce various dynamic models of
structures and to acquaint the students with the main ideas and
methods of structural dynamics.
Literature and Mandatory Material:1. Spijkers J.M.J., Vrouwenvelder, A.C.W.M.,
Study Materials Klaver E.C., Structural Dynamics; Part 1: Structural Vibrations.
Lecture Notes CT 4140. 2. Metrikine, A.V., Vrouwenvelder,
A.C.W.M., Structural Dynamics; Part 2: Wave Dynamics. Lecture
Notes CT 4140.3. Lecture Slides (available on Blackboard)
11 6 Civil E ngineering Msc 11 7 study guide 2006/2007

Course Code: Course title: Dynamics, Slender ECTS: 6 Remarks This course is one of the first courses for students with a relevant
CT4145 Struct. and intr. cont. mech. foreign BSc-degree who are entering the MSc Programme of
Education Period 1st Education Period Structural Engineering and is of MSc level. Lectures and course
material are in English. The course is composed of lectures and
Exam Period 1st Exam Period, Differently to be announced
computer-aided exercises. The lecture material is condensed
Instructor Dr.sc. A. Metrikine; E-mail: A.Metrikine@tudelft.nl
relative to corresponding BSc courses. Consequently, the course
Ir. J.W. Welleman; E-mail: J.W.Welleman@tudelft.nl
attendants are expected to spend considerable effort to complete
Education Method lectures; discussion; exercise; computer-supported studying exercises. The exercises are part of the exam.
Course Contents Modelling of civil engineering structures by means of lumped and
continuous systems. Static and dynamic analysis. Introduction to
Course Code: Course title: Plastic Analysis of ECTS: 4
continuum elasticity and plasticity. Theme A: Dynamics of Systems
CT4150 Structures
and Slender Structures Fundamental assumptions leading to lum-
ped and continuous models, mathematical formulation of single- Education Period 2nd Education Period
and multi-degree(s)-of-freedom models and of continuous models. Exam Period 2nd Exam Period, 4th Exam Period
Dynamics of lumped systems: One-degree-of freedom systems
Instructor Prof.ir. A.C.W.M. Vrouwenvelder;
without damping, free vibrations and forced vibrations under
a harmonic load, forced vibrations under a pulse loading, one- E-mail: A.Vrouwenvelder@citg.tudelft.nl
degree-of freedom systems with viscous damping, transient vibra- Dr.ir. P.C.J. Hoogenboom; E-mail: P.C.J.Hoogenboom@tudelft.nl
tions, steady-state vibrations, two-degrees of freedom systems Education Method lectures
without damping. Slender structures: Introduction to dynamics of Course Contents Plastic material behaviour and the consequences for structural
slender structures, statics of slender structures, general solution behaviour. Incremental computations where the load is gradually
of an ordinary, inhomogeneous differential equation, boundary increased from zero until the collapse limit (suitable for computer
conditions and matrix form of the solution to a boundary-value implementation). Upper- and lower-bound approximations
problem, static response of various slender structures: analysis (suitable for hand calculations). Discussion on the theory and its
in MAPLE. Two computer aided written assignments Theme B: application to beams, portals, frames and in-plane and laterally
Introduction to Continuum Mechanics Tensors: notation and loaded plates. Fundamental aspects of yield criteria (Von Mises,
transformations, strain tensor, stress tensor, stress-strain relation Tresca, reinforced concrete). Interaction of bending moment,
for linear elastic homogeneous materials, Mohr’s circle. Failure shear force and normal force. Normality rule. Upper-and lower-
models: limit state, von Mises and Tresca, visualisations in different bound theorems and deformation capacity.
stress states. Stresses in asymmetric and/or non homogeneous
cross sections. One computer aided written assignment. Study Goals After completion of this course you will know how plastic hinges
develop in concrete and steel beams. You will understand
Study Goals The course provides students with the required background for
commonly used material yield criteria and beam interaction
the mechanics courses of the MSc Programme for Structural
diagrams. You will be able to calculate the ultimate load of beams,
Engineering. After completing the course students should be
frames and plates. You will understand redistribution of the force
able to: - Apply modelling techniques with appropriate sign
flow in structures and you will understand the limitations of
conventions - Analyse static and dynamic problems of structural
plasticity theory.
mechanics- Analyse stress and strain states and the limit state
Literature and Two lecture books are used. Both can be ordered at www.
This course is for students with a relevant foreign BSc-degree.
Study Materials nextstore.nl Vrouwenvelder, A.C.W.M. and Witteveen, J. “Plastic
Students following CT4145 are not allowed to follow CT3110.
Analysis of Structures, The plastic behaviour and the calculation
Literature and syllabus: Theme A: Dynamics and Slender Structures Theme of beams and frames subjected to bending”, Lecture book Delft
Study Materials B: Introduction to Continuum Mechanics Available at the first University of Technology, March 2003.Vrouwenvelder, A.C.W.M.
lecture. obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Available at the and Witteveen, J. “Plastic Analysis of Structures, The plastic
Blackboard website. obligatory other materials: Available at the behaviour and the calculation of plates subjected to bending”,
Lecture book Delft University of Technology, March 2003.
Blackboard website.

Course Code: Course title: Prestressed con- ECTS: 4 Study Goals Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be
CT4160 crete able to understand and to predict the response of prestressed
Education Period 1st Education Period concrete members and to design prestressed concrete structu-
res. The student should be capable of understanding and apply-
Exam Period 1st Exam Period
ing the basic concepts of prestressed concrete behaviour and
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. J.C. Walraven; E-mail: J.C.Walraven@tudelft.nl
the involved technology in pretensioning and post-tensioning.
Ir. W.J.M. Peperkamp; E-mail: W.Peperkamp@citg.tudelft.nl
The student should be able to demonstrate the influence of time
Education Method instruction; lectures; case study depended effects on loss of prestressing and the characteristic
Assessment The examination contributes 90% of the grade; the case study 10% advantages and disadvantages in applying external prestressing.
of the grade. For each of both parts a minimal grade of 5.0 is valid. He should be able to calculate the shear resistance capacity
Course Contents This course concerns the fundamental aspects and points of of prestressed concrete based on strut and tie models and to
interest in the design and detailing of prestressed concrete describe the behaviour under load of statically determinate and
structures. A detailed overview of different techniques and statically indeterminate prestressed concrete beams. The case
their characteristics are presented covering pre-tensioning, study integrates the course topics and reinforces the concepts
post-tensioning, partially prestressing, bonded, and unbonded
learned.
tendons. The Load balancing approach as a general procedure
in the flexural analysis of statically determined and statically Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Prestressed Concrete
undetermined structures is introduced. The effects of shrinkage, Study Materials obligatory other materials: Elaborated exams and examples on
creep and relaxation on loss of prestressing and redistribution of Prestressed Concrete recommended lecture note(s)/textbook(s):
forces are discussed. Special attention is given to the crack width Journal „Cement“; Obtainable from the Betonvereniging Gouda
control in partially prestressed members, the ultimate moment (Dutch Concrete Association) and Betondispuut
and shear resistance capacity design. Application of truss
Contact Ir. W.J.M. Peperkamproom: 1.04 Stevin II telephone: 2784576
idealisation for shear and disturbed regions is considered as well
e-mail: w.j.m.peperkamp@tudelft.nl
as detailing of prestressed structures. In the final part two-way
slab design is treated. Description Basic concepts of prestressing Remarks Participation in exam is only permitted after having successfully
and technology aspects of pretensioning and post-tensioning Pres- performed the case study
tressed concrete behaviour presented for members subjected to
pure axial load and to combined flexure and axial load Response
of prestressed concrete members to sectional forces such as
axial load, moment and shear Allowable stresses in design
computations satisfying the strength and service-ability limit
states Load-balancing approach in determining the prestressed
load in statically indeterminate prestressed systems Fundamen-
tals of shrinkage, creep and relaxation Loss of prestressing and
redistribution of forces due to shrinkage, creep and relaxation
Ultimate moment capacity; failure moment in ultimate limit-state
Shear resistance capacity of prestressed concrete, design for
shear based on Strut and Tie models Partially prestressed con-
crete; control of crack width Detailing of prestressed structures,
disturbed regions due to concentrated axial load in end ancho-
rage zones Example design truss idealisation for a beam with
a dapped end Characteristics of partially prestressed concrete
Example design analysis partially prestressed concrete Unbonded
post-tensioning External post-tensioning Project from practice
Discussion case study

Course Code: Course title: Construction Tech- ECTS: 4 Study Goals Upon successful completion of this subject, the student should
CT4170 nology of Concrete Structures be able to: To identify the basic elements such as project charac-
Education Period 4th Education Period teristics, control systems, methodology and supporting systems
in an integrated design process for concrete structures; To iden-
Exam Period 4th Exam Period
tify characteristics dictating the way a concrete building project
Instructor Prof.ir. A.Q.C. van der Horst; E-mail: A.Q.C.vanderHorst@tudelft.nl
is being managed in practice and emphasis in the methodology
Ir. W.J.M. Peperkamp; E-mail: W.Peperkamp@citg.tudelft.nl
to be adopted when worked out; To optimise the process of
Education Method lectures; instruction; case study design and construction in terms of costs, time and maintenance
Assessment The examination and case study each contribute 50% of the grade. in selecting a construction process, a construction schedule and
Course Contents Understanding the nature and implication of selected structural investment in temporary works; To develop a design methodology
design elements such as shape, dimensions, material and design in which cost aspects regarding repetition effect, investments in
approaches on the one hand and the construction elements such
type and amount of formwork and schedules of levelling labour
as execution methods, schedules and costs on the other hand
and their interdependency in an integrated building process force are being dealt with; To demonstrate actions which can be
of a concrete structure. This involves thorough knowledge taken to control the design process and to assure the quality of
and understanding of project characteristics, control systems, the engineering process and the construction process; To generate
methodology of the process and supporting systems in order
different design concepts and to select one of them in view of
to optimise cost driver aspects in conceptual and final design.
Lectures: Construction technology from a process prospective: costs, execution time and durability; To implement all these
interdependency of functional requirements, conceptual design, aspects in a case study.
engineering and construction. Identification of cost drivers and
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Construction process of
optimisation of cost driver effects in both conceptual and final
design. Outline design and optimisation of concrete structures Study Materials concrete structures(Lecture notes January 2002) Construction
based on principles of repetition, shape effects, planning aspects process of concrete structures(Lecture notes on special subjects
and governing details. Tender phase of design - construct February 2001)Available at BookShop Civil Engineering.
contracts: multidisciplinary interaction between engineering, cost
obligatory other materials: Powerpoint presentations of lectures
estimate, planning and construction aspects; strategic outline
design development; risk management in engineering; IDEF Handwritten notes during lectures
technology to structure engineering processes. The added value Contact Ir. W. Peperkamp Room: 1.04 Stevin II Telephone: 2784576
and weakness of serviceability Limit State Design: principles of
SLS; interaction of SLS aspects with construction technology; E-mail: w.j.m.peperkamp@tudelft.nl Prof. ir. A.Q.C. van der Horst
interdependency of functional requirements and workmanship. Room: 2.04 Stevin II Telephone 27845.. / 0182 - 590627
Construction technology in support of durability of concrete E-mail: A.Q.C.vanderHorst@tudelft.nl
structures: effects of workmanship and details; mix design ef-
fects. Formwork: conventional and tailor made formwork. Hand- Expected prior CT3051 Structural Design (Bachelor)CT3150 Reinforced concrete
ling of concrete at site: sequence of events, basics of handling, knowledge 2 (Bachelor)
placing, treatment and curing of concrete. Underwater concrete:
Remarks Participation in examination is only permitted after successfully
historical perspective and state of the art of underwater concrete
applications. Design of underwater concrete concepts including completion of case study.
foundation concepts and details. Construction aspects of under-
water concrete: equipment, tolerances and workmanship. Quality
assurance of both the engineering process and the construction
process of concrete structures. Details as far as governing the
performance of concrete structures: joints, cast in items and
box outs. Examples of interdependency and interaction between
structural engineering and construction in the field of port struc-
tures: caissons, block walls and jetties. Case study: A case study
is performed as group work. The case can be selected from
either Construction or Heavy Civil Engineering. Presentation, as a
team, of the group work.

Course Code: Course title: Plate Analysis, ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Architecture and ECTS: 4
CT4180 Theory and Application CT4201 building engineering
Education Period 2nd Education Period Education Period 1st Education Period
Exam Period 2nd Exam Period Exam Period 1st Exam Period
Instructor Ir. C. Kasbergen; E-mail: C.Kasbergen@citg.tudelft.nl Instructor Ir. A. te Boveldt; E-mail: A.teBoveldt@tudelft.nl
Ir. W. Sutijadi; E-mail: W.Sutijadi@tudelft.nl Ir. G.G. Nieuwmeijer; E-mail: G.G.Nieuwmeijer@bk.tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. A. Scarpas; E-mail: A.Scarpas@tudelft.nl Education Method lectures; seminar
Education Method Lectures, case study Assessment written exam : written assignment = 1 : 1
Course Contents Plates loaded in plane: The three systems of basic equations Course Contents Definitions and principles of architectural design. History of
(kinematic, constitutive, equilibrium); rigid body displacements architecture. Relations between architecture and structural
and deformations; several analytic solutions for rectangular design. History of structural design, with an accent on the period
plates (displacement method); application of plane stress/strain 1800-1970. Relations with architectural design. Analyses of
engineering structures; introduction to the finite element structural design. Analyse of the evolution of functional,
method; formulation of plane stress/strain elements; numerical architectural and structural design on building type. Report.
integration schemes. Plates loaded out of plane (slabs):The Literature and Available at the section secretariat.
three systems of basic equations for plate bending including Study Materials
shear deformation; simplification to the pure bending equation;
formulation of special boundary conditions; several analytical
Course Code: Course title: Facades ECTS: 4
solutions (displacement method) and various load and boundary
CT4211
conditions; finite element formulation of slab element; computa-
tional issues. Education Period 2nd Education Period
Literature and Plates and Slabs, Volume 1, Theory Plates and Slabs, Volume 2, Exam Period 2nd Exam Period
Study Materials Numerical methods Plates and Slabs, Worked-out Exams Available Instructor Ir. G.J. Dijk; E-mail: G.J.Dijk@tudelft.nl
at BookShop Civil Engineering. CAPA-3D program distributed O.S.M. van Pinxteren; E-mail: O.S.M.vanPinxteren@tudelft.nl
during lectures. Ir. P.M.C. Scheers; E-mail: P.M.C.Scheers@citg.tudelft.nl
Remarks Assignment: Application of the finite element method to a plane Ir. H.R. de Boer; E-mail: H.R.deBoer@tudelft.nl
stress and a slab bending problem. The CAPA-3D computer program Education Method Lectures, design studies
is used. The results are presented in a professional report. Assessment design studies: 75% modelling exercises: 25%
Course Contents Design aspects of several types of facade: Exterior leaf of con-
crete and bricks. Double facades and atria. Criteria for selection
Modelling in facade design: Resistance and deflection of glass
units. Wind loads on ventilated facades. Movement as a result
of changes in temperature and moisture. Flexibility of joints
and connections. Criteria for deformation of the load bearing
structure
Literature and Afbouwconstructies I, II en III Available at BookShop Civil
Study Materials Engineering.

Course Code: Course title: Advanced Building ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Management in ECTS: 4
CT4221 Physics CT4251 building industry
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period Exam Period 1st Exam Period
Instructor Prof.ir. J.J.M. Cauberg; E-mail: J.J.M.Cauberg@citg.tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.A.J. de Ridder; E-mail: H.A.J.deRidder@tudelft.nl
Ir. A.C. van der Linden; E-mail: A.C.vanderLinden@tudelft.nl Course Contents Elucidation to the ‘environment’ of construction in general,
Dr.ir. W.H. van der Spoel; E-mail: W.H.vanderSpoel@citg.tudelft.nl specific for the Netherlands. The structure of the building
Education Method practical; lectures; exercise process and the role of the manager in there. Stakeholders in
Assessment Individual test and exercises account for 65% and 35% of the the construction process: client or owner, construction compa-
final mark resp. nies, contractors, sub-contractors, consultants (management,
cost, structural). Types of cooperation. Risk assessment in
Course Contents Continuation of CT3071 Design of buildings and CT3221 Building
these cooperations. Typology of parties involved. Building
physics & Building technique: the physical characteristics of
construction ‘culture’ in the Netherlands and abroad. Trends
the subjects treated in that course are examined more deeply.
in construction and civil engineering to be studied in order to
The subject matter aims at the practical application of building
draw the future picture. Theory of Construction Management.
physics. Main subjects: Inside climate Thermal comfort: thermo-
Production management versus process management. Modern
physiological models of man Heat Mechanisms of heat transfer:
construction management as systems management. Techniques
free and forced convection, exchange of radiation, conduction.
of risk assessment in the implementation process. Phasing the
Heat transfer in cavity walls, non-stationary heat transfer in
construction process. Decision making in the construction pro-
semi-infinite media, analytical solutions for heat transport in
cess. Management and monitoring. Cost engineering. Calculation
constructions, laws of radiation, heat exchange between
methods. Calculation norms and regulations. Labour manage-
surfaces. Heat transport in composite constructions with periodic
ment techniques. Multi moment diagrams. Deviation monitoring
boundary conditions. First- and second-order thermal (and hygric)
systems. Techniques for generating alternatives. Scheduling of
room models. Exercise: dynamic heat transport. Sound Building
preparation and execution. Information management in prepa-
acoustics Flanking sound transport, floating floors, vibration
ration and execution. Design control and project administration.
insulation. Laboratory test: measuring air-sound insulation. Air
Procurement management. Contracts with the procurement
Natural ventilation and infiltration. Wind discomfort around buil-
processes. Environment and environmental legislation. Material,
dings. Fire safety Regulations for fire safety in buildings Building
soil and chemical pollution. Systematic environment protection
physics design brief Visiting buildings with attention to facade,
systems. Construction legislation in general and in building
acoustics, fire safety, details of building physics, demands set by
execution in particular. Contracting and U.A.V. and FIDIC.
the Building Decree.
Planning the execution and time management on site. Types
Literature and Lecture notes and modules o-n Blackboard
of project organisation.
Study Materials
Study Goals <>
Literature and syllabus: Inserted in the reader obligatory lecture note(s)/

Study Materials textbook(s): Reader: “Project Management in Construction”
Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. obligatory other materials:
Information and Material o-n CBK website. Available at the
website. recommended lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Listing of
advised Literature in Reader.

Course Code: Course title: Building Informatics ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Knowledge Mana- ECTS: 4
CT4260 CT4270 gement in Building Processes
Education Period 1st Education Period Education Period 3rd Education Period
Exam Period 1st Exam Period Exam Period 3rd Exam Period
Instructor Dr.ir. E. Dado; E-mail: E.Dado@tudelft.nl Instructor Dr.ir. M.R. Beheshti; E-mail: M.R.Beheshti@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. M.R. Beheshti; E-mail: M.R.Beheshti@tudelft.nl Dr.ir. E. Dado; E-mail: E.Dado@tudelft.nl
Education Method lectures; tutorial; exercise Education Method lectures; exercise; tutorial
Assessment The final mark of the course will be an average of the written re- Assessment The final mark of the course will be an average of the written
port of the exercises, the presentation and the oral examination. report of the exercises and the oral examination
Course Contents This is an introductory course of theories, methods and techni- Course Contents This is an introductory course of theories, methods and techni-
ques regarding the application of information and communication ques regarding the application of information and communicati-
technologies, to improve the quality, efficiency and effectivity of on technologies, to improve the quality, efficiency and effectivity
design and construction processes. The main emphasis of the of design and construction processes. The main emphasis of the
course (and its accompanying course CT4270) is on informa- course (and its accompanying course CT4260) is on information
tion modelling and product data technology for the building management and knowledge technology for the building and
and construction industry. The following issues are presented construction industry. The following issues are presented and
and discussed during the lecture series: Information model- discussed during the lecture series: Process Modelling IDEF0
ling techniques, tools and languages (UML) Form description, Process Modelling Techniques Knowledge Technology Knowledge
geometry and topology Product modelling (PM), Product Data Modelling Knowledge-based Systems Project Modelling Electronic
Technology (PDT) Features and Feature Modelling, Parametric Document-oriented Applications Organisation-oriented Ap-
Design Systems Standardisation and communication in the Buil- plications Teamwork Support Information Management in the
ding and Construction industry Presentation, Representation and Building and Construction Industry The state-of-the-art ICT
Implementation issues The State-of-the-art ICT building design Building design and Construction The lectures are complemented
and construction The lectures are complemented with a series with a series of exercises: Process Modelling Exercise (IDEF0)
of exercises: Solid modelling exercise (AutoCAD, MicroStation or Knowledge Modelling Exercise Students of all disciplines at
ArchiCAD) Information Modelling Exercise (UML) Feature Model- Faculty of Civil Engineering and Geosciences can take part in
ling Exercise (ArchiCAD) this course which is also open to the students of other faculties
Study Goals The goal of the course (and its accompanying course CT4270) at Delft University of Technology and in particular those of the
Faculty of Architecture. More detailed information about the
is to provide the students with the fundamental knowledge and
course content, time-schedule, registration, etc. can be found on
skills of ICT tools in building design and construction. The goal
the course website on Blackboard.
of exercises is to familiarise the students with the basic skills of
information modelling using UML (Unified Modelling Language) Study Goals The goal of the course (and its accompanying course CT4260)
as well as Feature Modelling using ArchiCAD. is to provide students with the fundamental knowledge and
skills of ICT tools in building design and construction. The goal
Literature and syllabus: During each lecture a relevant reading list will be
of exercises is to familiarise the students with the basic skills of
Study Materials available recommended other materials: A copy of the Power-
process modelling using IDEF0 as well as knowledge modelling
Point presentations of the lectures
using a real-life case.
Remarks Students of all disciplines at Faculty of Civil Engineering and
Literature and obligatory other materials: The course leader will provide the
Geosciences can take part in this course which is also open to
Study Materials study material and a reading list. Available: during each lecture
students of other faculties at Delft University of Technology and
a relevant reading list will be available. Available at the lecturer.
in particular those of the Faculty of Architecture. More detailed
recommended other materials: A copy of the PowerPoint presen-
information about the course content, time-schedule, registration,
tations of the lectures Available at the Blackboard website.
etc. can be found on the course website on Blackboard.

Course Code: Course title: Building structures 2 ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Introduction to ECTS: 4
CT4281 CT4300 Coastal Engineering
Education Period 2nd Education Period Education Period 2nd Education Period
Exam Period 2nd Exam Period Exam Period 2nd Exam Period
Instructor Prof.ir. JWB Stark Instructor Dr.ir. J. van de Graaff; E-mail: J.vandeGraaff@tudelft.nl
Prof.dr.ir. J.C. Walraven; E-mail: J.C.Walraven@tudelft.nl Prof.dr.ir. M.J.F. Stive; E-mail: M.J.F.Stive@tudelft.nl
Prof.dipl.ing. J.N.J.A. Vambersky; Education Method Lectures
E-mail: J.N.J.A.Vambersky@tudelft.nl
Course Contents This course intends to provide an initial insight into the
Education Method Lectures physical phenomena and some related hydraulic engineering
Course Contents Introduction review of multi-store buildings. Examples out of interventions that play a role in offshore, coastal and harbour
practice. Design principles. Structural systems and stability. engineering. The emphasis is on abiotic physical aspects, but
Connections. In situ concrete. Pre-cast concrete. Steel, hybrid also some attention is paid to biotic and management aspects.
and composite structures The following subjects are treated: Coastal formation on recent
Literature and Text and study books or the relevant parts of these will be geologic scales Holocene geological evolution of the Netherlands
Study Materials indicated during the lectures. Available at BookShop Civil The most important oceanographic processes and parameters
Engineering. Tides; generation, propagation and prediction Coastal processes,
and specifically Longshore and cross-shore sediment transport
by wave action along a coast and Longshore transport capacity
and gradients therein causing shoreline change Tidal basin and
estuarine processes, including biogeomorphology The exchange
of salt and fresh water in harbours, both by tide and density
currents Siltation in harbour basins Dredging equipment and
methods Coastal Zone Management Reading and interpreting
nautical charts and pilots for use in coastal engineering.
Study Goals Specifically, knowledge and abilities of the following aspects of
coastal engineering should be obtained. Coastal formations To be
able to describe the different coastal formations To describe their
evolution on recent geological scale To describe the Holocene
evolution of the Netherlands To understand the role of biogeo-
morphology Oceanography To be able to describe the influence
of salinity and temperature on the density of seawater in both a
qualitative and quantitative way To be aware of the existence of
geostrophic currents, their origin and their influence on coastal
morphology To know what the effect is of the geostrophic cur-
rent on climate To be able to describe and explain (qualitatively)
the trade wind systems To know qualitatively the effect of the
Coriolis-force on the sea Tides To be able to describe the origin
of tides by means of the moon, the sun and the centrifugal for-
ces To be able to explain spring tide, neap tide and the periods of
different tidal components To be aware of the fact that the tide
is a long wave and be able to compute its propagation celerity

To know how to describe a tide in harmonic components To give Course Code: Course title: Bed, Bank and ECTS: 4
a limited number of harmonic components, be able to calculate CT4310 Shoreline Protection
the water level at a given moment To be able to determine the
water level in secondary stations, given the data of the main Education Period 3rd Education Period
stations, using phase and amplitude differences To know the Exam Period Exam by appointment
definition of a seiche and be able to compute the sensitivity of Instructor Ir. J. Olthof; E-mail: J.Olthof@citg.tudelft.nl
basins to seiches for simple cases Beach processes (non-co-
Ir. H.J. Verhagen; E-mail: H.J.Verhagen@tudelft.nl
hesive material) To know that a coastal profile has a parabolic
shape; be able to describe qualitatively the effect of storm Education Method lectures; computer-supported studying
erosion on a beach and beach restoration in the calm season To Course Contents Design of shoreline protection along rivers, canals and the sea;
know that obliquely breaking waves cause a longshore current in load on bed and shoreline by currents, wind waves and ship
the breaker zone, which act as the propelling force for longshore motion; stability of elements undercurrent and wave conditions;
sediment transport To know that the transport in the coastal stability of shore protection elements; design methods, construction
zone is caused by stirring and water flow; realise the effect of methods. Flow: recapitulation of basics from fluid mechanics
stirring on the sediment transport capacity To know the sediment (flow, turbulence), stability of individual grains (sand, but also
transport formula of CERC and be able to make computations, rock) in different type of flow conditions (weirs, jets), scour and
given an offshore wave climate To know the difference between erosion. Porous Media: basic equation, pressures and velocities
sediment transport capacity and sediment transport and be on the stability on the boundary layer; groundwater flow with
able to interpret these differences at a real coast To understand impermeable and semi-impermeable structures; granular filters
and geotextiles. Waves: recapitulation of the basics of waves, focus
qualitatively the effect of groynes at the beach and the effect
on wave forces on the land-water boundary, specific aspects
of seawalls To understand quantitatively the effect of artificial
of ship induced waves, stability of elements under wave action
beach nourishment To be able to explain the various types of (loose rock, placed blocks, impermeable layers)Design: overview
delta-formation using information from sediment yield from the of the various types of protections, construction and maintenance;
river and the effect of the waves Density difference, siltation design requirements, deterministic and probabilistic design; case
To know the fact that density differences exists in the mouth studies, examples Materials and environment: overview of mate-
of rivers To know that there might be some mixing processes rials to be used, interaction with the aquatic environment, role of
and know the criteria for this mixing process To be aware of the land-water boundary as part of the ecosystem; environmen-
the phenomenon of internal waves and be able to compute the tally sound shoreline design.
celerity of these internal waves To be able to compute the length Study Goals After this course the student has to:* be able to design individually
of a static salt wedge and to assess the extent of the ‘mixing a shoreline protection along a river, a canal or the sea* under-
zone’ To be aware of the relation between salinity and siltation stand the processes acting on the land-water boundary and be
of fine particles To be able to compute salt/fresh water exchange able to judge which parameters are relevant for the design*
in harbour basins due to ‘sudden’ density differences, be able be able to determine the boundary conditions for the design
to apply this in a practical case Dredging To know the different of a shoreline protection, and their probability of occurrence*
dredging equipment To know when to apply these To have an understand the basics of stability in flow and wave conditions
understanding of the cost components Hydrographic or nautical (understand the concepts of Shields, Izbash, Sleath, Iribarren,
information To know how to obtain nautical maps and related Van der Meer)* be able to design intermediate layers between
information (pilots, tidal atlases etc.) To understand the basic armour and susoil (filter design), both using a granular filter as
well as a geotextile* be able to design relevant details, like a toe
purpose of a nautical map and understand where nautical maps
protection* be able to determine the method to construct the
are inaccurate, be aware of the various survey dates To be able
design (execution methods), especially how to place the rock
to read from a map information regarding the depth, currents and/or concrete element as well as the bed protection
and water levels To be able to read information regarding the
Literature and syllabus: Bed, Bank and Shoreline protection; Course Information
bottom texture from the map To be able to explain morphologi-
cal features on nautical maps Study Materials Available at the Blackboard website. obligatory lecture note(s)/
textbook(s): Bed, Bank and Shoreline protection (G.J. Schiereck)
Literature and syllabus: Available at the first lecture. obligatory lecture Available at bookshop and VSSD. obligatory other materials:
Study Materials note(s)/textbook(s): CT4300, introduction to Coastal Engineering Several handouts Available at the Blackboard website. recom-
Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. mended other materials: Manual o-n the Use of Rock Available at
BookShop Civil Engineering.

Course Code: Course title: Ports and ECTS: 4
Course Code: Course title: Short Waves ECTS: 4 CT4330 Waterways 1
CT4320
Education Period 2nd Education Period, 3rd Education Period
Education Period 1st Education Period Exam Period 2nd Exam Period, 3rd Exam Period
Exam Period 1st Exam Period Instructor Ir. R. Groenveld; E-mail: R.Groenveld@tudelft.nl
Instructor Dr.ir. A.J.H.M. Reniers; E-mail: A.J.H.M.Reniers@tudelft.nl Prof.ir. H. Ligteringen; E-mail: H.Ligteringen@tudelft.nl
Education Method Lectures, exercise Assessment The case study can be rewarded with a bonus of 1, 0.5 or 0
Assessment Based exclusively on written exam, using pre-assigned indicative points; rewarding of the bonus only counts when the mark of
weights per question next examination is at least 5 (not rounded off).
Course Contents Introduction to the mechanics of short gravity surface gravity Course Contents Seaports and Terminals: Maritime transport Specific data of
waves, typically encompass both sea and swell waves, for ap- merchant ships, commodity and vessel types, tramp and liner
plications in coastal and offshore engineering. Topics include trade Port functions and organisation Functions, transport chain,
(but are not restricted to) wave refraction, wave diffraction, organisation of seaports Port planning methodology Types of
wave reflection, wave energy balance, wave breaking, radiation planning, planning process, planning tasks, general observations
stresses, wave statistics and forces on structures. Planning and design of the water areas Ship manoeuvring and
Study Goals Insight in and knowledge of the mechanics of gravity surface hydrodynamic behaviour, approach channels, manoeuvring areas
waves in the context of coastal and offshore engineering; within the port, port basins and berth areas, morphological
knowledge of computation methods; ability to apply these. aspects Planning and design of port terminals Services provided,
Literature and syllabus: Short Waves Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. terminal components, types of terminals, terminal capacity
Study Materials recommended other materials: English Lecture Notes Available (maximum or optimum) and terminal dimensions Container
at the lecturer. terminals Container transport, terminal operations and lay-out
development Queueing theory for ports and inland waterways:
Remarks Admission to the written examination only after completion of
Port studies Aspects in port design Organisation, ship handling,
program of exercises
cargo handling and inland transport Methods for solving capacity
problems in ports empirical rules of thumb, queueing theory and
simulation techniques Queueing theory Arrival process, service
process, queue discipline QueueingsystemsM/M/1 -system, M/M/
n-system, M/G/1 M/D/1 and N/Ek/1 systems, M/D/n and D/M/n
systems Queueing systems with more general distributions of
arrival and service time Approach to an Ek/Em/1 queue system
and approach to an Ek/Em/n queue system Some applications
Inland waterways: Shipping on inland waterways Significance
of inland navigation, classification of ships and waterways,
ship characteristics, ship types Interaction between ship and
waterway Primary water movement, secondary water move-
ment, remaining hydraulic phenomena Navigation speed Ship’s
resistance, installed engine power, example speed-engine power
Navigation Encounters, overtaking manoeuvres, navigation in
bends, cross sections, stopping distance Design of inland water-
way profiles Design vessels, traffic intensity, cross-section and

design parameters and cross-sections in bends Natural water- Course Code: Course title: Computational ECTS: 4
ways Navigation on rivers, improvements, classification of rivers, CT4340 modelling of flow and transport
ship dimensions, river ports and mooring places. Integration Education Period 1st Education Period, 2nd Education Period
of environmental issues in port planning and design Environ-
Exam Period 1st Exam Period, 2nd Exam Period
mental aspects which affect port-layout Land use planning,
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. G.S. Stelling; E-mail: G.S.Stelling@tudelft.nl
visual amenity, dangerous goods, dredging and disposal of
dredged material, prevention nuisance, contamination of soil and Education Method lectures; practical
groundwater, reception of ballast water and waste and wetlands Course Contents Elementary notions of computational modelling of flow and
and nature areas Relevant aspects for environmental impact transport. The following topics are dealt with during the course:
assessment Environmental impact assessment, pollution control, Ordinary Differential Equations, Box models/Mass spring systems
ecology and nature habitats, use of recourses, social and gender Numerical methods for ODEs, consistency, convergence, stability,
aspects and quality of life stiffness Transport equations, advection and diffusion Numerical
methods for transport equations, CFL condition, Von Neumann
Study Goals The student has understanding of his own capacity and affinity
analysis, Numerical diffusion 1D shallow water equations, Preiss-
in the field of ports and waterways. The student has a broad
mann scheme, Staggered grids, applications
overview of the field ports and waterways and recognises the in-
terest of related sciences. The student understands the functions Literature and syllabus: "Computational Modelling for Flow and Transport"
of ports and waterways in the total transport chain with different Study Materials Available at BookShop Civil Engineering.
transport modalities. The student has knowledge of vessel types Remarks Participation in the exam only after successful completion of
and demands with respect to port infrastructure. The student three practicals
has knowledge of relevant hydraulic aspects for the design of the
wet infrastructures. The student is capable to develop a design Course Code: Course title: Numerical soil ECTS: 4
of the lay-out of a port and a container terminal. The student CT4350 mechanics
is capable to apply the queueing theory in order to determine
capacities of service systems in ports and waterways. The stu-
dent has knowledge of hydraulic phenomena in the interaction Exam Period 3rd Exam Period
between ship and inland waterway. The student is capable to Instructor Prof.dr.ir. F. Molenkamp; E-mail: F.Molenkamp@tudelft.nl
estimate the required dimensions of an inland waterway. The Education Method lectures; case study; exercise; instruction
student understands the relevance of environmental issues in Course Contents The aim of this teaching module is to clarify the process behind
port planning and design. the composition of industrial finite element software. Starting
Literature and syllabus: Ports and terminals Service systems in ports and from the differential field equations, boundary and possibly
Study Materials inland waterways Capacities of inland waterways Integration of initial conditions the corresponding integral equation for finite
environmental issues in port planning and design Available at element analyses are composed using a.o. Galerkin’s method.
BookShop Civil Engineering. These integral equations are implemented in numerical code and
the resulting output of that code is interpreted using computer
graphics. These processes are considered in details for four
types of geomechanics problems. Finally the industrial finite
element packages Plaxis and Diana are discussed. Rather than
remaining black boxes, in this way the capabilities and limitations
of industrial software become better appreciated. The following
five topics are taught: Introduction of programming in Fortran95.
Formulation and programming in Fortran95 by means of Finite

Elements of the following 4 topics: Foundations on elastic bed- Course Code: Course title: Continuum ECTS: 6
ding. The distributions of the settlement of the foundation and CT4353 Mechanics
the bending and shear forces in the foundation are derived. This Education Period 1st Education Period, 2nd Education Period
formulation is also considered for lateral soil-pile interaction.
Exam Period 1st Exam Period, 2nd Exam Period
Plane deformation and failure of elasto-plastic solid with Mohr-
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. F. Molenkamp; E-mail: F.Molenkamp@tudelft.nl
Coulomb failure criterion. The plastic failure criterion is satisfied
by means of a visco-plastic numerical iteration scheme. The Education Method Lectures, exercise
factor of safety is estimated on the basis of a series of analyses Assessment Final mark consists 70% of mark of examination and 30% of
with reduced strength parameters. The finite element analysis mark of assignments
is compared to the classical slope stability analysis using slip Course Contents The module starts with the solution of linear equations, matrix
circles. Ground water flows through embankment, involving both algebra, eigenvalues and eigenvectors and polar decompo-
a free surface and a seepage surface. Consolidation of elastic sition. Then vectors and Cartesian tensors are considered,
1-dimensional and plane-strain compression with drainage at the including dyadic products, invariants, isotropic and deviatoric
upper surface due to ramp type of loading on the upper surface. tensors, spectral representation of tensors, skew-symmetric and
The accuracy of the numerical solution is demonstrated, both by orthogonal tensors. Also tensor calculus is discussed and some
comparing to analytical solutions and by considering numerical common integral theorems are introduced. Next the kinematics
solutions with both spatial and temporal refinements. The same of deformable bodies is considered, including the Lagrangian and
problems are also analyzed by means of the industrial finite Eulerian descriptions of the material time derivatives of material
element package Plaxis. To assess the student’s performance vectors and tensors. Particle paths, streamlines and streak lines
reports are requested on five assignments, concerning: Hands- are described as well. Then rigid body motion is considered. The
on Fortran95 Beam on elastic foundation Slope stability Ground- larger topic concerns motion and deformation. This starts with
water flow Consolidation the deformation and velocity gradient tensors and the deforma-
Study Goals The students develop an insight in the way geomechanic and tion of material lines, surfaces and volumes and their rates of
numerical aspects are combined in order to achieve numerical change. Then the polar decomposition of the large deformation
predictions of the behaviour of geomechanic structures both by tensor, the principal stretches and their direction and the large
F.E. code and industrial F.E. software. strain and material rotation tensors are discussed. Also the prin-
Literature and syllabus: Available at the first lecture. obligatory lecture note(s)/ cipal strain space is introduced to facilitate the illustration of the
Study Materials textbook(s): Lecture notes by Prof.dr.ir. A. Verruijt o-n Numerical strain history. For small deformation the infinitesimal strain and
Geomechanics Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. Course rotation tensors, the conditions of strain compatibility and the
book by I.M. Smith, D.V. Griffiths, “Programming the finite displacement gradient circle are described. Finally the strain rate,
element method”, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons (1998), ISBN: spin and vorticity tensors are considered. Next the stress tensor
0-471-96543-Xavailable at: VSSD, Poortlandplein 6 te Delft is introduced, including traction and stress components, principal
stresses and their directions, isotropic and deviatoric stress ten-
sors, the principal stress space for the illustration of the stress
history, the stress circle and various simple stress states. Additi-
onally other stress tensors and their related strain measures are
reviewed. Finally co-rotational material time derivatives of vector
and tensor fields are described and their physical significance is
clarified, including the Jaumann stress rate. Then the rates of
change of integrals along material curves, surfaces and volumes
are derived and applied to the conservation laws of

mass, momentum and energy. Also flow of heat and the physical Course Code: Course title: Material models for ECTS: 4
principle of non-negative internal dissipation are introduced. CT4360 soil and rock
These laws are also expressed with respect to a general refe- Education Period 2nd Education Period, 3rd Education Period
rence volume, thus facilitating application in analyses of large
deformation and flow.Next some basic constitutive equations are
Instructor Dr.ir. R.B.J. Brinkgreve; E-mail: R.B.J.Brinkgreve@tudelft.nl
considered, including isotropic linear and non-linear elasticity
and visco-elasticity, Newtonian viscous fluids and some general Education Method - Lectures- Assignments (exercises, as a part of the exam)
aspects of material modelling, plasticity and visco-plasticity, Assessment Average of assignments and test.
including geomechanical constitutive concepts as stress dilatancy Course Contents The course deals with backgrounds of different constitutive
and state of ultimate deviatoric deformation. Also transverse models to describe deformation behaviour of soils and rock
anisotropy is considered. The concepts of material instability and (stress-strain relationships). The models are formulated on the
the controllability of constitutive models, the parameter range basis of elasticity and plasticity theory. A part of the course is
of uniqueness and the occurrence of bifurcations into localized devoted to parameter determination and the use of constitutive
deformation modes are described. Finally the basic laws of models in the finite element method.- Introduction to continuum
physics for two- and three-phase materials (a.o. saturated and mechanics - Stress and deformation tensors - Hooke’s law - In-
unsaturated geomechanics) are formulated. The same physical fluence of pore pressures - Simulation of standard tests (triaxal
laws are deployed for each phase of the multi-phase continuum, tests, oedometer tests) - Drained and undrained behaviour
inclusive of interaction terms. Then constitutive laws for each - Hardening, softening, hysteresis, dilatancy - Mohr-Coulomb
of the phases and their interactions are discussed. Finally the failure criterion - Parameter selection - Non-linear elastic and
stiffness and strength of the solid phase, the interaction with pseudo-elastic models - Plasticity theory, yield function, plastic
the liquid and air phases and the flow of the pore fluid, the pore potential function- Yield functions of Mohr-Coulomb, Tresca,
air and the heat are formulated in general terms. Assignments Drucker-Prager, Von Mises - Advanced soil models - Cam-Clay,
hands-on fortran 95 eigenvalue analysis of 3*3 symmetric matrix Soft-Soil model, Hardening-Soil model, Creep model - Application
polar decomposition of 3*3 non-symmetric matrix stress-strain of models in the finite element method.
paths (in the principal spaces) Study Goals To provide knowledge about:- Backgrounds and theoretical
Study Goals Understanding and usage of tensor calculus Calculation and aspects of constitutive models for soil and rock- The possibilities
interpretation of both large deformation and rotation of ma- and limitations of constitutive models - The selection of model
terials and stress in materials Understanding of the combined parameters - The application of constitutive models
application of the laws of physics and constitutive relations Literature and Obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Sitters C.W.M. (1996).
in order to:- measure, interpret and formulate the properties Study Materials Material Models for Soil and Rock. Available at BookShop Civil
of continuum materials- formulate engineering problems in Engineering. recommended other materials: - Sitters C.W.M.
continuum mechanics Understanding of the background of the (1996). Continuum Mechanics.- Molenkamp, F. (2003). Conti-
mechanics and physics of multi-phase continuum materials in nuum mechanics (see Blackboard). (Available at BookShop Civil
large deformation and flow, a.o. as applied for saturated and Engineering)- Brinkgreve R.B.J. (1994) Geomaterial Models and
unsaturated geomechanics Numerical Analysis of Softening. Dissertation. Delft University of
Literature and Eglit, M.E., Hodges, D.H., “Continuum Mechanics via problems Technology.- Brinkgreve R.B.J., Broere, W. (2004) PLAXIS Finite
Study Materials and exercises”, Part 1: Theory and Problems, World Scientific Element Code for Soil and Rock Analysis, Version 8 (available at
Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd, 1996, ISBN:981-02-2962-3. Part 2: Answer www.plaxis.nl).
and Solutions, World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd, 1996,
ISBN: 981-02-2963-1. Haupt, P., “Continuum Mechanics and theory
of materials”, Springer-Verlag, 2000, ISBN: 3-540-66114-x.

Course Code: Course title: Numerical model- ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Geo risk manage- ECTS: 3
CT4380 ling of geotechnical problems CT4390 ment
Education Period 1st Education Period Education Period 3rd Education Period
Exam Period 1st Exam Period Exam Period 3rd Exam Period
Instructor Dr.ir. O.M. Heeres; E-mail: O.M.Heeres@tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.ir. J.W. Bosch; E-mail: J.W.Bosch@tudelft.nl
Education Method Lectures M. van der Meer; E-mail: M.vanderMeer@tudelft.nl
Course Contents During the last decades, the numerical modelling of geotechnical Prof.ir. A.F. van Tol; E-mail: A.F.vanTol@tudelft.nl
problems has become increasingly important in geotechnical Education Method lectures

practice. This course focuses on the numerical modelling of Assessment One mark, based on written exam.
geotechnical problems, and consists of the following modules: Course Contents Introduction: Ground-related risk and the construction industry,
construction excavations, embankments, tunnelling, groundwater challenges and opportunities, construction projects, processes
flow and pollution transport, dynamics, installation of founda- and contracts. Geo-bloopers, state-of-the-art construction and a
tions, 3d modelling, inverse modelling, discrete elements, and vision towards the future. From uncertainty via risk to geo risk
the use of finite elements within the framework of standards, management: The concepts of uncertainty, risk, and ground
such as the Eurocode. As much as possible, the modules are conditions, introduction of the GeoQ concept with 6 steps and 6
based on engineering examples. Starting from engineering expe- project phases, the link with the RISMAN approach, the position
rience, rules of thumb and basic approaches, modelling aspects of GeoQ towards soil mechanics, geotechnical engineering,
are discussed. The choice of appropriate numerical techniques quality management, hazard management and knowledge
and soil models is addressed. Attention is given to parameter management. The human factor in ground risk management:
determination. Capabilities and limitations of the various analysis Individuals and risk - the concepts of individuals, risk perceptions
types and techniques are discussed, and the numerical formulations and how individuals contribute to geo risk management. Teams
are given. Emphasis is put on interpretation, checking, and and risk - the concept of the team, teams and risk communica-
judging the numerical results. tion and how teams contribute to geo risk management. Clients,
Study Goals During the last decades, the numerical modelling of geotechnical society and ground-related risk. The GeoQ ground risk manage-
problems has become increasingly important in geotechnical ment process: The 6 steps of the GeoQ process ; gathering
practice. This course provides the student with knowledge to information, identifying risk, classifying risk, remediating risk,
perform numerical analyses of geotechnical problems, and interpret evaluating risk, mobilising risk. The 6 project phases of the GeoQ
and judge the results. process ; feasibility, pre-design, design, contracting, construction
and maintenance. Ground risk management tools in 6 project
Literature and Reader and hand-outs
phases: Site classification, scenario analysis, team-based risk
Study Materials
identification and classification, risk-driven ground investigations,
risk allocation and dealing with differing site conditions, the
approach of the Geotechnical Baseline Report, Dispute Review
Boards, conventional and innovative contracts, the observational
method, the life cycle approach for cost-effective maintenance,
an ICT-supported and risk-driven approach for dike safety
assessment. Ground risk management and ground properties:
Ground layering and properties, geostatistics, dealing with dif-
ferent types of uncertainties and combining different types of
information, sampling theories, groundwater related problems.
Ground risk management and underground construction: Tun

nelling techniques, ground conditions and risk profiles, specialist Course Code: Course title: Water Quality ECTS: 4
foundation techniques, interaction with existing structures. CT4400 Modelling
Ground risk management and building projects: Projects and Education Period 1st Education Period
construction methods with various risk profiles, parking garages,
construction pits, interaction with existing structures, external
Instructor Drs. G. Bolier; E-mail: G.Bolier@tudelft.nl
risks e.g. vibration and noise, use of experience data and Geo-
Dr.ir. M.J. Baptist; E-mail: M.J.Baptist@tudelft.nl
Brain. Ground risk management and dikes: Mechanics of ground,
stability and risk, dealing with proven strength, advisors-factor Education Method Lectures and computer exercises
(Bergambacht), relations with failure probability, (un)identified Course Contents Water Quality Modelling (CT4400) deals with mathematical
anomalies. Ground risk management and infrastructure projects: modelling of water quality processes in surface waters and the
Mechanics of ground, settlements and risk, observational interrelationships between water quality and ecosystems. The
method, risks related to vacuum consolidation and other ground modelling of water quality processes relies heavily on physically-
improvement techniques, case Betuwe Route ; Waardse Alliance. based hydrodynamic processes, therefore deterministic mathe-
Geo-environmental ground risk management: Impact on building matical models are applied. The lecture starts with transport pro-
and infrastructure projects during 6 main project phases, proces- cesses and simplified 1-dimensional and 2-dimensional solutions
ses of (polluted) groundwater flow, dissipation of contamination, of the advection-diffusion equation. It then continues with water
geo-biological processes and technical solutions like flexible quality parameters, subsequently bacteria, nutrients & eutrop-
emission control. Ground risk management and some special is- hication, oxygen & BOD, suspended sediment and temperature.
sues: Apparent reliability of standards, decision problem offshore To investigate the fate and transport of these constituents, often
projects, sand reclamation projects. semi-empirical approaches are needed. Furthermore, the course
Study Goals After the course the student is aware of the inherent risk of will address the links between water quality and the aquatic
ground within civil engineering and construction, including ecosystem. Finally, you will be taught to construct a simple water
the impact and difficulties of the human factor. Furthermore, quality model for a real-world case study.
the student is able to apply principles of ground-related risk Study Goals To be able to formulate a relevant mass balance for the following
management during the entire process for a variety of civil substances: oxygen, nutrients, heat, bacteria and algae. To be
engineering constructions. able to apply a mass balance on waste discharges in a river or
Literature and syllabus: Geo Risk Management. required lecture note(s)/ lake. To be able to explain the influence of dispersion on the
Study Materials textbook(s): - Uncertainty and Ground Conditions ‘ A Risk transport of substances. To be able to formulate a simple water
Management Approach (by Martin van Staveren, published by quality model for a real-world case study. To have developed a
Elsevier, Oxford, 2006)available at: - Bookshop Civil Engineering. conceptual way of thinking concerning measures in the frame
recommended materials: - Risico management voor Projecten work of integrated water management.
- De RISMAN-Methode Toegepast (by D. van Well-Stam, Literature and Lecture Notes: “Water Quality Modelling” Available at the Next-
F. Lindenaar, S. van Kinderen and B.P. van den Bunt, published Study Materials print on-line shop.
by Het Spectrum, Utrecht, 2003)available at Bookshop

Course Code: Course title: Irrigation and ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Geohydrology 1 ECTS: 4
CT4410 drainage CT4420
Instructor Ir. M.W. Ertsen; E-mail: M.W.Ertsen@citg.tudelft.nl Instructor C. Maas; E-mail: C.Maas@citg.tudelft.nl
Education Method exercise; lectures Dr.ir. T.N. Olsthoorn; E-mail: T.N.Olsthoorn@citg.tudelft.nl
Assessment average of exam and exercise marks is final mark Education Method lectures; discussion; exercise; practical
Course Contents The course will discuss the objectives and functions of water Course Contents The student has to gain insight in the natural groundwater
regime, the processes involved and the way the groundwater sy-
management systems for irrigation and drainage purposed. Ana-
stem can be schematised. The student has to acquire the know-
lysing systems requirements in terms of technical engineering ledge and skills to apply suitable techniques in order to solve
constraints, management possibilities and water users (wishes geohydrological problems. Especially the (side)effects caused by
and options) is central. This includes the design and operation human interference in the geohydrological system is relevant. Af-
ter an introduction in engineering geology, involving the lithology
of regulation structures, dams, reservoirs, weirs and conveyance
and stratigraphy, the relevance is made clear of geohydrology
systems; balancing water supply and water requirements in time for deltaic areas in general and the Netherlands in particular.
and space is a main focus of analysis too. The course will discuss After this introduction groundwater and its behaviour, both
a number of aspects, including the importance of irrigation and physical and chemical, are being presented. The schematisation
of the underground in aquifers and aquitards, (in)homogeneity,
drainage for agriculture worldwide; position of irrigation and
(an)isotropy, system parameters, Darcy’s Law and the law of
drainage within the water management discipline; determination conservation of mass are described and explained. The general
of (crop) water requirements, taking into account type of crop, groundwater differential equation for a number of groundwater
leaching, effective rainfall, efficiency considerations and system systems is derived and analytical solutions are presented. In a
computer practicum several flow situations are calculated and
performance, salinisation; design capacity for irrigation and
analysed. Groundwater quality parameters, interaction between
drainage systems and canals in relation to hydraulic behaviour. infiltration and groundwater, artificial recharge, density driven
Design of several types of canals; discharge and measurement flow (e.g. salt water intrusion) in groundwater and transport of
structures; selection and design of structures depending on ma- substances in groundwater. Finally management and exploitation
and the legal aspects of groundwater are subject of discussion.
nagement requirements and options; management institutions
In the lecture notes a number of exercises are presented and
in irrigation and drainage systems as design criteria; design of during the lectures groundwater problems are discussed as a
an irrigation system, including the design process, data needed preparation with respect to the written examination.
and methodologies; hydrodynamic modelling of systems for
Study Goals The student has to acquire insight in the occurrence and behaviour
operational optimalisation; relation between user demands and of groundwater, which processes play a role and how natural
hydraulic engineering. groundwater systems can be schematised. Further the student
Study Goals Make a preliminary design for an irrigation/drainage system, has to acquire knowledge of applicable solution methods in order
taking into account the proper procedures and data Discuss to be able to solve geo-hydrological problems and to describe
management implications in relation to hydraulic design and the (side-) effects of certain interventions for the groundwater
behaviour of the system Explain the importance of a number of system concerned.
issues in relation to irrigation, including salinisation, multiple use Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): lecture notes Geohydrology
and sanitation. Study Materials I Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. obligatory other
Literature and CT4410 Irrigation and Drainage Available at BookShop Civil materials: English version Available at the section secretariat.
Study Materials Engineering recommended other materials: Foltes, CW ( ); Applied Hydrology
Dufour, CF (2000); Groundwater in the Netherlands Available at

Course Code: Course title: Hydrologic models ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Hydrological ECTS: 4
CT4431 CT4440 measurements
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period Exam Period 3rd Exam Period
Instructor Dr. E.J.M. Veling; E-mail: E.J.M.Veling@citg.tudelft.nl Instructor Ir. W.M.J. Luxemburg; E-mail: W.M.J.Luxemburg@tudelft.nl
Prof.dr.ir. H.H.G. Savenije; E-mail: H.H.G.Savenije@tudelft.nl Education Method lectures; exercise
Education Method Lectures, computer modelling course Course Contents Introduction about necessity, execution and usage of field
Course Contents Deterministic hydrological models for modelling groundwater measurements. Processing of measured data, error detection
transport and water quality and for modelling rainfall-runoff and error propagation. Measuring methodologies to quantify ele-
relations at the catchment scale. After a general introduc-
ments of the hydrological cycle: precipitation, evaporation, soil
tion, emphasis is on model set-up and building and on critical
evaluations and analyses of model results as well as on model moisture, stream flow, water levels. Flood surveying. Overview
behaviour. Special attention is paid to limitations and applicability of measuring instruments. Interpretation of areal distributed
of models and the issue of model uncertainty.1.Introduction observations. Design of measuring networks. Surveying and
hydrological models: Definitions and discussion of the so-called
levelling for hydrometric field studies. A computer exercise with
“modelling protocol” that serves as a guideline towards succes-
sful modelling. 2.Modelling groundwater systems: attention is HYMOS, WL Delft package for storage, processing and screening
paid to numerical models for water transport and water quality. of hydrological data is part of the course. Introduction: Sources
Model set-up, mathematical aspects and evaluation of model of hydrological data for design, management and research. Re-
results.3.Modelling rainfall-runoff relations: Conceptual and
lation of purpose of data to data requirements. Relation of data
(numerical) physically based models for simulation of runoff
production. Analyses of model results and discussion on funda- to costs Accuracy requirements of measurements and error pro-
mental modelling issues such as scale issues, validity of model pagation: Related to a problem the required accuracy of measu-
structures, model calibration and model uncertainty.4.Some case rements and the consequences for accuracy in the final result
studies are presented for groundwater as well as for rainfall-
are discussed. Different types of errors are handled. Propagation
runoff modelling.5.Computer courses: Groundwater modelling:
use of ‘Visual Modflow’ and ‘MT3D’ computer codes for modelling of errors; for dependent and independent measurements, from
regional ground water flow systems (quantity and quality). mathematical relations and regression is demonstrated. Recapi-
Study Goals The first objective is to introduce hydrological modelling. Topics dis- tulated is theory of regression and correlation. Interpretation of
cussed relate to the selected model structure, selected mathema- measurements, data completion: By standard statistical methods
tical model, model calibration and validation, boundary conditions, screening of measured data is performed; double mass analysis,
spatial and temporal discretisations, model parameterisation, etc.. residual mass. Detection of trends; split record tests, Spearman
The second objective is to present fundamental modelling issues
that commonly relate to the issue of model uncertainty. The objec- rank tests. Methods to fill data gaps.
tive also is to introduce model dependency relations that have great Methods of measurements and measuring equipment: To
impact on the model performance and model output. The second determine quantitatively the most important elements in the
objective serves to understand the fundamental relation between hydrological cycle an overview is presented of most common
‘model complexity’ and ‘model performance’ and also to be able to
critically evaluate and analyse model results. The overall objective measurements, measuring equipment and indirect determination
is to be able to build computer models that, through the discussed methods i.e. for precipitation, evaporation, soil moisture, river
procedure of model building, are reliable and trustworthy. discharge, groundwater table. Advantages and disadvantages
Literature and syllabus: Lecture notes “Modelling in Hydrology” CT4431A- and specific condition/application of methods are discussed.
Study Materials vailable at BookShop Civil Engineering. obligatory lecture Equipment is demonstrated and discussed. Determination of
note(s)/textbook(s): Lecture notes Hydrological models Available
location and altitude: Principles of determination of location and
at BookShop Civil Engineering. obligatory other materials: Ma-
nual computer exercises Available at the lecturer. altitude are discussed: areal survey, triangulation, GPS. Areal
distributed observation: Areal interpolation techniques of point
Remarks Computer modelling course must have been completed before
observations: inverse distance, Thiessen, contouring,
examination.

Kriging. Comparison of interpolation techniques and estimation Course Code: Course title: Integrated Water ECTS: 4
of errors. Correlation analysis of areal distributed observation CT4450 Management
of rainfall. Design of measuring networks: Based on correlation Education Period 1st Education Period
characteristics from point measurements (e.g. rainfall stations)
and accuracy requirements the design of a network of stations
Instructor Dr. E. Mostert; E-mail: E.Mostert@citg.tudelft.nl
is demonstrated. Computer Exercise: Theories on processing
Prof.dr.ir. N.C. van de Giesen; E-mail: N.C.vandeGiesen@tudelft.nl
and screening of data are applied with data from actual river
Education Method lectures; exercise; case study; computer lab
catchments using the hydrological software package HYMOS.
This Delft Hydraulics package is used worldwide for research and Course Contents The course Integrated Water Resources Management (IWRM)
consultancies in water related studies. consists of the following elements: A series of lectures; Supervised
Study Goals After having studied the lecture material and attended the lectures computer lab exercises; Unsupervised modelling exercise; A
the following is expected: Having an overview of measuring role-play; Group presentations The lectures introduce a number
methods in hydrology and recognizing specific conditions and of topics that are important for IWRM and the modelling exer-
requirements Being able to assess the necessity of measu- cise. Moreover, they introduce Dutch water management. The
rements for design, management and research. Capable of role-play is meant to experience some of the social processes
executing measurements and defining a measurement campaign that - together with technical knowledge - determine water ma-
Recognition of possible errors and propagation of errors in the nagement. For the modelling exercise, the class will be divided
final result Recognition of the measurable parameters in the in several groups of 5 to 6 persons. Each group will model a set
hydrological processes and rainfall runoff relation, with the aim of integrated water resources management issues and simulate
to participate in research or definition of research in this field. possible development scenarios. The two problem sets are:
The Computer exercise aims at applying the theories at the scale Heating up of the Rhine due to climate change; The effects of
of an actual catchment small reservoirs for irrigation in the Volta basin The simulation
exercise and the reporting should incorporate the concerns of
Literature and Hydrological measurements. Available at BookShop Civil
the groups that are mostly affected by the issue and the groups
Study Materials Engineering.
that can contribute most to its resolution. The report on the
modelling exercise should contain concretere commendations.
The main modelling software to be used is WEAP, which has
been developed by SEI-Boston. Students of CT4450 can use this
software for the duration of one year.

Study Goals Definitions of Water Resources Management (WRM) tend to be Course Code: Course title: Polders and flood ECTS: 4
rather broad and vague. This is how it should be, but in practice, CT4460 control
the context and the problems at hand constrain the engineer Education Period 3rd Education Period
to such an extent that any particular case quickly becomes
clear. WRM is always context dependent and should always be
Instructor Dr.ir. P.E.R.M. van Leeuwen; E-mail: p.e.r.m.vanleeuwen@citg.tudelft.nl
problem-driven. This explains why, just as in Business Manage-
ment, case studies play such an important role in teaching. The Education Method lectures; exercise
general framework or theory of WRM will receive less attention Assessment 1/3 excercise2/3 written exam
in this introductory course. Skills that a WRM engineer should Course Contents The lecture ‘Polders and Flood Control’ covers the theory and the
have:- Good basic skills in hydraulics, hydrology, and numerical design practices of lowland development, land reclamation and
modelling. One should be able to work from “first” principles.- flood control, as applicable in deltaic areas like the Netherlands
The ability to listen to other disciplines and to come to grasp and elsewhere in the world. The lecture focuses especially on
quickly with the core problems and constraints put forward project preparation, reclamation of tidal lowlands, draining of
by other professionals. In practice, one may have to interact shallow seas and lakes, creating The Netherlands, methods of
with economists, lawyers, anthropologists, ecologists, medical flood control, design of flood and drainage channels, structures
scientists, etc. It would not make too much sense to teach in drainage channels, design of flood diversion structures.
the basics of all these disciplines to WRM engineers. Rather, Study Goals This course applies hydrologic, hydraulic and integrated water
WRM engineers should develop general skills and confidence to management principles in the design and operation of regional
interact.- Similarly, the WRM engineer should be able to present water systems and flood control.
the possibilities and constraints of hydraulic and hydrologi-
Literature and handouts (provided during the course)
cal management to non-engineers.- WRM normally involves
Study Materials
working in (small) interdisciplinary teams. Small team work is,
therefore, part of the course.- Because experiments are(almost)
not possible in WRM, simulation models are the main analytical
instrument available. Simulation models serve to predict the im-
pact of potential management interventions. At the same time,
developing simulation models helps/forces one to understand the
system at hand. Using and developing models is, therefore, the
key activity in the course.- Finally, it is important that the WRM
engineer treats models, both existing and newly developed,
critically. Different types of software and models will be used to
create a certain facility in dealing with these tools in general.
Through comparisons and the development of own models, a
critical attitude will be fostered.
Literature and - Lecture notes- Reader- WEAP Software All materials will be
Study Materials provided through Blackboard.

Course Code: Course title: Drinking water ECTS: 7 Course Code: Course title: Wastewater ECTS: 6
CT4471 treatment 1 CT4481 treatment 1
Education Period 1st Education Period Education Period 2nd Education Period
Exam Period 1st Exam Period Exam Period 2nd Exam Period
Instructor Prof.ir. J.C. van Dijk; E-mail: J.C.vanDijk@tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.ir. J.H.J.M. van der Graaf; E-mail: J.H.J.M.vanderGraaf@tudelft.nl
Education Method lecture with multimedia support; practical on water treatment Dr.ir. J. de Koning; E-mail: J.deKoning@tudelft.nl
processes Education Method lectures; practical
Assessment Exam: average of all questions Experiments: 80% reporting, Assessment - Exam: average of all questions - Experiments: 80% reporting,
20% laboratory experiments Final mark: 4/7 exam, 3/7 experiments 20% laboratory experiments - Final mark: 4/6 exam, 2/6 experiments
Course Contents The course gives the technological backgrounds of treatment Course Contents Basic principles and backgrounds of wastewater treatment.
processes applied for production of drinking water. The treat- General aspects. Quality and quantity of wastewater. Physical
ment processes are demonstrated with laboratory experiments. treatment processes like grit removal, screening and sedimenta-
Lectures: The course deals with the technological backgrounds tion. Biological processes, reactors and kinetics. Trickling filters.
Activated sludge including oxygen balance, practical aspects
of drinking water treatment processes: treatment scheme
and final sedimentation. Sludge thickening, sludge digestion.
(ground water, surface water, infiltration water, bank filtration
Operation. Design aspects. Lectures: The course deals with the
water) ;chemistry, microbiology ; aeration and degasification
technological backgrounds of wastewater treatment processes:
(cascades, spray aeration, tower aeration) ; rapid filtration (filter - design of a wastewater treatment plant - wastewater: quantity
materials, simple/dual media, up/down flow, pressure/gravi- and composition - pre-treatment with screens - settling: theory
tation, backwashing) ; activated carbon filtration (adsorption, and application in grit chambers and primary sedimentation
pesticides) ; softening (carbonic-acid equilibrium, pellet reactor) - biological treatment: biological processes, (bio)reactors, ap-
; micro and ultra filtration ; nano filtration and reverse osmosis plication in trickling filters - activated sludge process: principles,
Experiments: Several unit operations ; used in drinking water pu- relation between aeration and sedimentation, oxygen balance,
aeration systems, types of activated sludge processes, process
rification - are simulated in pilot installations on laboratory scale.
control - sludge thickening: theory and types of thickeners
The unit operations are: activated carbon absorption; filtration of
- anaerobic sludge stabilization: theory, practical experiences,
surface water; gas stripping; hydraulic aspects of filter materials;
process control - management, design aspects, costs. Experi-
jar test; softening; nanofiltration Different measuring techniques ments: Several unit operations - used in wastewater treatment
and chemical analyses are used to monitor the experiments. - are simulated in pilot installations on laboratory scale. The
Where applicable, the experimental results are used to design a unit operations are: activated sludge kinetics; bubble aeration;
full scale treatment unit. Each experiment has to worked out in flocculent settling
a report. Study Goals Acquire basic knowledge in the field of wastewater treatment.
Study Goals Knowledge of technological basics and design parameters of Literature and - syllabus: Lecture notes, handouts Available at Blackboard-
drinking water treatment processes. Study Materials obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Wastewater Engineering,
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): lecture notes also available Treatment and Reuse, 4th Edition (Metcalf and Eddy), George
Study Materials at Black Board Available at BookShop Civil Engineering and Tchobanoglous, Franklin L. Burton, H. David Stensel, ISBN
secretary sanitary engineering, room 4.53obligatory other 0071122508 (Paperback), ISBN 0070418780 (Hard cover).
materials: Powerpoint presentations and exam exercises Available at Bookshop
Available at the Blackboard website. Laboratory coat and safety Contact Dr.ir. J. de Koning, room 4.61, telephone +31 (0)15 27 85274;
glasses; available at the laboratory E-mail: J.deKoning@tudelft.nl
Remarks Condition: reports of experiments have to be handed in before Remarks Condition: reports of experiments have to be handed in before
written exam is made written exam is made

Course Code: Course title: Sewerage 1 ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Infrastructure ECTS: 4
CT4490 CT4701 planning
Instructor Ir. R.G. Veldkamp; E-mail: R.G.Veldkamp@citg.tudelft.nl Instructor Drs. E. de Boer; E-mail: E.deBoer@tudelft.nl
Prof.ir. F.H.L.R. Clemens; E-mail: F.H.L.R.Clemens@tudelft.nl Prof.ir. F.M. Sanders; E-mail: F.M.Sanders@tudelft.nl
Education Method lectures; Introduction to basic principles including examples and Dr.ir. R.J. Verhaeghe; E-mail: R.J.Verhaeghe@citg.tudelft.nl
an exercise. Education Method Lectures; presentations by practitioners in the field>
Assessment The final exam-result is composed of 1/3 of the result of the Assessment final grade based on written exam at the end of the course
exercise and 2/3 of the result of the oral examination.
Course Contents Module A: Planning Systems analysis: role of infrastructural
Course Contents 1. History Relevant information on public and private hygiene, services, decision making structure, decomposition into sub-
sanitary facilities, urban drainage and sewer systems from early problems Demand analysis: purpose (relationship to capacity
planning), methods Identification of scenarios: functioning of
civilizations to present time2. Basic principles Wastewater sy- infrastructure within a future society; formulation of scena-
stem, functions of sewer systems, types of sewer systems, sewer rios to describe this future, methodology Capacity planning:
systems in relation to public health and housing/work conditions, methodology Role of feasibility studies to support decision
sewer systems and the environment, components of sewer making Actor analysis: insight into the role, the interests and the
activities of actors in design, decision making, implementation
systems, concepts3. Design basics Quantities of domestic and and exploitation of infrastructure Module B: Design Set up of a
industrial wastewater, rainfall runoff, infiltration and inflow. Legal feasibility study: general context Detailing of design require-
provisions and regulations.4. Selection of sewer system Aspects ments: legal procedures, functionality, environmental, safety,
of urban planning, environmental aspects, reduction of waste etc Development of alternatives: systematic exploration of a
complex decision space (covering options for construction/tech-
load5. Required data Type of information and data, sources, nology, implementation and exploitation) Physical planning in
research to be done, questions to be answered, accuracy of the relation to large infrastructure projects: interactions with regional
required data6. Proposing an appropriate conduit Hydraulic ba- planning objectives and conditions; specification of mitigating
sics, assessment of calculation results, dimensions of networks, and/or compensating measures Module C: Evaluation Application
of evaluation techniques to specific infrastructure projects (cost-
branched and mazed networks, examples7. System components benefit) Identification of economic, financial and environmental
Functioning of components, types of components, effectiveness, impacts Analysis of financial exploitation Risk analysis for large
appearances, cleansing, regulations in the Netherlands8. Pum- projects. Module D: Implementation Asset management Imple-
ping stations and pressure mains Types and selection of pumping mentation/process planning: phasing (preparation, implementa-
tion, exploitation)- methods for project budgeting and cost and
stations, design and organisation of a pumping station, pressure time monitoring Overview of possibilities/formats for financing
mains for wastewater, selection of material, appendages9. Pres- of infrastructure: institutional, organizational, and contractual
surized and vacuum sewer systems Functioning, design basics, aspects; application to cases
limitations in application10. Construction of sewer systems Selec- Study Goals Basic knowledge of, and insight into, the planning, design,
tion of materials, production of pipes and manholes, pipes in the exploitation and implementation of infrastructure. Generation
ground, special aspects during construction of insight in public decision making and associated institutions
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Book by Butler and and actors. Basic knowledge of/and insight into the application
Study Materials Davies, ‘Urban drainage’, ISBN 0-419-22340-1, publ. E & FN of generic methods to the planning of infrastructure. Transfer of
Spon, 2000 Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. experiences with the practical application of methods to large
Remarks Participation in the exam only after completing the exercise infrastructure projects.
Literature and lecture notes; available on-line
Study Materials

Course Code: Course title: Plan and project ECTS: 4 Study Goals <The main goal of the course is to provide the student with the
CT4740 evaluation concepts and tools for an optimal design/composition of plans
Education Period 3rd Education Period and projects, incorporating aspects from a technical-, financial-,
economical-, and social viewpoint. Evaluation, including systems
analysis, impact assessment and application of efficiency criteria
Instructor Dr.ir. R.J. Verhaeghe; E-mail: R.J.Verhaeghe@citg.tudelft.nl
and prioritization techniques, is essential in such optimization.
Education Method Lectures; presentations by practitioners in the field The basic concepts are presented and illustrated/applied in the
Course Contents Evaluation fundamentals and application to various types of lectures and presentations. The concepts and techniques are
plans and projects for civil engineering systems. Overview of universal, the examples in the course are primarily derived from
evaluation methods: Cost-effectiveness, Benefit/Cost, multi- the transport- and water sectors. After passing the course the
criteria. Schematisation of evaluation problems: benefit and participant will be able to set up his/her own evaluation or make
cost pattern, discounting. Valuation of effects. Indirect effects. a critical review of existing ones. Based on the many worked
External effects. Indirect valuation. Valuation environmental examples the course will further provide the participant with a
components. Financial, economical, and social evaluation. Cost sense (combination of technical/financial/economical insight) for
recovery. Optimisation of the composition of projects and plans. optimization of projects/plans. >
Applications: analysis of different themes in evaluation based on
Literature and Course Notes, available on-line
recent studies. a) Fundamentals for evaluation ; basic methodo-
Study Materials
logy overview of development in evaluation methods signifi-
cance/necessity for evaluation of plans and projects: examples
cost-effectiveness multi-criteria methods benefit/cost analysis: Course Code: Course title: Underground space ECTS: 4
schematization of benefits and costs, time valuation, discoun- CT4780 technology, special topics
ting, shadow price, criteria, repayment period, cost recovery b) Education Period 4th Education Period
Impact assessment potential problems with estimation of effects Exam Period 4th Exam Period
and prices valuation of effects: direct and indirect effects, exter- Instructor Ir. G. Arends; E-mail: G.Arends@tudelft.nl
nal effects indirect economic valuation valuation environmental Prof.ir. J.W. Bosch; E-mail: J.W.Bosch@tudelft.nl
impacts allocation of benefits and costs financial-, economic-,
Education Method Lectures, cases.
and social evaluation uncertainty in evaluation c) Optimisation
Course Contents Course content: Bored Tunnels, new developments. Soil tre-
of plans/projects ; prioritisation optimal allocation/use of inputs
atment. Operational Safety (probabilistic/deterministic).Social
scale effects relation between investment and maintenance
Safety. Underground storage. New Construction Technology, like
costs prioritisation within a set of projects (plan) with a budget
sandwich wall (hybrid constructions), grout studs and vertical
limitation incremental analysis d) Applications: analysis of
micro tunnelling. Spatial planning. Multiple use of land; cases,
different themes in evaluation using recent studies evaluation
like South axis Amsterdam or other major development. Risk
of a flooding/drainage problem (quantification of uncertainty;
management. Underground Logistic Systems. Case, new tunnel
damage function; application of standards) regional water supply
projects in The Netherlands.
(multi-sectoral strategy development; capacity planning) evalu-
Study Goals Students obtain deep knowledge of the latest developments in
ation of High SpeedRail Transport options in the USA (consumer
the use of underground space. Based on this knowledge they
surplus; environmental impact; possibilities for public/private
are able to study and asses complex circumstances, resulting in
partnerships) evaluation of the High Speed Rail connection in the
integral solutions.
Netherlands (accessibility) overview of the evaluation of the Be-
tuwe freight line (long term strategy; international competition) Literature and New lecture notes to be made. Handouts, available at Blackboard.
environment and economics in the transport sector (internalising Study Materials
external effects)

Course Code: Course title: Transportation and ECTS: 6 Course Code: Course title: Design and Control ECTS: 4
CT4801 spatial modelling CT4811 of Public Transport Systems
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. P.H.L. Bovy; E-mail: P.H.L.Bovy@tudelft.nl Instructor Drs. R.M.P. Goverde; E-mail: R.M.P.Goverde@citg.tudelft.nl
Dr. M.C.J. Bliemer; E-mail: M.C.J.Bliemer@tudelft.nl Prof.dr.ing. I.A. Hansen; E-mail: I.A.Hansen@citg.tudelft.nl
Education Method lectures; exercise; practical Dr.ir. R. van Nes; E-mail: R.vanNes@tudelft.nl
Assessment Written exam (3/4) + exercise and oral defence (1/4) Ir. P.B.L. Wiggenraad; E-mail: P.B.L.Wiggenraad@tudelft.nl
Course Contents Objectives of modelling in transport and spatial planning. Model Education Method lecture exercise essay
types. Theory of travel and locational behaviour. System descrip- Assessment 1/3 essay, 1/3 written examination and 1/3 oral examination
tion of planning area. Theory of choice models. Aggregate and
Course Contents Part I: Functional design of networks; types of lines and services;
disaggregate models. Mode choice, route choice and assignment
modelling. Locational choice modelling. Parameter estimation and functional design of rail, metro, tram and bus (transfer) stations
model calibration. Cases and exercises in model application. Role and stops; timetable design variables, tools and efficiency indi-
of models in transportation and spatial systems analysis; model cators; duty roster Part II: Automatic vehicle/train detection and
types; designing system description of study area (zonal segmen- monitoring; signalling and train protection systems (ATP, ATC,
tation, network selection); role of shortest path trees Utility theory ATO); ETCS, ERTMS; reliability, punctuality, regularity of services;
for travel and location choice; trip generation models, trip distribu- deterministic and stochastic models; queuing theory; network
tion models; applications Theory of spatial interaction model; role
stability estimation; simulation tools; dispatching and conflict
of side constraints; distribution functions and their estimations;
resolution; dynamic passenger information Part III: High-speed
constructing base matrices and estimating OD-tables Theory of
individual choice models Disaggregated choice models of the logit lines and rolling stock design; Maglev and LIM-technology;
and probit type for time choice, mode choice, route choice and lo- IC- and regional train characteristics; steel and rubber metro
cation choice Integrated models (sequential and simultaneous) for technologies; people mover systems; mixed operation of heavy
constructing OD-tables Equilibrium theory in networks and spatial and light rail; (low floor) tramway design; diesel, trolley, natural
systems Route choice and assignment; derivation of different mo- gas and battery buses; dial-a-bus; paratransit Part IV: Airport
del types (all-or-nothing model, multiple route model, (stochastic) allocation, development and layout; aircraft characteristics;
equilibrium model); assignment in public transportation networks;
flight rules and headway; runway, taxiway and terminal design;
analyses of effects Calibration of parameters and model validation;
interterminal transport; airport access Part V: Deregulation
observation, estimation, validation; estimation methods Individual
exercise computing travel demand in networks; getting familiar policy; tendering and franchising of public transport services;
with software; computing all transportation modelling steps; deregulation models of railways; privatisation of British Railways;
analyse own planning scenarios; writing a report separation of railway infrastructure and operation in NL
Study Goals Insight in the function of mathematical models in transportation Study Goals Getting knowledge and insight in the function of operations
and spatial planning Knowledge of theoretical backgrounds of planning and control of public transport systems. Developing
models Knowledge of application areas of models Ability to the ability to design public transport networks, timetables and
develop one’s own plan of analysis for model computations
signalling system. Estimating the capacity, stability and punctuality
Ability to apply models on planning problems Ability to present
outcomes of model computations of line services. Understanding the policy and principles of
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Lecture notes Transpor- deregulation of public transport and tendering of line services.
Study Materials tation and Spatial Modelling Manual of exercises Available at Estimating and controlling the performance and quality of public
BookShop Civil Engineering. obligatory other materials: Transpa- transport services.
rencies and other material o-n Blackboard recommended other
Literature and Pachl, J., Railway Operations and Control, VTD Rail Publishing,
materials: Collection of exam questions and answers
Study Materials 2002, ISBN 0-9719915-1-0; Wolmar, C., On the Wrong Line,
Remarks The individual exercise must be completed and the deadline for
Aurum Press Ltd: London, 2005
handing in the report is week 7. The exercise grade will remain for a
maximum of 13 months. NB: In case the exercises are not comple- Remarks Submission of exercise and essay before the test
ted in time, one will not be allowed to make the final written exam.

Course Code: Course title: Traffic flow theory ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Dynamic traffic ECTS: 4
CT4821 and simulation CT4822 management I: traffic control
Education Period 3rd Education Period Education Period 4th Education Period
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period Exam Period 4th Exam Period
Instructor Prof.dr. H.J. van Zuylen; E-mail: H.J.vanZuylen@tudelft.nl Instructor Ir. Th.H.J. Muller; E-mail: Th.H.J.Muller@citg.tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. S.P. Hoogendoorn; E-mail: S.P.Hoogendoorn@tudelft.nl F.S. Zuurbier; E-mail: F.S.Zuurbier@tudelft.nl
Education Method lectures; practical Prof.dr. H.J. van Zuylen; E-mail: H.J.vanZuylen@tudelft.nl
Assessment Calculation: 2/3 written exam1/3 practical Education Method lectures; exercise; practical; paper
Course Contents Part 1 of the lectures discusses fundamental traffic flow cha- Assessment Calculation: 2/3 examination and 1/3 exercise report
racteristic, introducing traffic flow variables speed, density, and Course Contents The course teaches the design, optimization, simulation and
volume. Their definitions are presented, and visualization/analysis evaluation of traffic control on intersections, urban networks and
techniques are discussed and emperic facts are presented. Part ramps. The objectives that can be realized are discussed and
2 pertains to the emperical relation between the flow variables.
the ways how on a tactical level traffic control can be optimized
Part 3 discusses bottleneck capacity analysis. Part 4 presents
to realise the goals. Traffic control is developed for multimodal
shockware analysis, which is one of the techniques available to
analyze oversaturated traffic systems. Part 5 presents a review of networks use is made of design and simulation programs. Traffic
macroscopic traffic flow models and their principal properties, as flow models for intersections and networks Development process
well as innovative macroscopic traffic flow models developed at for dynamic traffic management Traveller’s behaviour and the
Delft University of Technology. It shows how macroscopic models impact of dynamic traffic management Traffic control as strategy
are derived from microscopic principles. Furthermore, traffic flow to realise policy goals Computer tools for design and evaluation
stability issues are discussed as well as numerical solution approa- of traffic control Tactics for the optimization of traffic control
ches. Part 6 handles microscopic traffic flow characteristics, such Building a simulation program for controlled networks using
as headways, speeds, etc. Part 7 provides an overview of human
VISSIM Assessment of traffic control Traffic control for public
factors relevant for the behaviour of drivers. This part discusses
transport Optimisation of controlled networks
the different levels of the driving task execution, responses times,
etc. Part 8 discusses car-following models and other approaches Study Goals Knowledge about the development of a strategic Dynamic Traffic
describing the lateral driving task. Part 9 pertains to general Management plan Knowledge about the possibilities of traffic
gap-acceptance modelling and lane-changing. Part 10 presents control Knowledge about the use of digital simulation programs
an in-depth discussion of microscopic simulation models. Different Skills in the design, simulation and evaluation of traffic control
approaches to microscopic model derivation are discussed as well. for intersections
Part 11 discussed microscopic models for pedestrian flow behavi-
Literature and syllabus: Lecture notes Available at BookShop Civil Engineering.
our. The practicum consists of two parts. The first part consists of
two exercises with the microscopic traffic simulation model FOSIM. Study Materials obligatory other materials: Supplement Available at the lecturer
The exercise pertains to the bottleneck design and the design of or at lecture.
buffers. The second part of the practicum will involve ramp-meter Remarks Exercises completed with grade >= 5Time between exercise
design with the macroscopic simulation model METANET. The report and examination no longer than 13 months.
practicum will be concluded with a joint design exercise for an
interface between a highway and a controlled urban mini-network.
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): English version of Reader
Study Materials Verkeersafwikkeling (vk4820a, H. Botma) + aanvulling. Tentamen
opgaven recommended lecture note(s)/textbook(s):
May, A. (1990) Traffic Flow Fundamentals Prentice-Hall
Remarks Written exam >5; Practical >5

Course Code: Course title: Laboratory ECTS: 3 analysis technique. Various software packages are introduced
CT4830 experiments in an user-friendly way based on a tutorial and application to a
Education Period 2nd Education Period case. The participant obtains hands-on experience in the set up
and application of the methodology in a number of assign-
Exam Period 2nd Exam Period
ments. The following methodologies are covered: - derivation
Instructor Ir. L.J.M. Houben; E-mail: L.J.M.Houben@tudelft.nl
of relationships between variables in observed data: linear and
Ing. J. Moraal; E-mail: J.Moraal@tudelft.nl
non-linear regression, logistical regression, cross-tables - analy-
M.R. Poot; E-mail: M.R.Poot@tudelft.nl
sis of survey data ; estimation of transport parameters: set up
and execution of a data collection program and interpretation of
Ir.ing. M.F.C. van de Ven; E-mail: M.F.C.vandeVen@tudelft.nl
results - use of time-series in planning and design; information
Education Method Laboratory experiments content of time series; analysis of time series, preparation of
Assessment The final mark is the average of the marks for the individual projections - modelling discrete choice relationships - uncertainty
measuring reports analysis; need for sensitivity analysis; analysis with Monte-
Course Contents In groups of about 4 students a number of tests on an asphalt Carlo simulation - structuring of problems using decision trees
mix and on unbound materials are done as well as measure- - problems with a large/complex solution space: network- and
ments on a pavement structure and a railway structure. For sequential type problems. The participant works out a set of
every test and measurement an individual measuring report has assignments; he makes a selection from an available list to
to be made. match his interests. A minimum number of assignments have
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Handout of laboratory to be completed to pass the course. The following software is
Study Materials experiments Available at the first lecture. recommended lecture being used: spreadsheet, SPPS (statistics), SOLVER (integer and
note(s)/textbook(s): Research o-n asphalt mixes (in Dutch), linear programming), Cristal Ball (add-on for Excel: Monte-Carlo
Publication 2 of VBW-Asfalt, Breukelen simulation), Predictor (time series analysis + projection).

Study Goals The course aims to create quantitative insight into problems
related to transport- and infrastructure planning (interpretation,
schematization, modelling, trade-offs) and cultivate analytical
Course Code: Course title: Data collection and ECTS: 4
skills to solve such problems. A wide range of methods/tech-
CT4831 analysis
niques and available software are introduced and applied. The
course will be especially useful to generate ideas/approaches for
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period analysis in research/thesis projects and provides tools for such
Instructor Ir. E.A.I. Bogers; E-mail: E.A.I.Bogers@tudelft.nl work.
Dr.ir. S.P. Hoogendoorn; E-mail: S.P.Hoogendoorn@tudelft.nl Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Course book containing
Dr.ir. J.W.C. van Lint; E-mail: J.W.C.vanLint@tudelft.nl Study Materials lecture notes and assignment instructions; available on-line other
Dr.ir. R.J. Verhaeghe; E-mail: R.J.Verhaeghe@citg.tudelft.nl materials: Software will be handed out as required.
Education Method Lectures Remarks The assignments require to solve a particular case problem and
Assessment Calculation: 50% assignments + 50% open book exam the participant is required to write a report on her/his findings.
Course Contents This course addresses data collection, modelling and decision The written open book exam contains open questions in which
making methods in a number of typical planning and research the participant is tested on her/his insight into the problems and
problems in the areas of transport - and infrastructure (& spatial) methods
planning. The course has a workshop format comprising introduc-
tion of the problem and methodology, followed by application in
assignments. The emphasis is on identification of an appropriate

Course Code: Course title: Road paving ECTS: 4 durability, practical behaviour and test methods, specifications,
CT4850 materials special mixes (such as mixes impermeable for fluids, mixes for
Education Period 1st Education Period bridge decks and dikes);- Maintenance measures such as milling,
overlays and repair of cracks and ruts.
Instructor Dr.ir. A.L.A. Fraaij; E-mail: A.L.A.Fraaij@tudelft.nl Study Goals Gaining insight into the effects of both internal factors (such as
Prof.dr.ir. A.A.A. Molenaar; E-mail: A.A.A.Molenaar@tudelft.nl grading, composition and degree of compaction) and external
Ir.ing. M.F.C. van de Ven; E-mail: M.F.C.vandeVen@tudelft.nl factors (stress levels, loading time, temperature) on the structu-
Ir. L.J.M. Houben; E-mail: L.J.M.Houben@tudelft.nl ral behaviour of road materials in a pavement structure.
Education Method Lectures Literature and Road Materials Parts I, II and III (Section Road and Railway
Study Materials Engineering). Available at the section secretariat. Road Building
Course Contents Stresses and deformations in pavement structures. Characteri-
Materials (Section Materials Science) Available at BookShop Civil
sation of various road building materials, such as clay, laterite,
Engineering.
sand, stabilised soils, base materials, concrete, (modified)
butimen and bituminous mixtures. Mechanical behaviour of these
materials as a function of the external conditions (stress levels, Course Code: Course title: Structural Pave- ECTS: 6
loading time, temperature, moisture), the performance based CT4860 ment Design
design of mixtures, tests, specifications, recycling and environ- Education Period 3rd Education Period
mental aspects. Measures and materials for road maintenance.
- Qualitative insight into stresses and deformations in road
Instructor Dr.ir. M. Huurman; E-mail: M.Huurman@citg.tudelft.nl
pavements and into the various damage types (such as cracking/
Prof.dr.ir. A.A.A. Molenaar; E-mail: A.A.A.Molenaar@tudelft.nl
fatigue, rutting and ravelling);- Clay, laterite and sand: grain size
Ir.ing. M.F.C. van de Ven; E-mail: M.F.C.vandeVen@tudelft.nl
distribution, classification, tests (CBR-test, triaxial test), effect of
Ir. L.J.M. Houben; E-mail: L.J.M.Houben@tudelft.nl
moisture content and compaction, principles of swell/shrinkage
and suction, mechanical behaviour (failure, stress-dependent Education Method Lectures, exercise
resilient and permanent deformation behaviour);- Soil stabilisation: Assessment Exercise approved (mark 6 or higher)
principles, application of binders (lime, cement, bitumen), Course Contents Stresses and strains in flexible pavements: theory of Bous-
construction techniques, variation of material properties;- Base sinesq for homogeneous half-space, Odemark’s equivalency
materials: overview of materials (including industrial waste theory, (non)linear-elastic multi-layer theory with comparison of
products and recycled materials) with environmental aspects, calculated and measured stresses and strains, linear visco-elastic
mechanical behaviour (failure, stress-dependent resilient and multi-layer theory. Structural design of earth and gravel roads:
permanent deformation behaviour);- Concrete: types of cement distress types (especially roughness according to IRI-concept),
with their properties, admixtures, mix design, use of secondary life cycle of development of damage and maintenance, the High-
materials, factors influencing the behaviour, tests, special concrete way Design Model (World bank) with performance models and
types (such as porous concrete and high strength concrete), maintenance standards for the various distress types. Structural
shrinkage and high temperature stresses especially within ‘fresh’ design of asphalt pavement, distress types, input data for the
concrete;- Bitumen: origin, production, rheological characterisa- design (traffic loadings, climate, material behaviour), analytical
tion and mechanical behaviour, aging, specifications, fit-to-pur- design procedures incl. stochastic aspects, software packages
pose modifications;- Bituminous mixtures: raw materials and for design of asphalt mixes (PRADO) and asphalt pavements
mix composition, type of mixes related to behaviour, aggregate (BISAR), measurements to determine the functional condition
skeleton, performance based mix design (B15, SHRP, France), of the pavement (visual condition survey, axle loads, deflection
interaction bitumen/aggregate, bond, materials for maintenance, measurements), design of overlays. Structural design of concrete
fatigue behaviour and dissipated energy, permanent deformation, pavements: areas of application, types of concrete pavements,

pavement structure, stresses and deformations in plain concrete Course Code: Course title: Structural design of ECTS: 4
pavements due to traffic loadings and temperature, design CT4870 railway structures
criteria, analytical design methods (especially the Dutch design Education Period 3rd Education Period
method, including the software package VENCON2).Structural
design of small element pavements: areas of application, pave-
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. C. Esveld; E-mail: C.Esveld@tudelft.nl
ment structure, research into the structural behaviour, design
Ir. L.J.M. Houben; E-mail: L.J.M.Houben@tudelft.nl
criteria, analytical design methods (especially the Dutch design
method, including the software package BESCON/DELPAVE). Education Method exercise; lectures; instruction
Probabilistics: the principles of probabilistics applied in the Assessment Calculation: The final mark is based on the mark of the exercises
structural design of road pavements (with calculation examples). (20%) and of the oral examination (80%)
Special pavement structures such as pavement with light-weight Course Contents Principles of rail guidance Wheelset and track interaction, lateral
Expanded Polystyrene Foam, plastics and sheets, reinforced movement of a wheelset on straight track, effective conicity,
asphalt, asphalt on bridge decks and parking garages. Exercise: hunting movement, worn wheel profiles, optimum wheel profile
design, risk of derailment, macro and micro geometry of track,
the computer-aided structural design of an asphalt pavement adhesion, train resistance, track force diagram. Numerical analy-
(including the design of the asphalt mix and probabilistics), a sis of track structure Track stiffness, numerical models of track:
concrete pavement and a small element pavement. continuously and discretely supported beam on elastic founda-
tion, two- and multi-layer track models, static and dynamic ana-
Study Goals Gaining insight into the structural design and performance, and lyses of track structure, effects of incidental and periodical per-
into their influencing factors, of the various types of road pave- turbations, dynamic numerical models vehicle-track interaction,
ments. Acquiring practical skills through an exercise that includes analysis of switches. Temperature effects and stability of track
Lateral resistance of track (elastic, plastic, bi-linear), analytical
the computer-aided structural design of an asphalt pavement, a
solutions, temperature effects in tracks on bridges, numerical
concrete pavement and a small element pavement. models for estimation of track longitudinal forces, analytical
Literature and "Structural Design of Pavements", Part I, II, III, IV, V and VI. approach for track stability analysis, critical values, situations in
curves, computer-based models for track stability analysis. Rails
Study Materials Available at the section secretariat.
Rail properties, wear, lubrication, wheel-rail contact mechanics,
Remarks Prerequisite: Exercise approved (mark 6 or higher) rail fracture mechanics, residual stresses in rails, stresses due to
combined Q/Y load, production requirements, testing methods.
Inspection methods Recording systems, wheel band defects,
relevant wave bands, deterioration of track geometry, ultrasonic
rail inspection, life cycle costs. Track building and maintenance
methods Track maintenance and renewal, correction systems,
maintenance of track components, safety aspects and train
speed restrictions. Numerical models in railway engineering
Introduction to numerical modelling, static analysis of track using
MATLAB, dynamic analysis of track and train interaction using
RAIL program, analysis of longitudinal forces in rails and track
stability analysis using LONGSTAB software. Computer exercises
Use of numerical models in railway engineering
Study Goals Acquiring understanding of the functional and mechanical behaviour
of railway structures under various loadings and conditions.
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Book C. Esveld (2001)
Study Materials Modern Railway Track. Second Edition Available at the section
secretariat. obligatory other materials: Handouts of the lectures
via internet: www.rail.tudelft.nl Available at the website
Remarks Completing computer exercises (mark 6 or higher)

Course Code: Course title: Additional MSc ECTS: Remarks Lectures will be given partly in the classrooms at the Department
CT5050 thesis 11 of Civil Engineering and partly during an excursion at the site by
the instructor and experts in the field. The student is requested
Course Code: Course title: MSc Thesis ECTS: to prepare 3 cases on topics discussed at the excursion in groups
CT5060 42 and to participate actively in the discussion sessions during the

excursions.
Course Code: Course title: Repair and ECTS: 4

Course Code: Course title: Capita Selecta ECTS: 3
CT5060 maintenance of construction
CT5102 Materials Science
materials
Education Period 1st Education Period Education Period 4th Education Period
Exam Period 1st Exam Period Exam Period 4th Exam Period, Exam by appointment
Instructor Dr.ir. A.L.A. Fraaij; E-mail: A.L.A.Fraaij@tudelft.nl Instructor Dr. H.S. Pietersen; E-mail: H.S.Pietersen@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. A.L.A. Fraaij; E-mail: A.L.A.Fraaij@tudelft.nl
Education Method Lectures; discussion; case study; excursion
Education Method lectures, case study and practical in the microlab of the Faculty
Assessment Based on the results of the cases (75%), presentation and
discussion with experts in the field (25%) Assessment Average of cases and presentation + discussion after the
presentation + practical output
Course Contents This course deals into greater depth with durability aspects
and the maintenance and repair of materials in constructions. Course Contents This course is for students who want to get their MSc Degree in
The course is obliged for students who want to get their MSc Mechanics, Materials and Constructions and who want to learn
degree in Materials Science at the Faculty of Civil Engineering more about some aspects concerning rehabilitation, maintenance
and Geosciences. Topics are: degradation of concrete, metals, and materials control. Topics are: composite materials, coatings
wood, polymers and bitumen/asphalt maintenance technology, and paints, renovation and maintenance of concretes, microsco-
strategies and management quality systems and certification pic techniques in materials control such as petrographic analyses
examples from practice presented by experts from the field such in concrete control and the RILEM method for ‘Failure and Effect
as: protection and maintenance and repair of steel structures Mode Analyse’. The course is especially suited for those students
protection and maintenance and repair of concrete structures who want to work in the field of consultancy in maintenance
protection of wood in constructions the monitoring of asphalt and building (construction/material application) problems. The
roads, repair and re-use of old asphalt in road constructions course is meant for students who want to focus on consultancy
inspection methods, aspects concerning environment and ARBO in the building practice (engineering offices, consultancy offices,
as well as economics paint systems Failure Mode Analyses contractors).Each year three topics will be offered to the stu-
dents. Each topic includes theory and a case from the building
Study Goals After the course the student has gained knowledge on the
practice preferentially supported by an expert from the field. For
theories of maintenance, repair, quality systems and certifications
two topics the student will prepare a case and present this to the
on the one hand as well as on the degradation behaviour of
other students. Examples of possible topics are: Composites in
materials on the other hand. The cases will help the student to
constructions (laminates, fibre reinforced materials): constitutive
apply the two aspects at the operational level.
equations, failure, long-term behaviour and fatigue, durability
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Book of Prof. Bijen Coatings and paints in civil engineering practice in protection
Study Materials “Durability of Engineering Structures” Available at the secretariat and maintenance. Special attention will be on failure of coatings
of the section Materials Science of the Department of Civil Renovation and maintenance of concrete in building practice
Engineering. recommended other materials: Hand-outs and Microscopic research on materials in the microlab of the Faculty.
Powerpoint presentations Available at the section secretariat Special attention will be on petrographic analyses of concrete for
consultants in building practice. This topic is coupled with a short

laboratory practical in the microlab for exercising the thin-section Course Code: Course title: Concrete - science ECTS: 4
techniques and optical microscopy Failure and EffectMode Analy- CT5110 and technology
ses for the prediction of the long term behaviour of materials in Education Period 1st Education Period
a construction
Study Goals After successful completion of the course the student will be able Instructor Dr.ir. C. van der Veen; E-mail: C.vanderVeen@tudelft.nl
to be an active participant in the discussions with experiments of Prof.dr.ir. J.C. Walraven; E-mail: J.C.Walraven@tudelft.nl
the field. The student will be able to couple theoretical aspects Prof.dr.ir. K. van Breugel; E-mail: K.vanBreugel@tudelft.nl
with practical aspects and the student will have the tools to act
Education Method Lectures, Computer self-test ‘Calcrete’
successfully as a consultant in the specific field. The student is
Course Contents This course constitutes a bridge between science of cement-
familiar with petrographic techniques and can prepare samples
based building materials and its application in the engineering
and analyse the results.
practice. Coming engineers are equipped with knowledge that
Literature and syllabus: Lecture notes “Petrographic research” Available at the
is required for the choice of the best material for a specific ap-
Study Materials section secretariat. obligatory other materials: Rilem Method
plication and the realization of concrete products and concrete
Failure Mode Analyses Available at the section secretariat.
structures that meet the required performance criteria. The fol-
recommended other materials: - Powerpoint presentations
lowing topics are addressed: - Raw materials and mixture design
(from the instructor)- Blackboard Recommended but not obliged:
- Workability - Hydration processes and development of micro-
“The petrography of Concrete”
structure mechanisms and numerical simulations; applications)
Remarks The cases must be completed and in the possession of the - Relationship between material properties and microstructure
course leader -Properties of hardened concrete: strength, stiffness, creep and
shrinkage - Porosity and permeability, tightness - Degradation pro-
cesses: Alkali-silicate reaction, freeze-thaw damage - Materials-
related execution and curing aspects All these items will be dealt
with for different types of concrete, viz: - traditional concrete
- ultra) high strength concrete - lightweight aggregate concrete
- self-compacting concrete - fibre reinforced concrete
Study Goals Engineers are equipped with the knowledge and know-how that
is needed for the proper choice of the concrete mixtures for the
realisation of good, durable concrete structures and concrete
products.
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Dutch:1. "Beton als
Study Materials constructiemateriaal: eigenschappen en duurzaamheid", by H.W.
Reinhardt Available at the section secretariat.2. "Betontechno-
logie", by C. Souwerbren Available at the section secretariat.
English:1. ‘Properties of concrete’ by A.M. Neville Available at
the section secretariat. Strongly recommended other materials:
- Computer self-test ‘Calcrete’ (via Computer room)- Reader /
hand-outs - Available at the Blackboard website.
Expected prior CT5101 uses CT1121
knowledge

Course Code: Course title: Capita Selecta steel ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Introduction to the ECTS: 4
CT5122 and aluminum structures CT5123 Finite Element Method
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period Exam Period 3rd Exam Period
Instructor Ir. A.M. Gresnigt; E-mail: A.M.Gresnigt@citg.tudelft.nl Instructor Dr. G.N. Wells; E-mail: G.Wells@citg.tudelft.nl
Education Method Lectures Education Method Lectures
Course Contents Steel Properties and application of high strength steel, stainless Assessment 40% Final examination40% Assignments20% Mid-term examina-
steel, cast steel and cast iron Welding: welding processes, tion Minimum of 6/10 required for all assignments
weldability, weld quality, welding method qualification and
Course Contents This course provides an introduction to the finite element
welder’s qualification, non-destructive testing, fitness for purpose
method. Aspects of the finite element method, from the ma-
Fabrication and erection of steel structures Learning from failu-
thematical background through to practical implementation and
res: several failures are analysed and lessons discussed Welding
use are discussed. Emphasis is placed on solving problems in
exercise: in a welding exercise, different welding processes
elasticity and structural mechanics. Topics include: Development
are demonstrated and students are encouraged to experience
of weak governing equations Galerkin methods for calculating
welding by themselves Aluminium Properties and application
approximate solutions Finite elements for plane and 3D continua
of different alloys Aluminium products Examples of structures
Discretisation, finite element shape functions, isoparametric
in aluminium Design and calculation of structures in aluminium
mapping, numerical integration, formation of element stiffness
Fatigue Fire resistance
matrices Finite elements for structural applications (rods,
Literature and syllabus: See lecture notes and handout during lectures Available beams and plates);Continuity requirements, thick and thin plate
Study Materials at BookShop Civil Engineering. obligatory lecture note(s)/ theories, different element formulations, shear locking Computer
textbook(s): Dictate “Capita Selecta: Steel and Aluminium - Part implementation of the finite element method; Storage, assembly
Steel” Available at the secretariat of Steel and Timber Structures. and solution of finite element equations Analysis of the finite ele-
Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. Lecture notes “Alumi- ment method; Galerkin orthogonality, rates of convergence for
nium”, “Talat - CD-Rom”. Available at the section secretariat. different elements, basic error estimates Dynamics Lumped and
Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. recommended other consistent mass matrices, modal analysis, implicit and explicit
materials: Journal “Bouwen met Staal”; available from Vereni- direct time integrators, wave propagation in elastic continua
ging Bouwen met Staal at Rotterdam “(Over)spannend Staal
Literature and “The Finite Element Method: An Introduction, by G.N. Wells.
Construeren part A en B Available at BookShop Civil Engineering.
Study Materials Available at the Blackboard website.
“ESDEP lectures CD-rom” Available at the section secretariat.
Journal “Bouwen met Staal” available at the vereniging Bouwen
met Staal at Rotterdam

Course Code: Course title: Timber structures 2 ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Steel bridges ECTS: 4
CT5124 CT5125
Instructor Ir. J.G.M. Raadschelders; E-mail: J.G.M.Raadschelders@citg.tudelft.nl Instructor Dr. A. Romeijn; E-mail: A.Romeijn@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. J.W.G. van de Kuilen; E-mail: J.vandeKuilen@citg.tudelft.nl Education Method lectures; excursion; case study
Education Method Lectures, exercise Course Contents Manifestation of steel bridges as from 1945:factors affecting
Assessment Oral exam grade is final grade the manifestation of steel bridges, material choice for bridges,
Course Contents The course deals with advanced material properties of timber: historical development of bridges: overview Introduction to the
fatigue, failure criteria, grading and strength distributions, the design: general, the superstructure, deck systems, beam and
design of timber structures for road and waterworks, built-up plate girder bridges, truss girder bridges, box girder bridges,
beams, renovation techniques, fire safety of timber buildings, etc., guidance on initial design Conceptual choice: data for the
reliability engineering. Timber: strength grading, statistical dis- design, conceptual choice, other factors influencing conceptual
tributions, sustainable forestry, failure criteria. Durability: decay choice, the creative process in designing Bridge Eurocodes: de-
mechanisms, maintenance and repair methods, carpentry joints. sign, rules for fabrication and erection of steel structures, (steel)
Fire and fire behaviour: material properties, design calculations. products Orthotropic steel bridge decks: recommendations for
Steel components for connections: column supports, hinges for the structural details and dimensions, design procedure, lifetime
frames, foundations. Tapered beams: single and double tapered calculations for orthotropic steel bridge decks Arc bridges, box
beams, pitch cambered beams Lifetime modelling and durability girder bridges, cable-stayed bridges, truss bridges, integral
engineering: reliability analysis, integration of mechanics and du- bridges, etc.: description of characteristics, choice of elements,
rability. Tube fastener joints, structures for road and waterworks: design aspects (steel and steel-concrete bridges), examples De-
bridges, lock gates, guardrails, sheet pile walls, timber piles. Sy- sign of railway bridges: ultimate limit states, serviceability limit
stem effects: Load-sharing, 3D design calculations. Deformations states, dynamic effects, comfort criterion High strength cables
and vibrations: creep and long term behaviour, floors, bridges in bridges: definitions, basic types of high tension components,
Built-up beams and columns: stressed skin panels, I-beams. mechanical properties, finite-element modelling, aerodynamic
Laboratory exercise oscillation, cable frequency Noise from railway bridges: sound
as a physical phenomenon, noise aspects of railway bridges,
Study Goals Students will be able to use advanced engineering tools for the
structural solutions used in The Netherlands to minimize bridge
design of timber structures, including 3D analysis of structures,
noise Movable bridges: design aspects Case study Design and
structures for road and waterworks and maintenance of monuments.
dimensioning of a bridge component
Literature and syllabus: STEP Timber Engineering 2Available at BookShop Civil
Study Goals As a result, the student should be able to: understand the
Study Materials Engineering. obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Lecture
behaviour of many types of bridges incl. movable bridges create
notes Available at the Blackboard website.
and design different types of highway and railway traffic bridges
evaluate alternative solutions design bridges by optimal use
of steel and concrete understand alternative construction and
erection methods work with Eurocodes
Literature and syllabus: Steel bridges, Steel-concrete bridges
Study Materials

Course Code: Course title: Fatigue ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Concrete Bridges ECTS: 4
CT5126 CT5127
Instructor M.H. Kolstein; E-mail: M.H.Kolstein@citg.tudelft.nl Instructor Dr.ir. C. van der Veen; E-mail: C.vanderVeen@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. J.W.G. van de Kuilen; E-mail: J.vandeKuilen@citg.tudelft.nl Education Method lectures; case study
Ir. J.A. den Uijl; E-mail: J.A.denUijl@tudelft.nl Course Contents Students will learn how to choose between the different types
Dr. A. Romeijn; E-mail: A.Romeijn@tudelft.nl of bridges, estimate the construction depth and the different
Education Method Lectures, exercise methods of constructions. Starting point is to describe the
Course Contents The student will learn how to design fatigue loaded steel / alumi- structures of the most common types of bridge. Much attention
nium / concrete / timber structures. Two-thirds of the course is will be paid to the historical development in prefabricated girders
spent on lectures, while the remaining is dedicated to exercises. and concrete cross-sections cast in situ. The method of load
The main topics are: fatigue actions: basic principles, determina- distribution will be discussed in detail, as well as the design of
tion of stresses and stress intensity factors, stress history fatigue expansion joints and the use of structural bearings. Special at-
resistance: basic principles, classified structural details, fatigue tention will be focused on bridges with long spans such as cable
strength modifications, resistance against crack propagation, stayed bridges. Typical vibration problems are discussed. Finally,
resistance of joints with weld imperfections fatigue assessment: the use of high strength concrete and the effects on the design
general principles, S-N curves, crack propagation calculation, is explained. Two-thirds of the course consists of lectures, while
service testing parameters influencing the fatigue strength of the remaining one third is dedicated to case studies. These case
steel / aluminium / concrete / timber connections/structures studies deal with the various aspects that have to be acquired to
safety considerations synthetic fatigue curves Exercise Questions complete this course. Students can choose to perform the case
for all four types of materials considered study individually or in pairs. Bridge type and appearance Under-
Study Goals The aim of this course is to provide knowledge for the design standing of the type and behaviour of types of bridges Types of
and analysis of steel structures, aluminium structures, concrete load. Traffic loads, load combination, temperature loads, impact
structures and timber structures. As a result, the student should loads based on the Dutch Code Development in prefabrication
be able to: understand the phenomenon fatigue design a struc- (precast beams). Beams and slab bridges Distribution of loads,
ture against the limit state due to fatigue damages work with method Guyon-Massonnet, influence lines and influence surfaces
relevant (Euro)codes apply fracture mechanics Design rules presented as depth/span-ratio Post-tensioning,
cable alignment in-situ concrete Construction method; in-situ
Literature and syllabus: Fatigue steel / aluminium / concrete / timber obligatory
balanced cantilever construction; in-situ box girder construc-
Study Materials lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Hand outs
tion on false work; incrementally launched box girder bridges;
solid slab and voided slab Cable stayed bridges Application in
high strength concrete Dynamic loads, vibrations Case study
Design and dimensioning of a prestressed concrete bridge and a
cantilever bridge.

Study Goals Bridge type and appearance Understanding of the type and Course Code: Course title: Concrete, Steel ECTS: 4
behaviour of types of bridges Types of load. Traffic loads, load CT5129 and Timber in Coastal & River
combination, temperature loads, impact loads based on the Engineering Structures
Dutch Code Development in prefabrication (precast beams). Education Period 3rd Education Period
Beams and slab bridges Distribution of loads, method Guyon- Exam Period 3rd Exam Period
Massonnet, influence lines and influence surfaces Design rules
Instructor Dr. A. Romeijn; E-mail: A.Romeijn@tudelft.nl
presented as depth/span-ratio Post-tensioning, cable alignment
A van der Horst
in-situ concrete Construction method; in-situ balanced cantilever
Prof.dr.ir. J.C. Walraven; E-mail: J.C.Walraven@tudelft.nl
construction; in-situ box girder construction on false work;
Education Method lectures; case study
incrementally launched box girder bridges; solid slab and voided
Course Contents This course relates to the design and detailing process on structural
slab Cable stayed bridges Application in high strength concrete
engineering problems in coastal, river and underground environ-
Dynamic loads, vibrations Case study Design and dimensioning
ment. It mainly concerns the material and structural design of
of a prestressed concrete bridge and a cantilever bridge.
coastal, harbour and underground structures such as: container
Literature and syllabus: Design Concrete Bridges Available at BookShop Civil Engi-
storage /terminal platforms, bridge piers, jetties, wharfs and
Study Materials neering. obligatory other materials: Handouts Computer program
tunnels. Important aspects due to environmental conditions
affecting a structure are wind and waves, currents, earthquakes,
Course Code: Course title: Fibre-reinforced ECTS: 3 variable loads and the response of a structure and its foundations
CT5128 polymer (FRP) structures to these factors.
Education Period 1st Education Period Study Goals Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be
Exam Period 1st Exam Period able to: Identify the basic elements such as boundary conditions,
code specifications, feasibility of the construction process in
Instructor M.H. Kolstein; E-mail: M.H.Kolstein@citg.tudelft.nl
an integrated design process for coastal and river engineering
Education Method Lectures
structures in concrete, steel and timber Analyse and optimise
Assessment Exam grade is final grade an underwater unreinforced concrete floor Make a preliminary
Course Contents Structural applications. Fabrication processes. Materials and design of a platform, a mooring structure and a quay wall Optimise
material properties. Design- and calculations methods. Connections. the process of design in terms of minimum material usage,
Design rules. Management and maintenance. Case studies. proper material selection and economic construction process
Develop a design methodology in which all structural/mechanical
engineering aspects are being dealt with Generate different
design concepts and to select one of them in view of costs,
execution time and durability
Literature and hand-outs
Study Materials
Remarks Prerequisite Completed case study and exercises

Course Code: Course title: Capita selecta ECTS: 4 Study Goals Fundamentals of a-seismic design of concrete structures Know-
CT5130 concrete structures ledge of the behaviour of concrete structures in the early stage
Education Period 1st Education Period of hardening, including measures to influence this behaviour
(through technological and structural measures) Design of con-
crete structures subjected to imposed deformations (temperatu-
Instructor Dr.ir. C.R. Braam; E-mail: C.R.Braam@tudelft.nl
re, shrinkage) Design and execution of storage systems in rein-
Ir. J.A. den Uijl; E-mail: J.A.denUijl@tudelft.nl
forced and prestressed concrete Liquid tight design of concrete
Prof.dr.ir. K. van Breugel; E-mail: K.vanBreugel@tudelft.nl
structures Safety considerations in case of storage of hazardous
Education Method Lectures, case study product, i.e. liquefied natural gas, hazardous waste etc.
Course Contents Part A: Seismic design Principles of seismic design of concrete
Literature and Obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): - Opslagconstructies
structures. Measures are indicated for making concrete struc-
Study Materials (Storage systems)- Reader “A-seismic design” Available at Book-
tures earthquake resistant. Detailing of reinforcement and
shop Civil Engineering.- Temperature and shrinkage effects in
providing ductility is essential and is dealt with in detail. Part
concrete structures Available at the section secretariat (mw. J.M.
B: Temperature effects Temperature effects in hardening and
van der Schaaf, Stevin Laboratory).Recommended other materials:
hardened concrete. Emphasis on difference between structural
Lecture sheets Available at as download from blackboard
response under external loads and imposed deformations. Both
Expected prior - CT5120 uses CT3150- CT5101 (Concrete Science & Technology)
materials aspects and structural aspects are dealt with. Aspects
knowledge is recommended
of building physics are considered briefly (temperature calcu-
lations). A specific topic concerns the behaviour of hardening
concrete. Young concrete problems are discussed from both the
scientific and engineering point of view. Attention is given to
Assessment of crack patterns and failure causes in hardening
and hardened concrete structures. Effect of imposed deformati-
ons on safety and durability at dealt with. Part C: Silo’s, reservoirs,
storage and concrete protective structures Loads and design criteria
for storage structures- Hydrostatic and/or bulk loads- Tightness
criteria- Load factors- Design of rectangular and cylindrical
reservoirs in reinforced and prestressed concrete. - Concrete
protective structures under extreme loads, e.g. impact, blast,
fire, cryogenic loads. Modelling of extreme loads and response
of concrete and concrete structures under extreme conditions
is given due attention. General principles of Assessment of
protective systems and the consequences of this for the design
is dealt with. Exercise (1 ECTS)An obligatory exercise (1 credit
point) covers essential aspects from parts B and C. The exercise
concerns a reinforced of prestressed reservoir under hydrostatic
and thermal load.

Course Code: Course title: Fire Safety Design ECTS: 3 Smoke issues: smoke production, smoke spread and smoke
CT5131 control. Active measures (automatic suppression, detection).
Education Period 3rd Education Period National fire regulations: Building Decree (Bouwbesluit), concept,
assessment methods, principle of equivalence. European
standardisation (Construction Product Directive, Eurocodes,
Instructor Ir.ing. R. Abspoel; E-mail: R.Abspoel@tudelft.nl
Euroclasses). Recent developments regarding the fire design of
Education Method lectures buildings (Fire Safety Engineering).
Course Contents Basic principles: occurrence of fire, consequences of fire, aims
fire safety design, fire safety measures (passive, active). The
Course Code: Course title: Theory of Elasticity ECTS: 3
fire process, initiation of fires, fire development & modelling.
CT5141
Reaction-to-fire & smoke production (material behaviour),
various level of performance, national & European classification Education Period 1st Education Period
systems. Resistance-to-fire (behaviour of structural elements): Exam Period 1st Exam Period, 2nd Exam Period
thermal loading & response, mechanical loading & response, Instructor Dr.ir. P.C.J. Hoogenboom; E-mail: P.C.J.Hoogenboom@tudelft.nl
evaluation for concrete, steel and timber. Smoke control: smoke Education Method Lectures
production, smoke propagation, modelling Active measures,
Course Contents Direct Methods Discussion of two fundamental strategies;
automatic detection, automatic suppression, smoke exhaust Fire
displacement method and the force method. Application to the
regulations, national (Bouwbesluit), European (Construction Pro-
following structural systems; coupled shear walls; thick wall
duct Directive, Euroclasses, Eurocodes). Fire Safety Engineering:
tubes; curved beams; solution of Boussinesq; Brazilian splitting
options, perspectives, examples.
test; flexure of axisymmetric plates; elasticity theory in three
Study Goals to get familiar with teach the basic principles of fire safety in dimensions; torsion properties of bars of any cross-section
buildings to get familiar with teach the occurrence and develop- (analytical and numerical). Vlasov’s theory for calculating torsion
ment of building fires to get familiar with teach the behaviour moment distributions and bi moment distributions. Energy
of materials and structures in fire to get familiar with teach fire Principles Derivation of the principles of virtual work and virtual
safety measures (active & passive) to get familiar with teach the complementary work; principles of minimum potential energy
fire safety regulations (national & European) and minimum complementary energy; both laws of Castigliano;
Literature and Syllabus ‘Fire Safety Design’ will be distributed (in parts) during reciprocal theorem of Maxwell-Betti.
Study Materials the lectures Available at the lecturer or at lecture. obligatory Study Goals After completing this course you will have extended your skills
other materials: (Over)spannend Staal Construeren, part A en B of scientific problem solving in structural mechanics. You will
Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. understand the general features of elastic systems. You will have
an overview of elastic analysis methods and know analytical
Expected prior CT5131 uses CT3051CT5131 uses CT3121CT5131 uses CT3211
solutions to typical structural problems. Finally, you will have
knowledge
mastered methods to derive approximation formulas.
Remarks Summary General introduction to the fire safety design of
Literature and Two books, both are available at www.nextstore.nl Blaauwen-
buildings. Emphasis on structural fire safety and regulations
Study Materials draad, J. “Theory of Elasticity, Direct Methods”, Lecture Book
(national & European). Basic principles of fire safety design of
Delft University of Technology, 2002. Blaauwendraad, J. “Theory
buildings, consequences of fire, various options for fire safety
of Elasticity, Energy Principles and Variational Methods”, Lecture
design. Phenomenological description of the fire process, sche-
Book Delft University of Technology, 2002.
matisation and modelling of the fire process, mechanisms of fire
propagation. Material behaviour (reaction-to-fire) and structural
behaviour (resistance-to-fire) and the options to quantify this
behaviour. Emphasis on concrete, steel and timber structures.

Course Code: Course title: Computational ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Shell Analysis, ECTS: 3
CT5142 Methods in Non-linear Solid CT5143 Theory and Application
Mechanics Education Period 4th Education Period
Education Period 4th Education Period Exam Period 4th Exam Period, 5th Exam Period
Exam Period 4th Exam Period Instructor Dr.ir. P.C.J. Hoogenboom; E-mail: P.C.J.Hoogenboom@tudelft.nl
Instructor Dr.ir. L.J. Sluys; E-mail: L.J.Sluys@citg.tudelft.nl Education Method Lectures
Education Method lectures Course Contents Many structures can be modelled as thin elastic shells. Examples
Assessment Examination mark is final mark. are pressure vessels, ancient domes, LNG storage tanks, space
trusses, industrial chimneys and BLOB architecture. The course
Course Contents In the lecture series computational techniques for the description provides understanding in the parameters that are important
of nonlinear behaviour of materials and structures will be treated. for design of these structures. The course covers analytical and
Topics of the course are: mathematical preliminaries structure numerical methods for analysing shell structures. The governing
of nonlinear finite element programs solution techniques for differential equations are derived. Analysed are cylinders, cones,
nonlinear static problems solution techniques for nonlinear spheres and hyppars. The deflections, membrane stresses and
dynamic problems plasticity models for metals and soils fracture bending stresses are calculated. Influence lengths and edge
models visco-elastic and viscoplastic models for time-dependent disturbances are derived. Finite elements are presented and the
problems computational analysis of failure and instabilities limitations discussed. Computational analysis is demonstrated.
geometrically nonlinear analysis The series provides the student Instability of several shell shapes and the effect of imperfections
with the basic knowledge to adequately use standard finite is discussed.
element packages that are equipped with the tools for nonlinear Study Goals After completing this course you will understand the force flow
mechanics. in shell structures and be able to manually calculate stresses,
Literature and syllabus: Syllabus Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. deformations and buckling loads of elementary shell shapes. You
Study Materials obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Dictate “Computational will understand the scientific approach to deriving the governing
methods in non-linear solid mechanics”, R. de Borst and L.J. differential equations and be able to make, interpret and check
Sluys Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. finite element analyses of shell structures.
Remarks Prerequisite Practical completed Literature and Hoefakker J.H., Blaauwendraad J., “Theory of Shells”, Delft
Study Materials University of Technology, Sept. 2003, pp. 270Hoefakker J.H.,
“Theory of Shells, Collection of elaborated exams”, Delft University
of Technology, Sept. 2003, pp. 30Both books can be ordered at
Nextstore.

Course Code: Course title: Stability of ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Random vibrations ECTS: 4
CT5144 Structures CT5145
Education Period 4th Education Period Education Period 2nd Education Period
Exam Period Exam by appointment Exam Period 2nd Exam Period
Instructor Prof.ir. A.C.W.M. Vrouwenvelder; Instructor Prof.ir. A.C.W.M. Vrouwenvelder;
E-mail: A.Vrouwenvelder@citg.tudelft.nl E-mail: A.Vrouwenvelder@citg.tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. P.C.J. Hoogenboom; E-mail: P.C.J.Hoogenboom@tudelft.nl Education Method Lectures; tutorial
Education Method Lectures Assessment Condition for the conduction of the exam: Report of the exercise
Course Contents Elastic Stability Single-degree-of-freedom systems; Pendulum should be rewarded with a satisfactory mark (>6) Determination of
systems; Exact second-order stiffness matrix; Linearised second- the final mark: Report of assignment (67%) plus oral exam (33%
order stiffness matrix for FEM packages; Formulas for lateral Course Contents general introduction into the problem field of stochastic and
buckling and torsional buckling; Buckling of elastically supported dynamic loads and the position of the course in the teaching of
beams; Snap-trough behaviour; Minimum potential energy. engineering mechanics mathematical aspects of the modelling
Plastic Stability Virtual work for nonlinear systems; Influence of stochastic processes, Fourier series, Fourier analysis, transfer
of geometrical nonlinearities on the failure load and the failure functions, variance spectra etc; formal mathematical approach of
mode; Elastic-plastic stability of frames; Determination of the the problem field modelling of the stochastic process in general
critical load with the Merchant-Rankine formula. application of the modelling of the stochastic process to the
Study Goals After completion of this course you will understand the general dynamics of structures; the response of a single- or multi-mass-
features of slender structures. You will be able to perform spring system and its Assessment with respect to ultimate load
various analyses to determine the behaviour of frame structures. bearing capacity (safety), fatigue and comfort applications: wind
You will understand the inner workings of computer programs for load on high-rise buildings, wave loads on offshore structures
second order analysis. You will know formulas for often occurring and earthquakes; simplifications that are commonly made in
situations in engineering practice. practice and which are laid down in standards
Literature and Lecture Book Vrouwenvelder, A.C.W.M., "Structural Stability", Study Goals Getting familiar with design of civil engineering structures under
Study Materials Delft University of Technology, 2003Available at www.nextstore.nl random dynamic loadings like wind, waves and earthquake.
Software provided by the instructors Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Stochastische trillingen
Remarks The homework assignment consists of two parts, 1) various Study Materials (b15) Available at BookShop Civil Engineering.
analyses on a selected frame including manual and computer
computations of the buckling and post buckling behaviour and
2) a more theoretical problem on buckling.

Course Code: Course title: Micromechanics ECTS: 3 Study Goals This course focuses on the relationship between materials
CT5146 and computational modelling of behaviour and structure of the material on different levels of
building materials observation, viz. nano-, micro- and mesolevel. Knowledge of
Education Period 2nd Education Period phenomena acting on different levels of observation, as well as
Exam Period 2nd Exam Period methods, both experimental and conceptual, for studying these
phenomena, are dealt with. Conceptual and numerical modelling
Instructor MR de Rooij
of materials behaviour is a core activity in this course. Specific
Dr.ir. H.E.J.G. Schlangen; E-mail: E.Schlangen@citg.tudelft.nl
aims of the course are: Acquiring insight in nano-, micro- and
Prof.dr.ir. K. van Breugel; E-mail: K.vanBreugel@tudelft.nl
mesostructure of building materials Assessment and use of
Education Method lectures*tour in the Micromechanics Laboratory
suitable techniques for fundamental studies of building materials,
Course Contents This fundamental course focuses on special topics that give e.g. cement-based materials Numerical modelling of materials
insight in the performance of building materials. The aim is behaviour and of transport- and degradation processes in porous
to understand the relationship between materials properties materials.
(macro level) and the underlying chemical and physical, i.e.
Literature and Syllabus: - Book: “Simulation of hydration and formation of
thermodynamic, mechanisms and processes that are in force
Study Materials structure in hardening cement-based systems - Part I”- Book:
on the nano; micro-and meso-level. The course concentrates
“Fracture processes of Concrete” Available at the section secreta-
on cement-based materials, but other materials frequently used
riat (Room 6.29)Obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): - Hand-
in the civil engineering practice can be considered as well (e.g.
outs Available at the first lecture. Recommended other materials:
asphalt).Typical issues dealt with in detail are hydration proces-
Book: “Construction materials: Their nature and behaviour” Ed.
ses and the formation of the microstructure of cement-based
J.M. Ilston & P.L.J. DomoneSpon Press 2001, ISBN 0-419-25860-
systems. Specific differences between different building materials
4Book: “Materials Science and Engineering - An Introduction”
are considered, particularly in view of the relative brittleness of
William D. Callister, John Wiley & Sons Standard work. Valuable
cement-based systems. Ways to improve ductility are conside-
but expensive)Available at Bookshop Prins.
red. Pore structures characterization and transport properties of
Expected prior CT5146 uses CT1121CT5146 uses CT5101
porous materials are discussed in view of durability. The know-
knowledge
ledge provided in this course enables students to understand
why materials behave as they do and to “design” new materials Remarks This course concentrates on chemical, physical, stereological and
or to improve existing materials by intervening in their nano-, fracture mechanics aspects of building materials with emphasis
micro- or mesostructure. Strategies for organising advanced on cement-based materials. Materials are looked at on the nano,
materials research will be discussed in detail, for example the micro- and meso-level and materials properties are explained
parallel execution of experiments and conceptual and numerical by referring to those fundamental levels. Modern developments
modelling. This course is relevant for students with special in the field of experimental research techniques and numerical
interest in fundamental theoretical and experimental research modelling of materials are dealt with. The following topics will be
and is recommended for those who consider proceeding with a dealt with: Reaction kinetics of hydration processes in cement-
PhD study after their MSc. The course is open for both master based systems Development and modelling of the microstructure
students and PhD-students and will be integrated in the cur- and pore structure of cement paste and concrete Rheology
riculum of the Research School BOUW. For specific topics of the Fracture processes: cause and effect Time dependent proces-
course guest docents are invited. ses: creep and relaxation Transport- and degradation processes
Experimental research techniques: microscopy, calorimetry,
porosimetry (Numerical) modelling Towards design of materials
(Computational Materials Science)This course is open for both
Master students and PhD students.

Course Code: Course title: Building component ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: High-rise buildings ECTS:
CT5201 and material specification CT5211 10
Exam Period 2nd Exam Period Exam Period none
Instructor O.S.M. van Pinxteren; E-mail: O.S.M.vanPinxteren@tudelft.nl Instructor Ir. H.R. de Boer; E-mail: H.R.deBoer@tudelft.nl
Ir. H.R. de Boer; E-mail: H.R.deBoer@tudelft.nl Ir. A. te Boveldt; E-mail: A.teBoveldt@tudelft.nl
Education Method lectures; design; exercise Prof.dipl.ing. J.N.J.A. Vambersky;
Assessment design exercise: 65%modelling exercises: 35% E-mail: J.N.J.A.Vambersky@tudelft.nl

Education Method Workshop
Course Contents documents in building construction development of a building
component on basis of performance requirements specification Course Contents Teams are formed together with the students from the Faculty of
of properties and behaviour testing procedures Architecture with a task to design a big scale high-rise building.
The teams consist of about five students. Each student is as-
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Afbouwconstructies IV
signed to represent a specific discipline (architect, structural
Study Materials Available at BookShop Civil Engineering.
engineer, project manager, building services engineer, etc.)
Expected prior CT5201 uses CT4211 with a specific task and responsibility in the team, covering
knowledge architectural and functional design, structural design, building
physics, finishes, building services, real estate development and
construction and management. The civil engineering students
are mostly assigned the function of the structural engineer. The
time reserved for this workshop project is app. 8 weeks. The
teams are coached and guided in the lines of the mentioned
disciplines, by a number of lecturers from the faculties of Archi-
tecture and of Civil Engineering and engineers and architects
from daily practice.
Literature and See Module book BKM2RP11
Study Materials
Remarks Additional information: www.bk.tudelft.nl/onderwijs - masterop-
leiding - free choice - BKM2RP11 Workshop High Rise Buildings.

Course Code: Course title: Conservation of the ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Applied building ECTS: 3
CT5220 structural heritage CT5241 physics
Education Period 4th Education Period Education Period 1st Education Period
Exam Period 4th Exam Period Exam Period 1st Exam Period
Instructor Ir. G.G. Nieuwmeijer; E-mail: G.G.Nieuwmeijer@bk.tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.ir. J.J.M. Cauberg; E-mail: J.J.M.Cauberg@citg.tudelft.nl
Education Method lectures; case study Dr.ir. W.H. van der Spoel; E-mail: W.H.vanderSpoel@citg.tudelft.nl
Course Contents Maintenance of historical structures; analyse of problems; Education Method lecture with working assignments and practical exercises
possibilities and proposals to repair; examples of restoration. Assessment Evaluation of exercises and working assignments: final review
Analyse of strength, stiffness, stability and fire safety of a Course Contents This course is a continuation of the courses Building Physics &
case. Formulation and check of proposals to improve including Building Engineering (CT3221) and Advanced Building Physics
restoration philosophy, maintenance and technical means and (CT4221) and is meant for those who want to specialize in
possibilities. Report. Building Physics. You will prepare for research into building
Literature and Reader “Behoud van historische constructies” physics in projects, analyse problems in the area of building
Study Materials physics independently, present them in models and report on
them. Although you will focus on modelling of building physics
Course Code: Course title: Technical building ECTS: 3 problems, a strong link with practice and practical solutions
CT5230 services is maintained. The following subjects are dealt with: Thermal
behaviour of building constructions. Tools are provided that,
Education Period 4th Education Period
based on basic principles, allows one to quickly build a dyna-
mical thermal and/or hygrical model for seemingly complex
Instructor Prof.ir. J.J.M. Cauberg; E-mail: J.J.M.Cauberg@citg.tudelft.nl building physics problems. Assignment using Matlab/Simulink.
Ir. A.C. van der Linden; E-mail: A.C.vanderLinden@tudelft.nl Ventilation and indoor air quality. Modelling of ventilation and air
Education Method seminar; lectures contaminants in buildings. Assignment on ventilation in dwellings
Course Contents An introduction to the technical building services to be found using simulation program Contamw. Testing against NEN 1087.
in buildings and their performance. In particular the interaction Room-acoustics. Practical work will be done to calculate the
between services and the characteristics of the building from the ‘acoustical quality’ in a room, which may vary from a concert hall
point of building physics is examined. Main subjects are: quality to a restaurant. Catt-Acoustics is the ray tracing program that
of the inside environment mechanical ventilation systems; will be used to calculate the different acoustical values. These
climate and air-conditioning systems, the influence on physical
values need to be interpreted in order to have an idea about the
(comfort) parameters, requirements as to spatial planning (size
quality of the room in acoustical terms. Daylight. Assignment
and location in the building, effect on supporting structures and
on modelling light scenes in a room using Dialux in connection
finishing structures) artificial lighting: lighting design, types of light
fittings, etc. energy consumption of total building design, energy with EN-NEN 12464-1.Room air flow. Assignment on simulation of
performance standard (Du.: energieprestatienormering, EPN) free-convective air flows in a room using Flovent. Calculation of
effectiveness of counter-measures for cold air flow along windows.
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Technical building services
Study Materials CT5230Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. Climate systems; Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): lecture notes/textbook(s),
integration of buildings and services Available at Sale of Lecture Study Materials obligatory: Lecture notes CT3071, CT3221 and CT4221Readers
Notes Architecture recommended lecture note(s)/textbook(s): are handed out and/or available at the Blackboard website.
Heating, ventilation, electronic systems and sanitary facilities in
homes and residential buildings. Description of inside environment
and climate systems Available at the Civil Engineering library.

Course Code: Course title: Structural design, ECTS: 5 However, these structures and their design are not common
CT5251 special structures practice. The students will be introduced to several techniques
and methods of understanding and designing such structures.
Following aspects will be lectured: Historic overview Mechanical
Exam Period 4th Exam Period behaviour of shells Structural analysis Physical modelling Genera-
Instructor R. Houtman; E-mail: R.Houtman@tudelft.nl tive modelling, form finding and optimisation Recent advances in
Prof.ir. L.A.G. Wagemans; E-mail: L.A.G.Wagemans@tudelft.nl computation & structural design Structural morphology Design of
J.L. Coenders; E-mail: J.L.Coenders@tudelft.nl membrane structures Several of these structures can be found
around the world, sometimes famous ones such as the Opera
Education Method Lectures by various lecturers from different faculties: civil
House in Sydney. In the coming decade more of these structures
engineering and architecture and engineering firms Practice
will be realized. Form finding and computation will be some
workshops for hand-on experience. Exercise in the design of a of the key-aspects of design. This course therefore will give an
free form structure Written examination. introduction to practical use of simple computational tools to make
Assessment 25% examination75 % assignment Each with a minimum of a 5.0 a very powerful description of a structure for analyses and design.
Course Contents Introduction course in the field of special structures, their
architecture, structural behaviour, design process, special design Course Code: Course title: Collaborative ECTS: 6
knowledge, and special techniques, combined with practical use CT5260 Design & Engineering
of design- and analysis tools for structural engineering. Theory
Education Period 3rd Education Period, 4th Education Period
of Shells.
Exam Period none
Study Goals Introduction into special structures: their mechanical behaviour,
Instructor Dr.ir. G.A. van Nederveen; E-mail: G.A.vanNederveen@tudelft.nl
structural analysis, design process, special design techniques
Prof.dr.ir. H.A.J. de Ridder; E-mail: H.A.J.deRidder@tudelft.nl
and practical use of tools for analyses and design.
Education Method Lectures Project course.
Literature and Drawing and design materials Course guide, available at secre-
Course Contents This course deals with the social aspects of design and engineering
Study Materials tariat Structural Design Lab Course reader Schodek, Structures
processes as well as the technical and organisational aspects.
Design assignment handout Recommended materials See course
By carrying out a design project as members of a design team,
guide Physical modelling materials
students have to work together, to organize themselves and to
Contact Ir. J.L. Coenders: j.l.coenders@citg.tudelft.nl Student-assistant:
deal with stakeholders with diverse interests. As part of this course
ct5250@citg.tudelft.nlAppointmentsSecretariat of the section
Delft students have to collaborate with students form Eindhoven en
Structural Design: J.M. van der Schaaf, room: 1.52, tel. +31
Twente. In order to bridge the distance between the three locations
(0)15 27 83990
and to act as a virtual design team, student have to make use of
Remarks Since several years non-standard or blob-architecture has state-of-the-art information and communication technologies.
emerged in architectural practice. These free form structures
Study Goals The intended learning outcomes for the students of this course
emphasize the structural engineer’s problem of dealing with non-
are: To understand the process of collaborative design and
orthogonal geometry. However, in ancient times Roman building
engineering; Being able to organize themselves in design
masters already knew how to build vaults. And in the ‘70s
teams; To work in multidisciplinary design teams; To distinguish
the group of Frei Otto and the ILEK experimented much with
various forms collaboration in design and engineering projects,
architecture derived from nature, which was quite free-form,
the possible compositions of project teams and distribution of
all without or with little computational tools.This course is an
responsibilities and authorities; To understand the advantages of
introduction on historic and modern types of special structures:
the application of ICT in teamwork environments.
Structures in nature, biomimetics Shells and vaults Membrane
and pneumatic structures Cable-nets, tensegrity Space frames Literature and Course reader and literature to be announced;
Grid structures and domes Adaptive and deployable structures. Study Materials

Course Code: Course title: Dredging technology ECTS: 4 Literature and Obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Lecture notes Dredging
CT5300 Study Materials Technology Part1 + 2 Can be ordered via BlackBoard. syllabus:
Education Period 3rd Education Period Guidelines for study + errata lecture notes both available via
blackboard. Recommended other materials: Dredging, a hand-
book for engineers, N. Bray, 1996. - Soil mechanical aspects of
Instructor G.L.M. van der Schrieck; E-mail: G.L.M.vanderSchrieck@citg.tudelft.nl
dredging, W. van Leussen/Nieuwenhuis. - Agricultural soil me-
Education Method Excursion, lectures
chanics, A.J. Kollen/H. Kuipers. - Introduction to rock mechanics,
Assessment Assessment from the oral examination with the use of a score-table R.E. Goodman. - Slurry transport using centrifugal pumps, K.C.
Course Contents Dredging technology with components digging, transport and Wilson. - Project execution aspect of hydraulic soil movement,
disposal of dredged material and their scientific background. CROW nr. 87. - Classification of soils and rocks to be dredged,
The possibilities of dredging during the realisation of large PIANC, Brussel 1984. - British Standard code of practice for site
civil engineering projects.1 General introduction: Definitions investigations, BS5930 1981. - Instrumentation and methods
of dredging process and dredging equipment. Description of
for hydrographic surveys and coastal measurements, R. van
the dredging process. Related scientific areas. Dynamic versus
Oostveen, lecture notes IHEE Delft. - VGBouw Operating Cost
static soil mechanics. Production factors.2 Dredging equipment:
Description of cutter suction dredger, suction hopper dredger Standards for Construction Equipment. 11the revised edition
and other dredging equipent.3 Dredging projects: Description Samson Bedrijfsinformatie 1995. ISBN 90-14-05293-6. Available
of all types of dredging projects: maintenance dredging, capital at the Civil Engineering library.
dredging and environmental/sanitation dredging.4 Excavation
process: Soil cutting theories: breaching and eroding of sand,
cutting of sand clay and rock.5 Pumping, lifting and transport:
Pump theory: dredging pumps and drives, theory of hydraulic
transport.6 Dumping of soil and settlement in basins: Theory
of settlement , execution and quality control on the dumping
and reclamation site.7 Relation between soil characteristics and
dredging processes: Soil mechanic aspects, soil investigation
methods, soil classification, geophysical soil investigation.8
Other related areas of interest: Survey and positioning, depth
measurement, tolerances, operating cost standards for dredging
equipment, workability
Study Goals The recognition of the possibilities and restrictions of the use of
dredging equipment for the realisation of large civil enginee-
ring projects: Knowledge of working methods and different
kinds of dredging projects Influence of soil characteristics and
weather restrictions on workability and employability of dredging
equipment Productions and tolerances for dredging projects
Knowledge and understanding of the basic facts and basic physi-
cal processes of dredging of soils: Excavating Pumping Hydraulic
transport by pipelines Settling and dumping Knowledge of the
soil investigation procedures for dredging works. Relation bet-
ween soil characteristics and dredging process Soil classification
Soil investigation

Course Code: Course title: Consolidation ECTS: 3 Literature and syllabus: Theory of Consolidation Available at the first lecture.
CT5301 theory Study Materials obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Hand outs
Education Period 4th Education Period Remarks Fundamentals of multi-dimensional time-dependent mechanical
Exam Period 4th Exam Period behaviour of saturated soils, relevant for deformation and sta-
Instructor Dr.ir. R.B.J. Brinkgreve; E-mail: R.B.J.Brinkgreve@tudelft.nl bility of civil engineering constructions and handling of pumping
Prof.dr.ir. F.B.J. Barends; E-mail: F.B.J.Barends@tudelft.nl systems, draining systems, dredging and underground fluid
reservoirs
Education Method Teamwork lecturing with the assistance of several guest lecturers.
Course Contents Consolidation during loading of saturated deformable porous
media, like soil. Similar processes are recognized in human Course Code: Course title: Stratified flows ECTS: 3
bones (knee disc) and in the paper industry. Deformations in CT5302
such media cause pore volume changes and corresponding pore Education Period 2nd Education Period
fluid pressures will initiate seepage and affect the functioning. It Exam Period 2nd Exam Period
is of great importance to settlements and stability, in particular Instructor Prof.dr.ir. G.S. Stelling; E-mail: G.S.Stelling@tudelft.nl
when permeability is small, compressibility is large and strength
Education Method Lectures, exercise
is limited. In delta areas such type of soil is everywhere. Dikes,
Course Contents Flows influenced or caused by density differences. Basis equations
rail and road embankments are composed of it. Consolidation
for an ideal fluid, vorticity. The two-layer model. Flow over
affects the transient stability of slopes, building pit walls and
topography. Method of characteristics. Internal and external long
tunnel shields, and it plays a role in dredging, land reclamation,
waves. Steady state two layer flows with friction. Salt wedge.
drainage and pumping systems. The lectures focus on multi
Internal hydraulic jumps and gravity currents. Instability of layered
dimensional and complex, but realistic and practical situations.
flows; Kelvin Helmholtz instability; Continuous stratification.
It treats the background of time dependent interaction of water
Turbulence, entrainment and mixing. Salt intrusion in estuaries,
and soil with special emphasizes on peculiar and unexpected
classification of estuaries. Gravitational circulation.
behaviour. A survey is given of the practically available methods
and illustrative situations are analyzed individually and in teams. Study Goals An understanding of why small density differences may have a
Analytical, numerical and simple engineering methods are intro- significant effect on the flow. Insight into the basic physics go-
duced. The material presented consists of an English manuscript verning flow in an estuary. Knowledge of internal waves, steady
and separate handouts, which will be given during the lectures. state two layer flows with friction, fronts, Kelvin Helmholtz
Computers and suitable models are provided for. During each instability, turbulence, mixing and entrainment in an estuary.
lecture a specific practical problem is discussed. After knowledge Estuarine classification. An introduction to the difficulties of
introduction the participants should find by their own creativity modelling stratified flows and the consequences thereof.
and with the aid of available facilities (computer models, test Literature and “Dichtheidsstromen”
results) suitable solutions that will be evaluated collectively. The Study Materials
teacher will also act as client or consultant. Active participation Expected prior CT2100, CT3310
(including some homework) is sufficient to obtain a personal knowledge
proof of skill. Thus, participation is mandatory, and there is no
separate examination. Several specialised guest lectures will
participate.
Study Goals The student will become capable of recognising the character of
the problem and of selecting a suitable procedure. The use of
some commercial models is practiced.

Course Code: Course title: Coastal inlets and ECTS: 3 of mud)Inlets : 2D and 3D models effect of waves (e.g. propa-
CT5303 tidal basins gation in the basin) effects of locally generated waves implications
Education Period 3rd Education Period for wave module in numerical models flow- and transport
patterns (instantaneous and residual) channel-shoal interactions
channel migration grain size distribution
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.J. de Vriend; E-mail: H.J.deVriend@tudelft.nl
Literature and syllabus: Available at the first lecture. obligatory lecture note(s)/
Z Wang
Study Materials textbook(s): CT5303 Coastal Inlets Tidal Basins Available at
Prof.dr.ir. M.J.F. Stive; E-mail: M.J.F.Stive@tudelft.nl
Education Method lectures
Remarks The course focuses on coastal inlets and tidal basins (estuaries,
Course Contents Phenomenology Global classification of estuaries and inlets Be-
tidal rivers and lagoons), and aims to give insight in the pheno-
haviour of elements of inlet and estuary systems (tidal marshes,
menological characteristics (geography, geology, morphology,
channels and shoals, flood and ebb-tidal deltas, adjacent coast-
sediment motion and hydrodynamics) and in the modelling of
lines and barrier islands) Interaction morphology - vegetation
these characteristics (empirical, process-based and hierarchical
Interaction morphology - benthos Scale classification in time
model approaches).
and space Empirical relations O’Brien : relation of cross-sectional
channel area and tidal prism Gerritsen: relation of cross-sectional
channel area and effective shear stress Relation of tidal flats
versus total basin area Flats height Walton & Adams : relation
Volume ebb-tidal delta and tidal prism Bilse : cross-sectional area
ebb-tidal delta and tidal prism Tidal propagation and tide-driven
transport basic 1D - equations deformation and asymmetry net
transport versus net flow pumping mode (short basins) reso-
nance and damping (long basins)3D-flow patterns (coriolis and
relaxation-effects)Channels and shoals mechanisms of sediment
exchange hypsometry effects dynamics of channels and shoals
response to human interventions Box models principle behaviour
orientated models qualitative descriptions of system behaviour
box model of Di-Silvio’s applied for hindcast long term develop-
ments of the Venetie estuary model of Van Dongeren applied
for hindcast long term developments of the Friese Zeegat and
Ditmarschen Bucht 1D -network models1D-proces-base network
models nodal-point relations for flow and sediment transport
applied to the Westerschelde Estmorf model concept applied for
Friese Zeegat linearization (Lorentz and morphology) applied
for the western part of the Wadden Sea Inlets : interaction of
sub-systems behaviour basin behaviour ebb-tidal delta behaviour
adjacent coastline deformation and asymmetry behaviour of two
coupled systems : scale interactions forcing behaviour of coupled
systems : scale interactions Estuaries : 2D- and 3D models
flow- and transport patterns (instantaneous and residual) ebb
and flood dominance curved channels coriolis effect sill formation
density driven currents silt (consolidation effects and behaviour

Course Code: Course title: Waterpower ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Bored and immersed ECTS: 4
CT5304 Engineering CT5305 tunnels
Education Period 4th Education Period Education Period 4th Education Period
Instructor Ir. J. van Duivendijk; E-mail: J.vanDuivendijk@citg.Tudelft.nl Instructor Ing. H.J. Everts; E-mail: H.J.Everts@tudelft.nl
Assessment method of determining marks: adding marks received for each Prof.ir. A.F. van Tol; E-mail: A.F.vanTol@tudelft.nl
question Prof.drs.ir. J.K. Vrijling; E-mail: J.K.Vrijling@tudelft.nl
Course Contents General introduction to the subject; energy sources; relationship Dr.ir. K.J. Bakker; E-mail: K.J.Bakker@citg.tudelft.nl
between certain energy sources and hydraulic engineering works Education Method Lectures with illustrations (video, numerical examples). An ex-
multipurpose aspects and discussion on disciplines related to cursion tunnelling projects, exercise in groups of four students to
the subject hydraulic structures in waterpower engineering mul- evaluate a tunnel project and in addition to that to make a design
tipurpose functions of reservoirs, examples of purposes, which
for a tunnel; location, track, construction and structural design.
clash in relation to the reservoir operation, required for each
purpose general introduction about the contribution of various Assessment One mark, based on design exercise and oral exam
energy sources to electricity generation on a country, regional, Course Contents The course is closely related to Foundations and construction,
continental and world scale Hydropower from rivers siting and CT5330;, lectures are given as combination lectures. There is
type of structures required, some basic formulas and definitions a combined exercise. On demand however, a separate exercise
investigations, studies and designs required at pre-feasibility and exam for CT5330 is possible. The course extensively treats
and full feasibility stage hydrology and reservoir operation
tunnelling methods. A distinction is made between the New
characteristics of run-of-river plants and water conveyance
Austrian Tunnel Method (NATM), bored tunnels and immersed
structures spillways and outlet works in reservoirs earth and rock
tunnels. General issues related to tunnel structures. Functional
fill dams (=embankment dams) concrete dams: gravity dams,
arch dams and buttress dams foundations of dams on rock water and operational requirements, the longitudinal profile, the cross
turbines: types, field of application, calculations principles of section and the starting/finishing shaft and/or access and exit
water turbines gates and valves in hydropower projects pumped road. NATM tunnels and the immersed tunnels. Different types of
storage plants (also the possible application in the Netherlands) bored tunnel construction; NATM-method, slurry shield and earth
economics of hydropower: principles, contribution by the civil pressure balance shield. Stability during construction; frontal
engineer, parameters that are of interest Waterpower from the support, settlements during construction. Loads on a tunnel and
sea introduction into possible methods of energy generation
force distribution in the lining. Start and reception shaft and con-
from sea water by making use of tides, waves, temperature
struction procedures. Requirements concerning the longitudinal
differences, osmosis tidal power plants e.g. La Rance energy
and transverse profiles. For immersed tunnels, construction in
from waves (principles)Final lectures accidents with large dams:
Malpasset, Tarbela, S’Dom (Israel) the dock, transport and immersion. Stability during floating and
after the tunnel has been sunk. Special aspects such as ventila-
Study Goals An introduction to water power engineering with emphasis on the
tion, fire, permeability and explosions. A case study on a tunnel
application of relevant civil and hydraulic engineering disciplines in
project is done in a group of four students.
hydropower structures (large dams, spillways, hydropower plants)
designed for and constructed in non-lowland circumstances.
Literature and Lecture notes (English version available early 2004)Available
Study Materials at the lecturer. recommended lecture note(s)/textbook(s): The
engineering of Large Dams, H.H. Thomas (2 volumes)Low Head
and High Head Power Plants, E. Mosony (3 volumes)
Remarks Prerequisite Lecture notes plus additional information distributed
during lectures

Study Goals After the course, the student will be able to: Make a plan for a and yachts, general lay-out of the port, basins and berths, port
tunnel; choice of location and track Make a decision on the type structures Ports and terminals for inland water transport vessels,
of tunnel; bored or immersed Make a choice for the construction types of ports, terminals Capacities of inland waterways explana-
method and execution To determine the mechanical boundary tion terms used, operational capacity, intensity, density, water re-
sistance, ship speed open waterways calculation methods based
conditions for structural design To evaluate structural forces
on knowledge and experience, virtual area, simulation closed
both during construction and as well as for Service conditions
waterways lock cycle, lock capacity, passing times, cycle times
To evaluate construction effects; settlements, stability and and waiting times vessel traffic service history, radar systems,
influences on other structures To design the excavations and VTS- Amsterdam-Tiel, registration and utilisation safety safety
related structures for start and reception shafts To evaluate the in general, risk analysis, probability of failure in practice, codes
transport and placing of immersed tunnels To make a design for cases Service systems in ports and inland waterways determi-
both constructions nistic and stochastic models simulation tools random numbers,
sampling from distribution functions, used for the description of
Literature and Lecture notes: “Bored and Immersed tunnels” Available at Book-
port- and inland navigation systems computer simulation models
Study Materials Shop Civil Engineering. Handouts,The exercise on the case study
description methods, components and attributes, structure of
is handed out during one of the lecture hours.
the computer model; examples of simulation models analysis of
Expected prior CT5305 uses CT3320CT5305 uses CT5330 input- and output data characteristics of the relevant distribution
knowledge functions, Chi square test, Kolmogorov Smirnov test.
Remarks Design and construction of tunnels for traffic. Functional Study Goals The student is a full interlocutor of experts in the field of ports and
requirements, determination of boundary conditions, spatial waterways The student is capable to analyse relevant processes in
and structional design and construction aspects of bored and ports and waterways The student is capable to develop a design
immerse tunnel. of the wet infrastructure of a port The student is capable tot deve-
lop a functional of port terminals as: liquid bulk terminals dry bulk
terminals fishery ports and marinas The student has knowledge of
Course Code: Course title: Ports and ECTS: 4 the capacity controlling parameters of port systems The student
CT5306 Waterways 2 has knowledge of the capacity controlling parameters of inland
Education Period 1st Education Period waterway systems as locks The student is capable to develop a
functional design of a canal system with locks The student has
knowledge of traffic flow simulation models in ports and inland
Instructor Ir. R. Groenveld; E-mail: R.Groenveld@tudelft.nl waterways for the estimation of capacity and safety
Prof.ir. H. Ligteringen; E-mail: H.Ligteringen@tudelft.nl
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Ports en Terminals Capa-
Education Method lectures; exercise Study Materials cities of Inland Waterways Service Systems in Ports and Inland
Course Contents Ports and Terminals general cargo- and multipurpose terminals Terminals Available at BookShop Civil Engineering.
non-containerised general cargo, number of berths and quay Expected prior CT5306 uses CT4740CT5306 uses CT4330CT5306 uses
length, storage area and overall terminal lay-out, multipurpose knowledge CT5300CT5306 uses CT5303CT5306 uses CT5307CT5306 uses
terminals ro/ro and ferry terminals lay-out ro/ro and ferry CT5308CT5306 uses CT5309CT5306 uses CT5311CT5306 uses
terminals, special design aspects liquid bulk terminals oil- and CT5316CT5306 uses CT5317
gas carriers, nature of the products, terminals, the berth, jetties,
Remarks Functional design of port terminals ro/ro terminals liquid bulk
dolphins, storage areas, offshore terminals dry bulk terminals
terminals dry bulk terminals fishery ports marinas IWT-ports
dry bulk commodities, dry bulk ships, unloading systems, loading
Capacities of inland waterways capacities of open inland water-
systems, on-terminal handling and storage, climatic and environ-
ways capacities of constructions of inland waterways functional
mental considerations fishery ports types of fishery ports, site
design of locks Simulation models in ports and inland waterways
selection, fishing vessels, port planning, unloading equipment,
introduction simulation models stochastic models computer
fishery port organisation and management marinas yachting
simulation models/ boundary conditions/ evaluation output

Course Code: Course title: Coastal zone ECTS: 3 including agriculture and mining. Wage levels, existing pollution
CT5307 management control and production technologies are typical of many develo-
Education Period 4th Education Period ping countries. Special attention will be given to the World Bank
Guidelines for CZM plans.
Exam Period Differently to be announced
Study Goals The objectives of the course are to: Develop an appreciation for
Instructor Dr.ir. J. van de Graaff; E-mail: J.vandeGraaff@tudelft.nl
and know-how of conceptualisation, policy design, methodology,
Ir. T.J. Zitman; E-mail: T.J.Zitman@tudelft.nl
tools and techniques for coastal zone management Gain an
understanding and operational grasp of the interdependence
Education Method Lectures, presentation of case studies, computer exercises and
of managerial functions related to the improvement of coastal
simulation game. Because Integrated Coastal Zone Management
planning and management Appreciate the need for integration
is mainly an attitude and less a skill, it has to be trained in a
of coastal zone development policies and their implementation
realistic setting. A fieldtrip to Zeeuws Vlaanderen and Belgium is
Become familiar with the multi-disciplinary aspects of the CZM-
part of the course.
approach and acquire the capabilities for guiding and supporting
Assessment Based on oral evaluation multi-disciplinary teams in complex situations
Course Contents The course responds to a number of higher level goals beyond Literature and syllabus: Available at the Blackboard website. obligatory lecture
the course itself, but to which the course contributes. These are Study Materials note(s)/textbook(s): Available at the first lecture. recommended
associated with the introduction and implementation of ICZM other materials: Software (Cress, Jesew, Cosmo, etc) Dowloadable
and include, for example, the expressed need to examine key is- from Blackoard
sues of decision making on urban and recreational development Remarks Various aspects relevant for the planning of the coastal zone.
in vulnerable coastal section and integration of sectoral activities Natural system (biotic and abiotic); user functions with socio-
in coastal development. It also takes into account the policy economic relations. System analysis and policy analysis. Application
objectives of sound Coastal Zone Policy, which emphasise local in a practical setting (case study) with simulation game.
participation in decision making. In sum, the course is part of a
learning process which, by means of a structured programme,
undertakes the formation of trained manpower capable of
redressing identified problems and helping to build capable
institutions, better able to manage and guide the development of
the coastal zone. The course consists of lectures, demonstrations
and workshops. The guiding line through the whole course is
the idea that a coastal zone should be regarded as an integrated
system. This will be illustrated by using several case studies
in several countries. One of these cases (the fictive estuary of
‘Pesisir Tropicana’) will be worked out in a workshop. In the case
studies the coastal zone is regarded as a coastal land/water body
in the sense that there are demands for various products and
services that the Bay and its environs can supply - that is, it is a
multiple-use resource. The regional economy of the area used
in the exercise is similar to those in many coastal areas in the
world, particularly in developing countries. There is a large urban
complex, port facilities and industrial base, with a well developed
service sector. Fishing is carried out in the coastal waters. In the
hinterland, various types of primary production take place,

Course Code: Course title: Breakwaters and ECTS: 4 Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Book: “Breakwaters and
CT5308 Closure Dams Study Materials Closure dams” Available at bookshop and VSSD. obligatory other
Education Period 2nd Education Period materials: Handouts and list of videos Available at the Black-
board website. recommended other materials: The Closure of
tidal Basins (Huis in ‘t Veld) Available at BookShop Civil Enginee-
Instructor Ir. J. Olthof; E-mail: J.Olthof@citg.tudelft.nl
ring. Coastal Engineering Manual (pdf, downloadable) Available
at the website. recommended lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Ma-
Education Method exercise; lectures; Lectures with illustrations (video, numerical nual on the use of Rock (CUR Publication) Available at BookShop
examples). Exercise in groups of two students to design a break- Civil Engineering.
water and a closure dam.
Assessment One mark, based on design exercise or on oral exam
knowledge
Course Contents Overview and history of breakwater and closure dam construc-
Remarks Design and construction of breakwaters and closure dams in
tion. The general design principles of a breakwater and a closure
estuaries and rivers. Functional requirements, determination
dam. Determination of boundary conditions for dams and break-
of boundary conditions, spatial and constructional design and
waters, with special attention to the design frequency. Methods
construction aspects of breakwaters and dams consisting of rock,
to determine the design wave height from wave statistics. Over-
sand and caissons.
view of other boundary conditions (geotechnical and hydraulic).
Materials, quarries and rock properties. Various properties of the
different types of dams and breakwaters, like stability of riprap
in current and wave conditions, design of armour layer, natural
rock and concrete elements. The use of caissons for breakwaters
and closure dams. Computation of element size using classical
formulae, partial safety coefficients and probabilistic methods.
Plan and cross section of breakwaters. Practical examples of
breakwaters and closure dams. Execution (marine or land based
equipment) of the works. Failure mechanisms and (cost) optimi-
sation. One-week exercise in which a group of two students has
to design a breakwater and a closure dam.
Study Goals After the course, the student has to be able to: Determine the
type of breakwater required Determine the type of closure re-
quired Determine the boundary conditions (waves, water levels,
currents) Make a preliminary design of a breakwater and a
closure dam Optimise the design on basis of cost and availability
of resources like labour and materials
21 0 Civil Engineering Msc 211 study guide 2006/2007

Course Code: Course title: Coastal Morphology ECTS: 4 Study Goals Achieve insight in the complexity of coastal engineering issues
CT5309 and Coastal Protection and problems. Achieve knowledge of the physical processes
Education Period 1st Education Period underlying coastal engineering issues. To be able to discern pos-
sible solutions of coastal engineering problems.
Exam Period Exam by appointment
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Lecture notes: “Coastal
Instructor Dr.ir. J. van de Graaff; E-mail: J.vandeGraaff@tudelft.nl
Study Materials Morphology and Coastal Protection” Available at BookShop Civil
Education Method Lectures with illustrations (video, numerical examples). Self-tuition.
Engineering. recommended other materials: Coastal Enginee-
Assessment One mark based on oral examination ring Manual via Internet (pdf, downloadable) recommended
Course Contents Introduction: Key topics of course; active players (national, lecture note(s)/textbook(s): TAW Leidraad “Zandige Kusten”
international);The Netherlands in the past (7000BC) and now; TAW Basisrapport “Zandige Kusten” Available at BookShop Civil
sediment transport due to waves and currents key element in Engineering.
solution of most actual problems. Sediment transport: Initiation Expected prior CT5309 uses CT4300CT5309 uses CT4320CT5309 uses
of motion; role of bottom shear stress; sediment transport due knowledge CT5316CT5309 uses CT5317
to waves and currents; approach of amongst others Bijker, Van
Remarks Sediment transport by waves and currents; bottom shear stress;
Rijn and Ribberink. Distinction between longshore and cross-
dune erosion; erosion of coasts; sedimentation of channels;
shore sediment transport. Sand and silt. Calculation of longshore
coast line and morphological computations; coastal protection
sediment transport: Driving forces (amongst others radiation
measures.
stress); bottom shear stress; current and sediment transport
distribution perpendicular to the coast; CERC formula; other
calculation methods; UNIBEST-LT. Calculation of cross-shore
sediment transport: Dune erosion; equilibrium profiles (approach
of Swart); UNIBEST-TC; Durosta. Morphological development;
coastline development: Complex morphological computations
(DELFT3D-MOR); Pelnard-Considered method; temporal and
spatial scales; effects of building a port along a sandy coast;
up-drift accretion and lee-side erosion. Sedimentation of (naviga-
tion) channels: Current perpendicular to channel axis; current
approaching under an angle; changing sediment concentration
verticals. Coastal protection: What is coastal erosion- Counter
measures; artificial beach and shore face nourishments; groynes
and row of piles; detached shore parallel offshore breakwaters
(submerged/emerged); seawalls/revetments. Coastal Zone
Management: Interrelationship of various aspects; legal means;
formal institutes. Coastal research: Measuring methods; field ob-
servations; small scale physical research. Netherlands Center for
Coastal Research; Delft Cluster; role of European Union. Dutch
hot items: Coastal zone management; safety aspects; large land
reclamation projects (Maasvlakte2; artificial islands); Technical
Advisory Committee for Water Defences (TAW).

Course Code: Course title: Probabilistic design ECTS: 3 Study Goals After the course, the student has to be able to understand relia-
CT5310 in hydraulic engineering bility models and risk-based optimisation theory with applications
Education Period 1st Education Period to hydraulic structures.
Exam Period 1st Exam Period Literature and syllabus: Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. obligatory
Study Materials lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Probabilistic Design in Hydraulic
Instructor Dr.ir. P.H.A.J.M. van Gelder; E-mail: P.H.A.J.M.vanGelder@tudelft.nl
Engineering Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. recom-
Prof.drs.ir. J.K. Vrijling; E-mail: J.K.Vrijling@tudelft.nl
mended other materials: Software packages VAP and Bestfitvia
internet (downloadable via http://surf.to/vangelder)
Course Contents Statistical description of boundary conditions and strength;
Types of extreme value distributions; Probability density functions
knowledge
and distributions from physical relations; Multi- dimensional
probability density functions; Case studies from Karwar and Remarks Probabilistic design approaches of hydraulic structures. Goal is
Ennore (India)Probabilistic wave climate description; Hydraulic the theoretical background of the reliability theory, strongly
boundary conditions for the Oosterschelde storm surge barrier; applied to hydraulic structures, such as sea- and river dikes,
Storm surge level, wave energy, basin level, and strength; Pro- breakwaters, storm surge barriers, dunes, offshore structures, etc.
babilistic determination of the loads for the Oosterschelde storm
surge barrier; Transfer functions; The applications in the design
Course Code: Course title: River Dynamics ECTS: 4
process Methods of statistical analysis; Regression analysis;
CT5311
Estimation methods of distribution parameters; Organisation
of the observation material and transformations; Bayesian Education Period 2nd Education Period
parameter estimation; Comparison of probabilistic calculations Exam Period 2nd Exam Period
at levels II and III; The weighted sensitivity analysis at level III Instructor Ir. H. Havinga; E-mail: H.Havinga@citg.tudelft.nl
Boundary conditions as a function of two phenomena; Extreme Dr.ir. Z.B. Wang; E-mail: Z.B.Wang@tudelft.nl
high water levels; Storm surge levels; River discharges; Equal
Prof.dr.ir. H.J. de Vriend; E-mail: H.J.deVriend@tudelft.nl
level curves in the “Guidelines Lower Rivers”; Probability density
of the high water levels in the basin Failure of water defences; Education Method lectures; exercise; discussion
Coinciding loads; Failure modes in a cross-section; Length effects Assessment Mark of the oral exam is the final mark
as a result of fluctuating strength; Length and time effects; Case Course Contents General introduction Physical scale models dimension analysis,
study Berm Breakwater design Optimal safety; Norms; Safety principle of scale models, large Reynolds number approximation,
coefficients; The acceptable probability of failure; Econome- bed roughness, sediment transport, distortion, restrictions of dis-
tric approach; More than one threat; Several modes in one torted models, morphological time scale 3D-suspended transport
cross section; Consequence varying as a function of the high modelling formulation of basic equations, boundary conditions,
water level and of the breach location; Case study Whitstable scaling, asymptotic approach when vertical mixing is dominant,
(UK)Probabilistic budgeting and time planning; The classical
vertical concentration distribution for non-uniform situations,
approach to budget estimates and time planning; Uncertainty
depth-averaged concentration equation, time and space scales
concerning budget estimates and time planning; Time planning
of adaptation Theory of 1D-morfodynamic processes basic equa-
and budget estimates in level II calculations; Visualisation of
tions, characteristics, boundary conditions: location and type,
uncertainty; Quantification of the item unforeseen; Experiences
quasi-steady approximation, simple-wave approach, diffusion ap-
with overrun budgets from real projects; Risk control measures;
proach, hyperbolic approach Numerical models of 1D-morpholo-
Analysis of the sensitivity of the costs for risk control measu-
res; Risk Management Maintenance theory; Time dependent gical processes numerical solution methods, choice of time step,
strength; Deterioration models; Life-span of a structure without methodology of model application: problem analysis, preliminary
maintenance. research, process analysis, choice of model, choice of software,
specification model application, data collection, schematisation,

validation, production runs, presentation, interpretation, trans- Course Code: Course title: Turbulence in ECTS: 3
lation to the problem owner Exercise numerical modelling of CT5312 hydraulics
1D-morfodynamic processes set up model application, execution Education Period 4th Education Period
computations, interpretation of results Morphology of river
bends flow and transport (repeat), axial-symmetric equilibrium
Instructor Dr.ir. W.S.J. Uijttewaal; E-mail: W.S.J.Uijttewaal@tudelft.nl
bottom level (repeat), equilibrium bed level at transition zones,
two-channel model, sinus-perturbation graded material sediment Education Method lectures
segregation-phenomenon, transport of graded sediment, mixing Assessment Exam-grade

layer-concept, sediment-balance Bedding forms and rough- Course Contents Stochastic description of turbulence: mean velocity, higher
ness various bedding forms, roughness prediction models river statistical moments, velocity correlations, energy density spectra.
management: safety and navigation flood control and river Experimental techniques: single point measurements, whole
management, implication compensation principle, river manage- field techniques; flow visualisation; optical, acoustical, and
ment related to navigation, improvement of navigation channel electromagnetical measurement methods. Balance equations:
at river bends river management: ecological rehabilitation and conservation of mass, Navier-Stokes equations, turbulent kinetic
landscape objectives and measures, morphological implications, energy, energy cascade. Reynolds equation: decomposition of
implications for the surroundings of the river, example of plan velocities in (ensemble) averaged and fluctuating velocities, the
making, dynamic river management practical problem systematic closure problem for the Reynolds stresses, turbulent transports.
approach applied to actual river problem (from the point of view Turbulent flows in practice: boundary layer approximation, the
of integrated water management) flow near a wall, free turbulence, flow in complex geometries,
Study Goals The course has three different kinds of objectives: to have heard recirculation and separation. Turbulence modelling: constant
of:- large-scale river dynamics- river management issues- pre- Eddy viscosity, mixing length approximation, k-epsilon, Large
diction methods to know / understand- 1-D dynamic behaviour- Eddy Simulation. Turbulent diffusion and dispersion: Reynolds-
transport models- bend effects analogy, the effects of turbulence on dispersion.
Literature and syllabus: Powerpoint presentations with note pages of the lectures Study Goals Insight in turbulence phenomena and associated non-linear
Study Materials are available o-n the internet. Hand book for the exercise will processes The ability to make estimates concerning length scales
be distributed at the lecture. recommended lecture note(s)/ and velocity scales that characterise the turbulent motions A
textbook(s): “Principles of River Engineering” by P.Ph. Jansen, feeling for the effects of turbulence on bed material, structures
ISBN: 90-6562-146-6. Available at bookshop and VSSD. and the transport of matter Knowledge concerning currently
Expected prior CT5311 uses CT3340 applied turbulence models and their restrictions A view on new
knowledge developments in the field of turbulence research
Remarks Morphological processes in alluvial lowland rivers. Response to Literature and “Turbulence in Hydraulics” Available at the Blackboard website.
human interference and ‘events’. Models and scaling. Rhythmic Study Materials
phenomenon in bottoms and alignment. Equilibrium bed level in Expected prior CT5312 uses CT2100CT5312 uses CT3310
bends. Application of mathematical models in practical situations. knowledge
Remarks Stochastic description of turbulence, experimental techniques,
balance equations for mass, momentum and energy, Reynolds
equations, closure problems, turbulent flows in practice, model-
ling turbulence, turbulent diffusion and dispersion.

Course Code: Course title: Hydraulic structu- ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Flood Defences ECTS: 3
CT5313 res 2 CT5314
Education Period 2nd Education Period Education Period 3rd Education Period
Exam Period 2nd Exam Period Exam Period 3rd Exam Period
Instructor Ir. J.G. de Gijt; E-mail: J.G.deGijt@tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.drs.ir. J.K. Vrijling; E-mail: J.K.Vrijling@tudelft.nl
Prof.drs.ir. J.K. Vrijling; E-mail: J.K.Vrijling@tudelft.nl J.B.A. Weijers; E-mail: J.B.A.Weijers@tudelft.nl
Ir. W.F. Molenaar; E-mail: W.F.Molenaar@tudelft.nl Education Method lectures; exercise; excursion
Education Method Lectures and a design exercise. Course Contents The design of flood defences in the natural and the socio-cultural
Course Contents Structures for cargo transfer in ports: Analysis of the operational environment Technical design of dikes Improvement of existing
requirements for quay and jetty structures. Generation of struc- dikes Construction Detailed design of toe protection, revetment
tural alternatives and selection of the most promising; technical etc. Integrated solutions (River cities, room for Rivers) Exercise
feasibility; conceptual design of typical quay and jetty structures;
Study Goals Gain a clear understanding of the design philosophy of flood
Analysis of the requirements and the conceptual design of
berthing and mooring structures; Structures for the controlled defences special and constructural modelling of the defences.
discharge of water: Discharge sluices, discharge (pumping) Encourage creativity in designing sophisticated dikes.
stations and weirs (and dams). Flood defense structures: Small Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Manuals flood defences,
and large storm surge barriers (coastal area) and flood barriers Study Materials Waterkeringen Available at the section secretariat. obligatory
(along rivers).For both type of structures: Operational analysis; other materials: Readers o-n several subjects Available at the
conceptual design will be evaluated especially on the technical
section secretariat. recommended other materials: Leidraad
feasibility of the (hydraulic) structure; depending on the priority
rivierdijken
in the operational requirements further detailing taking the
overall stability and the construction stage into account. Specific
detailing subjects caused by the (turbulent) nature of water
flow and the resulting dynamic interaction with the ‘closing
elements’, i.e. the gates or the valves Special projects:- Design
of an exploration island in the Beaufort-sea (arctic) Operational
requirements; ice-loads; wave and current loads; conceptual
design - Design of the storm surge barrier in St. Petersburg.
Project history and ‘financial’ constraints; operational require-
ments; typical loads; several detail engineering subjects - Design
and construction of the inflatable barrier at Ramspol- Weirs in
the Nederrijn and LekSpecific subjects:- Gate vibration- Design
for construction- Quay of the future The items under ‘Special
projects’ and ‘Specific subjects’ may change from year to year.
Study Goals The course should enable students to produce a design for
quays & jetties and weirs and/or flood barriers.
Literature and syllabus: Available at the first lecture. recommended lecture
Study Materials note(s)/textbook(s): Handboek kademuren, CUR, Port of Rotterdam,
Gemeentewerken Rotterdam, 2003, Gouda, ISBN 90 3760 282 In
2006 an English version of this book has been published.
knowledge

Course Code: Course title: Computational ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Wind waves ECTS: 3
CT5315 hydraulics CT5316
Education Period 4th Education Period Education Period 2nd Education Period
Exam Period 4th Exam Period Exam Period 2nd Exam Period
Instructor Dr.ir. M. Zijlema; E-mail: M.Zijlema@tudelft.nl Instructor Dr.ir. L.H. Holthuijsen; E-mail: L.H.Holthuijsen@tudelft.nl
Prof.dr.ir. G.S. Stelling; E-mail: G.S.Stelling@tudelft.nl Education Method lectures
Education Method lectures; exercise; practical Course Contents Methods of observing and measuring waves at sea are explained
Assessment Report grade with reference to various in-situ and remote sensing techniques.
Course Contents Backgrounds of three-dimensional hydrostatic modelling. The Waves are initially characterised with primary parameters such
course will be given once a week including practical. During the as the significant wave height. Waves are then characterised in
first practical, the flow model Delft3D-FLOW will be introduced more detail with the variance density spectrum (involving the
in a tutorial manner. This model will be used in the following Fourier transform). A simple method for wave prediction in idea-
practicals. The content of the subsequent lectures and practicals lised conditions is introduced, resulting in universal wave growth
are: specifying the initial and (open) boundary conditions, apply- curves. Then, using the concept of the spectrum, the processes
ing the Alternating Direction Implict (ADI) technique for efficient of generation by wind, non-linear wave-wave interactions and
computations, calculation of stratified flows and a sensitivity white capping are described. These processes are integrated
analysis for a case study. with spectral wave propagation in numerical wave models. The
Study Goals Learning some basics of applying a computation model with short-term statistics of the waves (in particular the instantaneous
respect to hydrodynamics and hydraulics. Of crucial importance values of the surface elevation and its extremes such as crest
is the knowledge concerning the abilities and restrictions of the heights) is given, treating the sea surface elevation as stationary,
computer model. Gaussian process. Sources for long-term statistics are given and
three different approaches of analysis are treated. The response
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Lecture notes Available
of structures to the excitation of wind waves is defined in terms
Study Materials at the first lecture. obligatory other materials: A list of literature
of spectral response functions of linear systems.
Available at the first lecture. recommended other materials: User
Manual of Delft3D-FlowAvailable at the first lecture. Study Goals To gain insight and knowledge of the phenomenon of wind
waves and the qualitative and quantitative description of this
phenomenon. To learn the basis of simple and advanced mathe-
matical models to predict waves for given conditions of wind,
bathymetry, coast lines etc. To understand the basic technique to
compute linear responses of structures to wind wave excitation.
Literature and syllabus: Available at BookShop Civil Engineering.
Study Materials
Expected prior Linear theory of surface gravity waves, basic statistics Partial
knowledge differential equations
Remarks Observing and measuring wind waves, qualitative and quantitative
description of wind waves, spectral characterisation Growth
curves, qualitative description of processes of wave growth and
dissipation; spectral wave prediction models Statistical description
of wind waves, response spectra

Course Code: Course title: Physical ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Fieldwork Hydraulic ECTS: 4
CT5317 Oceanography CT5318 Engineering
Exam Period 1st Exam Period Exam Period none
Instructor Dr.ir. L.H. Holthuijsen; E-mail: L.H.Holthuijsen@tudelft.nl Instructor Ir. H.J. Verhagen; E-mail: H.J.Verhagen@tudelft.nl
Education Method lectures; exercise Education Method Fieldwork - some preparation, followed by one week full-time
Assessment Bonus Assignment calculation Exam grade fieldwork, after return drafting the final report. For the exact
Course Contents Description Properties of sea water relevant to Physical Oceano- date of the week is referred to Blackboard
graphy Equations of motion with Coriolis Force Currents without Assessment The mark is based on the participation during the fieldwork, the
friction: Geostrophic currents, thermal wind relationship, Taylor- quality of the measurement report and the quality of the final
Proudman, Inertial oscillations, Potential Vorticity Currents with report.
friction; Ekman layer; Ekman transport, Wind driven circulation Course Contents Description For the fieldwork a number of options are possible,
Themohaline effects Waves, Tides which may change on a yearly basis, depending on the availabi-
Study Goals Insight into the basic physics governing flow in the oceans. Deri- lity of appropriate locations for the fieldwork. In the near future
vation of the equations of motion with Coriolis force. Understan- the following options are planned: Option 1:The construction
ding the wind driven circulation and the thermohaline circulation. oriented fieldwork will be done in Bulgaria. A quarry will be
Knowledge of tides and waves. visited; here the students have to asses several parameters of
rock, like the Dn50, density, blockiness, etc. At the coast some
Literature and Materials obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): “An introduction
profile measurements will be made, sand sample will be taken
Study Materials to Physical Oceanography” Available at the Blackboard website.
and the instantaneous wave condition will be observed. At some
obligatory other materials: Available at the Blackboard website. re-
rock structures pressure fluctuations will be observed due to
commended other materials: Available at the Blackboard website.
wave impact. The Fieldwork in Bulgaria will be done together
with Bulgarian students from the University of SofiaOption 2:The
knowledge
morphologically oriented fieldwork will be done along the Dutch
Remarks Summary Properties of sea water, equations of motion with coast. Measurements will be done on the beach, like profile
Coriolis Force, wind driven circulation, thermohaline effects, measurements, sand sampling, sediment transport measure-
waves, tides. ments, etc. The collected data will have to be checked to the
deep water boundary conditions (waves and currents) which are
available via the routine measuring facilities of Rijkswaterstaat
(ministry of public works).For the relevant option for the current
year is referred to Blackboard. The course is given as a block
course. Before starting with the actual fieldwork, a measuring
plan will have to be drafted. During the measurements the
collected data will have to be processed and put down into a
measurement protocol. After the fieldwork the data will have
to be analysed and conclusions will have to be drawn. The
group will have to make one joint report with the technical data
and each student has to make an individual report with other
observations.

Study Goals After finalization of this fieldwork students have to have insight Assessment
in how to set up a measuring campaign, how such a campaign Course Contents This course deals with the set up and execution of site investi-
will be executed and how it should be reported. The student gations for civil engineering projects, both onshore and offshore,
with an emphasis on geological factors that can be of influence
has to experience that there is a large degree of flexibility to be
on the realisation of the projects. Attention is paid to standard
built into the planning of measurements in nature, because the and advanced techniques to collect geotechnical data (walk
weather conditions cannot be predicted accurately. The student along survey, laboratory and in-situ testing, monitoring data)
has to get understanding in the degree of accuracy which can and to the problems that some specific soil and rock types can
give. In the accompanying laboratory practical, a number of
be obtained during measurements in the field. The student has
important soil and rock tests are carried out. During field excursi-
to build up experience in organizing and in the logistics of a ons, students are exposed to real ground and the challenges of
measuring campaign. monitoring the performance of a large construction project such
as the North-South Metro Line in Amsterdam. During a ‘game’,
Literature and syllabus: Available at the Blackboard website. obligatory
the design and execution of a site investigation for a tunnel pro-
Study Materials lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Bed- bank and shore protection ject in the Western Netherlands is simulated. Data is provided,
(Schiereck)Available at bookshop and VSSD. obligatory other analysed and used to produce a conceptual model of the ground,
materials: Various handouts, downloadable from Blackboard. forecast ground properties relevant to the project and design ad-
ditional site investigation keeping in mind cost efficiency.2 types
recommended other materials: Manual on the Use of Rock,
of simulation exercises are proposed to students, depending on
Available at BookShop Civil Engineering. Coastal Engineering their specialisation.- Engineering Geology students work on a
Manual, downloadable from the website of the US Army Corps further series of ‘games’ which consists of realistic exercises in
of Engineers. Software for processing gps and sounding data, which site investigations are simulated. A variety of construction
projects and geological environments is considered. - Other
downloadable from Blackboard
Geo-Engineering students perform a physical modelling project,
Expected prior CT5318 uses CT2320CT5318 uses CT4300 involving 1g scale models or centrifuge testing.
knowledge Study Goals The goal of this course is to give an overview of the available
laboratory tests and in-situ site investigation techniques, as well
Remarks Summary Fieldwork on location in the Netherlands or abroad.
as a basic understanding of measurement and control theory.
Preparation (30 hours). Execution of measurements at a coast, a Students will develop the ability to design a site investigation for
river or at a coastal structure (one week). Elaboration of data in different geological situations, or to plan and execute a physical
a report (50 hours). Option for a morphologic or a construction modelling test themselves.
oriented fieldwork. Literature and Course material - Lecture notes CT5320-Site characterisation
Study Materials and testing (D.G. Price 1991) - Lecture notes CT5320- Physical
Course Code: Course title: Site characterisation, ECTS: 6 modelling (W. Broere, handed out at first lecture)- Manual rock
CT5320 testing and physical model and soil tests (available on blackboard site for CT5320);- Hand-
outs Reference literature- Blyth, F.G.H. & M.H. de Freitas (1984).
Education Period 1st Education Period, 2nd Education Period
‘A geology for engineers’. Edward Arnold, London. ISBN 0 7131
Exam Period none
2882 8.Classical book, contents overlap the course subjects;-
Instructor Dr.ir. W. Broere; E-mail: W.Broere@tudelft.nl
Clayton, C.R.I., M.C. Mathews, N.E. Simons, 1995, ‘Site Investi-
A. Hommels; E-mail: A.Hommels@tudelft.nl
gation’ Blackwell Science, Oxford ISBN 0 632 02908 0Waltham,
A. Mulder; E-mail: Arno.Mulder@tudelft.nl
A.C., 1994, ‘Foundations of Engineering Geology’. Blackie Acade-
J.J. de Visser; E-mail: J.J.deVisser@tudelft.nl mic & Professional, London. ISBN 0 7514 0071 8- Fookes, P.G.,
Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard; E-mail: D.J.M.Ngan-Tillard@tudelft.nl 1997, ‘Geology for engineers; the geological model, prediction
Education Method A combination of lectures, readings and practicals (field and lab and performance’, The Quarterly Journal of Engineering Geology,
work and simulation exercises) is proposed. A schedule concer- 30, Part 4; Pages 293-424.- D. Muir Wood(2004). Geotechnical
ning subjects, dates, places and lecturers is handed out at the Modelling.
beginning of the course.

Course Code: Course title: Foundation and ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Soil dynamics ECTS: 3
CT5330 construction CT5340
Instructor Ing. H.J. Everts; E-mail: H.J.Everts@tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.dr.ir. F. Molenkamp; E-mail: F.Molenkamp@tudelft.nl
Prof.ir. A.F. van Tol; E-mail: A.F.vanTol@tudelft.nl Education Method lectures; exercise; practical instruction
Education Method lectures; instruction; case study Course Contents Description Both analytical and numerical methods for analyses of
Course Contents Description The main topics of the course deal with: soil-investi- the vibrations and wave propagation in saturated porous media
are considered. First the basic theory of vibrations of a damped
gation; design of scope and interpretation design of appropriate
oscillator with viscous and hysteretic damping is reviewed. Then
foundations regarding the characteristics of soil and structure the formulation and analytical solution procedure of static tran-
the effects of interaction between soil and structure the possibi- sient phenomena in saturated elastic porous media with coupled
lities of improving foundations the design of building pits shield deformation and pore water flow are revisited, before introducing
the formulation and numerical analysis of the propagation of cou-
tunnelling; the analysis of the front stability and prediction of
pled dynamic plane waves through both the soil skeleton and the
effects on adjacent structures the possibilities of improving soil pore water. Next the wave propagations in piles due to driving and
characteristics; grouting the design of tension piles the design of in soft soil layers due to earthquakes are described. The formula-
laterally loaded piles (due to soil deformation or external loads) tion and analytical solution of both static deformation and wave
propagation problems are considered for elastic media and both
Study Goals The course intends to get the knowledge and the proficiency to cylindrical and spherical conditions. Then the more general static
identify all relevant aspects concerning the design of buildings and dynamic phenomena as an elastic space are described and
pits, tunnels or piled foundations and the interaction between some practical problems and solutions engineering are reviewed.
Finally the formulation and finite element solution of vibration
soil and structure.
and wave propagation in elastic media is described for both the
Literature and syllabus: CT5330 “Foundation Engineering and Underground methods of modal superposition and direct time integration. To
Study Materials Construction”CT5740 “Trenchless Technology” Available at Book- assess the student’s performance reports are requested on three
assignments, concerning: Analytical solution of wave propagation
shop Civil Engineering. obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s):
problem Numerical solution of vibration of plane elastic continuum
Lecture notes Available at the Blackboard website. by means of model superposition Numerical solution of wave
Expected prior CT5330 uses CT5331 propagation using direct time integration
knowledge Study Goals The students are given the background knowledge both to
Remarks Summary The main topics of the course deal with the interaction formulate and solve practical problems occurring in soil dynamics
between soil and structure in tunnelling, foundations and deep and to interpret the calculated results.
excavations. The content of the lectures will be practised in a Literature and syllabus: Available at the first lecture. obligatory lecture note(s)/
realistic case concerning the design of a building pit and the Study Materials textbook(s): Lecture notes “Soil Dynamics” by Prof.dr.ir. A. Ver-
prediction of the effects on neighbouring structures. It is possible ruijthttp://geo.verruijt.net Course book by I.M. Smith, D.V. Griffiths,
to combine this course with the course “submerged tunnels” “Programming the finite element method”, 4th edition, John Wiley &
Sons (2004), ISBN: 0-470-84970-X Available at bookshop and VSSD.
(CT5305). In that case the number of ECTS will be 8.
knowledge
Remarks Summary Both analytical and numerical methods for the analyses
of vibrations and wave propagation in saturated porous media
are considered. Starting from the elasto-statics of saturated
porous media, both the formulation and analytical and numerical
solutions of dynamic phenomena are described. Various practical
engineering cases of soil dynamics are considered.

Course Code: Course title: Design and ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Spatial tools in ECTS: 3
CT5350 construction by geo-synthetics CT5401 water resources management
in civil and marine eng Education Period 4th Education Period
Education Period 4th Education Period Exam Period 4th Exam Period
Exam Period 4th Exam Period Instructor Prof.dr.ir. N.C. van de Giesen; E-mail: N.C.vandeGiesen@tudelft.nl
Instructor Ir. J.P. Oostveen; E-mail: J.P.Oostveen@tudelft.nl Education Method lectures, exercises
Education Method oral lectures, case study or literature study Course Contents The course discusses several Geographical Information System
Course Contents Design and construction of civil engineering constructions in (GIS) and Remote Sensing (RS) tools relevant for analysis of
geotechnic, hydraulic and road engineering by geo-synthetics1. (problems in and aspects of) water systems. Within the course,
Insights into the relation between material properties at product several applications are introduced. These applications include
level and the raw material, the half manufactured product and the GIS tools to determine mapping of surface water systems (catch-
underlying structures as well as the production methods; Streng-
ment delineation, reservoirs and canal systems). The RS tools
th, stiffness/flexibility, creep/relaxation; Permeability, permittivity
include determination of evaporation and soil moisture patterns,
and impermeability; Soil tightness; Durability; Others2. Insights
and measurement of water levels in surface water systems. In
into the relation of the material properties of geo-synthetics and
the relevant soil properties and the related applications3. Insights exercises and lectures, different tools and applications are of-
into the phenomena of importance concerning the interaction fered. For each application, assignments are given to allow stu-
between soil and geo-synthetics in relation to several applications; dents to acquire relevant skills. The course structure combines
Soil reinforcement; Reinforcement of road foundation; Rein- assignments and introductory lectures. Each week participants
forcement of asphalt; Partitioning of soil; Partitioning of water; work on one assignment. These assignments are discussed
Filter- and drainage construction4 Computing and design proces- in the next lecture and graded. Each week a new assignment
ses; Norms and directives; Rules of thumb; Conceptual modelling
is introduced, together with supporting materials (an article
en calculation methods (analytical respectively. numerical)o New
discussing the relevant application) and lectures (introducing
developments in computing5 Insights in developing alternative
theoretical issues). The study material of the course consists of a
constructions by the use of geosynthetics; New developments in
geo-synthetic design and construction study guide, assignments, lecture material and articles. The final
mark is the average of the grades of the individual assignments.
Study Goals Design and construction of civil engineering constructions in geo-
technic, hydraulic and road engineering by geo-synthetics Sub Study Goals After this course a student can:- Describe and evaluate major
goals:1. Insights into the relation between material properties at GIS and RS applications in water resources management - Select
product level as depending on the raw material, the half manu- relevant GIS and/or RS applications given a water resources
factured product and the underlying structures in combination to management case- Apply several major GS and RS techniques
the production methods2. Insights into the relation of the mate-
rial properties of geo-synthetics, the relevant soil properties, the Literature and Available through Blackboard
interface properties and the related applications.3. Insights into Study Materials
the phenomena of importance for the interaction soil and geo-
synthetics in relation to the several applications4. Computing
and design processes, involving Norms and directives, rules of
thumb, conceptual modelling en calculation methods (analytical
respectively numerical), new developments in computing.5.
Insights in developing alternative constructions by the use of
geo-synthetics and new developments in geo-synthetic designs.
Literature and lecture notes literature

Study Materials

Course Code: Course title: Public hygiene and ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Geohydrology 2 ECTS: 4
CT5420 epidemiology CT5440
Education Period 3rd Education Period Education Period 4th Education Period
Exam Period Exam by appointment Exam Period 4th Exam Period
Instructor Dr. P. Bol; E-mail: pbol@xs4all.nl Instructor Drs. G. Bolier; E-mail: G.Bolier@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. J. de Koning; E-mail: J.deKoning@tudelft.nl C. Maas; E-mail: C.Maas@citg.tudelft.nl
Education Method - lectures- discussion Dr.ir. T.N. Olsthoorn; E-mail: T.N.Olsthoorn@citg.tudelft.nl
Assessment The result of the oral examination is the final result. Education Method In the oral lectures the most important topics of the lecture
notes are discussed. Questions can be answered. The course is
Course Contents Framework of public hygiene and epidemiology; human patho-
partly supported by computer, in order to train the student in
logy related to water and sanitation: infections, prevention and
the practical application of geo-hydrological parameters. A field
therapy: ‘social medicine’: health and society in the Netherlands
excursion is compulsory.
and in developing countries; health and environment: environ-
mental epidemiology and ecotoxicology, protective measures Course Contents Description How, where and what type of relevant information
and legislation and rules. Insight is given how the contribution of can be afforded from maps, remote sensing techniques, GIS
civil engineers to the present excellent state of health was and is and field investigations Analysis of data The collection of missing
enormous. Moreover, their options for improvement of health in data by geo-physical exploration techniques: geo-electrical, geo-
developing countries are discussed. Water is central: the medical magnetic and seismically investigations The necessity of drilling
dangers connected with it, but also the benefits of good water and geophysical borehole investigations for the interpretation
supply and sanitation. Much attention is paid to water related in- of the results of this type of research Different methods for the
fections like gastro-enteritis, malaria, bilharzia, legionellosis, etc. determination of geo-hydrological parameters and their use
As well the basics of epidemiology, social medicine, vaccinations in practise Quality of groundwater: determination of the para-
and travel and health are taught. meters for the water quality and classification of groundwater
Study Goals The student will get insight in the consequences of his/her Designing: Construction, final strokes and maintenance of infil-
interventions to the public health. The civil engineer who works tration and recharge equipments The modelling of groundwater
in the health field has to be able to communicate adequately and a case, discussing the lecturing items in its relation to each
with health authorities and medical doctors, in The Netherlands other, and a compulsory (field) excursion.
as well as abroad. Study Goals Knowledge of methods for the exploration of groundwater
Literature and - syllabus: Public hygiene and epidemiology Available at Book- systems: applicability and restrictions of the methods concerned.
Study Materials shop Civil Engineering The tutor provides Dutch speaking students Application of the exploration methods and interpretation of re-
with an electronic database containing 36 articles he has written sults: Description of the groundwater systems and determination
in Dutch concerning relevant subjects. English speaking students of the geo-hydrological and hydrological parameters. Design of
receive about 15 articles of the same character in English. the interventions of a geo-hydrological system based on the des-
The contents of the syllabus is compulsive; the articles are cription and the parameters of the system and the quantification
not obligatory for the exam, but they give an illustration and a of the effects of the intervention.
background of the several fields of interest. Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Geohydrology 2 Available
Study Materials at the Blackboard website. recommended lecture note(s)/
textbook(s): Applied Hydrogeology, Fetter C.W.; Geophysical
exploration, Keary, P. and Brooks, M.; Analysis and evaluation of
pumping test data, Kruseman, G.P. and Ridder, N.A. de.; Ground-
water and wells, Driscoll, F.G..

Expected prior CT5440 uses CT3320CT5440 uses CT4420 Study Goals Understanding relations between hydrological processes in
knowledge catchments at different scales and the effects of different types
Remarks Summary Data collection, storage, analysis and management. of stocks and related fluxes Understanding and calculations
Geophysical exploration techniques. Drilling systems and of propagation of flood waves Understanding the hydrological
borehole logging. Determination of geohydrological parameters processes in deltas regarding river discharge, inundations, pro-
(aquifer and well tests) and groundwater quality parameters. pagation of tidal floods, salt intrusion, as well as consequences
Design, dimensions, construction and maintenance of infiltration of changes in the system Frequency analysis of extremes under
and recovery systems. Introduction to groundwater models. different climatological conditions
Case study. Field trip. Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): “Hydrology of Catch-
Study Materials ments, Rivers and Deltas” Available at the contact person. obli-
gatory other materials: Reader Available at the contact person.
Course Code: Course title: Hydrology of ECTS: 4
CT5450 Catchments, Rivers and Deltas Expected prior CT5450 uses CT3011CT5450 uses CT4420CT5450 uses
knowledge CT4440CT5450 uses CT3410
Exam Period 4th Exam Period Remarks Summary Hydrology and water resources, rainfall-runoff
relations at different time scales, analysis of rainfall, analysis of
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.H.G. Savenije; E-mail: H.H.G.Savenije@tudelft.nl
water resources, water balances at different scales. The occur-
Ir. W.M.J. Luxemburg; E-mail: W.M.J.Luxemburg@tudelft.nl
rence and analysis of floods, flood modelling, flood propagation,
Education Method lectures Studying articles (readers) Short fieldwork
reservoir routing, channel routing. Hydrology of coastal areas,
Assessment From oral exam occurrence and propagation of tides and surges, salt intrusion,
Course Contents Purpose, contents of lectures and study material Hydrology land reclamation, effects of interventions in deltas and coastal
and Water Resources: rainfall mechanisms, extreme rainfall, areas. Field exercise.
water resources, groundwater, surface water, water resources
of catchments, rainfall-runoff relations for different temporal
scales, water balances, water scarcity, green and blue water,
human interference into the hydrological cycle Rainfall-Runoff
relations: extreme discharge and floods Determination of peak
discharge, factors affecting discharge characteristics, flow
duration curve, flood frequency analysis, rainfall runoff relations,
short duration peak runoff, catchment yield Flood propagation:
reservoir routing, channel routing, Muskingum routing, Kinematic
routing, relations between methods of routing and the St.
Venant equation Hydrology of coastal areas: tides, storm surges,
propagation of tides into estuaries, salt water intrusion into open
estuaries, seepage of brackish ground water, hydraulic measures
in coastal areas and estuaries, effect of dikes, fresh and salt
water reservoirs, drainage Articles from topics as described
above, from which one or two have to be studied Short (e.g.
weekend) fieldwork

Course Code: Course title: Ecology in water ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Hydrological and ECTS: 4
CT5460 management CT5471 ecological fieldwork in river
Education Period 2nd Education Period systems
Exam Period 2nd Exam Period Education Period 4th Education Period
Instructor Drs. G. Bolier; E-mail: G.Bolier@tudelft.nl Exam Period 4th Exam Period
Education Method lectures Instructor Drs. G. Bolier; E-mail: G.Bolier@tudelft.nl

Ir. W.M.J. Luxemburg; E-mail: W.M.J.Luxemburg@tudelft.nl
Course Contents Description Lectures: Important aspects of ecology. Ecosystems:
Prof.dr.ir. H.H.G. Savenije; E-mail: H.H.G.Savenije@tudelft.nl
Abiotic and biotic aspects of aquatic ecosystems, trophic levels,
energy fluxes, population dynamics. Interactions between trophic Education Method In a condensed fieldwork period (9 days) experience will be
levels. Ecotoxicology: definition of toxicity, doses-effect relation, gained with the theory of the courses CT3010 (Hydrology),
effects on different trophic levels, sensitivity of ecosystems. CT4420 (Geohydrology I), CT4440 (Hydrological measurements),
Ecological assessment: history, assessment systems, standards. CT4400 (Water quality management), CT5450 (Hydrology of
Wetlands: types of wetlands, functions of wetlands, influences of catchments, rivers and deltas), CT5460 (Ecology in water ma-
water and geochemical regimes. Man-made lakes: thermic, che- nagement).Discussions about the measurements used and the
mical and biological stratification, stability, seiches Bio-invaders: interpretation of the results obtained will be stimulated.
historical review, properties of invasive species, economical and Assessment Determined by participating staff
ecological effects of invasions On the basis of civil engineering Course Contents Fieldwork course aimed at water qualitative and water quantita-
projects the influences of civil engineering on ecology will be tive analysis of a river catchment in the Luxembourg Ardennes.
shown. Examination: Related to a specific civil engineering In general areal survey and determination of catchment boun-
subject, chosen by the student the relation between the subject daries determination and interpretation of the elements of the
and the ecology will be discussed. hydrological cycle, catchment characteristics, river characteristics
and ecology effect of human interference on discharge hydrology
Study Goals Learning ecological concepts and ecological points of view
and water quality presentation and reporting of measurements
Learning to understand ecosystems Learning to understand the
and research results Water quantity: meteorological date;
consequences of civil engineering intervention on ecosystems
precipitation, evaporation, interception geohydrology; soil
Literature and syllabus: Ecologie in het waterbeheer Available at the lecturer. composition, infiltration, hydraulic conductivity, piezometry ap-
Study Materials plying river discharge measurements by different methods river
Contact Ms. drs. G. Bolier characteristics: morphology and roughness observation of ecosy-
Expected prior CT5460 uses CT4400CT5460 uses CT4410CT5460 uses CT4450 stem characteristics and the influence of discharge characteristics
geophysical investigation Water quality: assessment of water
knowledge
quality based on ecological characteristics analysis of the key
Remarks Summary Review of important aspects of the ecology, as there parameters for the oxygen balance analysis of the key parame-
are ecosystems in general, systems in standing and running ters for eutrophication In a condensed fieldwork period (9 days)
water, wetlands, estuaries, ecotoxicology, ecological-assessment, students are introduced to the elements of the hydrological
man-made lakes, bio-invaders and their relations with civil cycle and the ecology of a river system. In this way they learn
engineering. to appreciate the processes involved in terms of relevance and
dimensions. The acquired expertise of the measurement prac-
tise, utilisation and interpretation of data is discussed. For that
purpose numerous experiments in the field are carried out in
small groups. Analysis, interpretation reporting and presentation,
all under supervision, is largely carried out during the fieldwork,
and is finalised afterwards.

Study Goals Learning to use measurements methodologies for water quanti- Course Code: Course title: Operational Water ECTS: 4
tative and water qualitative analysis Learning to determine which CT5490 Management
measurements are needed to collect relevant data for research Education Period 2nd Education Period
purposes Learning to interpret critically the data obtained, in-
cluding all the uncertainties and restrictions Learning to present
Instructor Ir. P.J. van Overloop; E-mail: P.J.vanOverloop@citg.tudelft.nl
and to report the research results Learning to work as a team
Dr. R.R.P. van Nooyen; E-mail: R.vanNooyen@citg.tudelft.nl
Literature and syllabus: Available at start of fieldwork
Education Method Lectures with in-class exercises, computer labs and homework
Study Materials
assignments
Expected prior CT5471 uses CT3340CT5471 uses CT4400CT5471 uses
Assessment Assignments are graded as complete or incomplete. All as-
knowledge CT4440CT5471 uses CT4490CT5471 uses CT5460
signments must be completed before applying for the exam. The
Remarks Summary Fieldwork course in catchments in the Luxembourg exam grade is the final grade.
Ardennes aiming at measurements and analyses of the elements
Course Contents The field of water management encompasses a large number of
of the hydrological cycle, catchment characteristics, river
subjects and decision levels from international to regional. This
characteristics and ecology (water quality and water quantity):
course takes the student through the design process of a control
Areal survey (GPS), meteorological observations, river discharge
system from quantification of the aims to the design of the control-
measurements, river sediments, ecosystem observations, geo-
lers. Operational objectives of control are discussed, as are types of
hydrological (hydraulic conductivity, infiltration) and geophysical
control systems (manual, automatic), types of controllers (on/off,
measurements, urban drainage, chemical analyses (oxygen,
PID, optimisation), control variables (water level, discharge), model-
eutrophication) use of natural tracers and gravitation in hydrology.
ling a controlled system and the design of controllers. The course is
Presentation and reporting of measurements and research results.
illustrated by applications, examples and exercises from engineering
practice both in the Netherlands and abroad.
Study Goals After completion of this course, the student will be able to
answer the following questions about a given water system
and a criterion or set of criteria for the desirability of a system
state and/or behaviour (from the point of view of controlling
the system).To what extent can the separate criteria be met? To
what extent can a combination of the criteria be met? Given an
agreement with stakeholders on the degree to which the criteria
are to be met, what type of control system can implement this
agreement? Suggest control systems that behave in ways that
match the desires of the stakeholders. Give a description of
the control system in the language of control theory and using
structure diagrams.
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Operational Water
Study Materials Management Available at Bookshop Civil Engineering. obligatory
other materials: to be announced.....
Expected prior CT5490 uses CT2100CT5490 uses CT3011CT5490 uses
knowledge CT4340CT5490 uses CT4410CT5490 uses CT4490CT5490 uses
CT3420CT5490 uses CT3410CT5490 uses CT3310
Remarks Summary Operational objectives of control for water systems
and their realization.

Course Code: Course title: Water law and ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Water management ECTS:
CT5500 organisation CT5510 in urban areas
Education Period 2nd Education Period ECTS 4
Exam Period 2nd Exam Period Education Period 3rd Education Period, 4th Education Period
Instructor Dr. E. Mostert; E-mail: E.Mostert@citg.tudelft.nl Exam Period 4th Exam Period
Education Method lectures; exercises Instructor Dr.ir. F.H.M. van de Ven; E-mail: F.vd.ven@citg.tudelft.nl
Assessment Based on how well the student has reached the educational Education Method lectures; excursion
goals, as shown, among others, by the self-study of a topic or Assessment Grade at oral exam.
issue selected by the student him- or herself. Literature and obligatory other materials: Lecture notes in print Available at
Course Contents The following topics will get attention: Types, forms, functions Study Materials the section secretariat. Digital version of the lecture notes are
and sources of law, main water acts, main information sources Available at the Blackboard website.
Organisational structure of Dutch water management, tasks
Remarks Summary Master course on design and planning of the urban
and competencies, discussions on the water boards Public
water management system. Water fluxes and relevant processes
participation Management of surface water quantity and quality,
in water and soil. Storm water, surface water and groundwater
groundwater, flood protection and the main rivers Transboundary
drainage design (quantity and quality) in interrelation with sub-
water management (Rhine, Meuse, Scheldt) Public water supply
sidence and based on functional demands and standards. Storm
Financing of water management European water management
water infiltration and building site preparation. Water wise spatial
and the Water Framework Directive Legal protection and liability
planning and urbanism. Water management policy development.
Specific topic or issue, selected by the student (part of examina-
tion) Excursion to the Second Chamber of the Dutch parliament
Course Code: Course title: Drinking water ECTS: 3
For foreign students a tailor-made self-study assignment is
CT5520 treatment 2
made, focusing on European water law and the water law in the
home country of the student. Several supportive lectures are Education Period 4th Education Period
given for this group. Exam Period 4th Exam Period
Study Goals After following the course, the student should:1. know the basics Instructor Prof.ir. J.C. van Dijk; E-mail: J.C.vanDijk@tudelft.nl
of Dutch (or European) water law and its practical relevance 2. Education Method lectures design exercise (group work)
be able to solve simple legal issues 3. know when to involve a Assessment Design exercise must be sufficient before oral examination
legal expert and what to ask from the expert 4. be familiar with
Course Contents This course deals with the design of drinking water treatment
the main information sources
plants. Theory is discussed and a design exercise is made.
Literature and syllabus: Waterrecht en Organisatie/ Water Law and Organisa-
Study Goals Understanding of design aspects and design details
Study Materials tion obligatory other materials: databases with legislation and
jurisprudence (e.g. www.eu.int, www.overheid.nl) Literature and Lecture notes Textbook Drinking water-principles and practices
Study Materials PJ de Moel, JQJC Verberk, JC van Dijk World Science Available at
Contact E, Mostert, building civil engineering room 4.82, tel. 87800,
bookstores and secretary sanitary engineering, room 4.53
e.mostert@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Completion of Bachelors
knowledge
knowledge
Remarks Summary The course gives tools for the design of drinking water
treatment processes. Subjects: design of treatment train design
aspects (hydraulics; lay-out/constructive design, operational
aspects)

Course Code: Course title: Wastewater treat- ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Sewerage 2 ECTS: 3
CT5531 ment 2 CT5540
Education Period 4th Education Period Education Period 3rd Education Period
Exam Period Exam by appointment Exam Period 3rd Exam Period
Instructor Prof.ir. J.H.J.M. van der Graaf; E-mail: J.H.J.M.vanderGraaf@tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.ir. F.H.L.R. Clemens; E-mail: F.H.L.R.Clemens@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. J. de Koning; E-mail: J.deKoning@tudelft.nl Education Method lectures Introduction to basic principles including examples
Education Method Lectures; Exercises, handed out during lectures; Practical Assessment Final grade is grade for oral exam
Assessment Exam: result of oral examination - Experiments: 80% reporting, 20% Course Contents Hydrodynamic models Monitoring of urban drainage systems
laboratory experiments - Final mark: 3/4 exam, 1/4 experiments Model calibration Transport of sediments and dissolved matter
Course Contents Lectures: The course deals with special topics in the area of Interactions between sewer system and Waste Water Treatment
wastewater treatment: phosphorus removal; nitrogen removal; Plant Uncertainties in operation Odour and odour control lectures
removal of suspended solids (effluent filtration); advanced (ter- introduction to basic principles including examples
tiary) treatment of effluent; disinfection; treatment of industrial
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): ‘Hydrodynamic models in
wastewater, especially anaerobic treatment; rotating biological
Study Materials urban drainage, application and calibration’ by F. Clemens, and
contactors; sludge treatment (dewatering and final treatment);
several handouts. These lecture notes are distributed in class
environmental control (odour, aerosols, noise); on-site waste-
(free) Book by Butler and Davies, ‘Urban drainage’,
water treatment - Experiments Several unit operations - used
ISBN 0-419-22340-1, publ. E & FN Spon, 2000
in wastewater treatment -re simulated in pilot installations on
Remarks Summary Hydrodynamic modelling; stench and corrosion;
laboratory scale. The unit operations are: phosphorus removal,
durable urban drainage; waste load models; intermittently used
nitrogen removal, ultra filtration of effluent
system components; rehabilitation and renovation of sewer
Study Goals Acquire knowledge of special topics in the area of wastewater
systems, operation and maintenance, measuring and model cali-
treatment
bration, organisation of and financing sewer system operation.
Literature and - syllabus: Lecture notes, handouts. Available at Blackboard;
Study Materials obligatory textbook: Wastewater Engineering, Treatment and
Reuse, 4th Edition (Metcalf and Eddy), George Tchobanoglous,
Franklin L. Burton, H. David Stensel, ISBN 0071122508 (Paper-
back), ISBN 0070418780 (Hard cover). Available at bookshop
Contact Dr.ir. J. de Koning; Room 4.61, telephone (015 27) 85274;
E-mail: J.deKoning@tudelft.nl
Expected prior CT5531 uses CT447; 1CT5531 uses CT4481; CT5531 uses
knowledge CT4490
Remarks Condition: reports of experiments have to be handed in before
written exam is made.

Course Code: Course title: Pumping stations ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Civil Engineering in ECTS: 4
CT5550 and transport pipelines CT5560 Developing Countries
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period Exam Period 1st Exam Period
Instructor Ir. J.H.G. Vreeburg; E-mail: j.h.g.vreeburg@citg.tudelft.nl Instructor Ir. M.W. Ertsen; E-mail: M.W.Ertsen@citg.tudelft.nl
Education Method lectures; discussion; exercise; computer-supported studying Education Method (guest) lectures on specific subjects (including project cycle,
Assessment (grade exercise + grade oral examination)/2 organisations and cultural differences. Guest lecturers discuss
Course Contents Availability of clear drinking water, adequate sanitation of their own (working) experience abroad or actual subjects discus-
sewerage water and sufficient drainage are key factors for a sions, exercises and role-plays during lecture hours individual
prosperous society. The basic principles of designing, building, and group exercises during self-study hours
operating and maintaining these facilities are the subjects of the Assessment The exercises are marked; the mean mark is the final mark.
course. The emphasis of the course is on pressurised networks Course Contents Based on working on exercises on project decision making and
as drinking water networks. The newest details of research to planning, the specific context of working abroad in general and
changes in water quality as result of passage through the pipes in developing countries in particular is illustrated, with regard to
are explained and the implications for design and maintenance socio-cultural aspects, planning and financing of projects, roles
of network is demonstrated. The course is concluded with an of (consulting) engineers and contractors, local materials, tech-
exercise in which actually a network for a middle large town will niques and knowledge and environmental issues. As the actual
be designed, including the reliability analysis and the design of content of the different components may show slight changes
a small neighbourhood network with the fire fighting facilities as over the years, the interested student is directed to Blackboard
complicating factor. to see the actual contents of the course in the respective year.
Study Goals The student will acquire the ability to: design a transportation Study Goals After the course, students are able to: define projects in several
network identify critical situations for water hammer design a phases of the project cycle (feasibility, identification, design and
pumping station in terms of capacity, lay out and operation of construction, evaluation, operational management) within their
pumps analyse a lopped and branched pipe system analyse a respective field of specialisation explain how other than civil
drinking water system with ALEID or EPANET and a sewer sy- engineering disciplines can contribute to project activities abroad
stem with HYDROWORKS identify critical areas for water quality distinguish different working environments for civil engineers
deterioration analyse the reliability of a drinking water system abroad (management, design and construction, research,
and identify critical elements as well as formulate solutions to financing etcetera) distinguish main organisations involved in
these points. development aid at national and international level in terms of
Literature and Materials syllabus: CT5550 “Water transport and pumping their goals, financing policies and actions recognise local working
Study Materials stations” Available at the section secretariat. obligatory other and living environments in socio-economic and technical terms
materials: “Slides used during lectures”. Available at the lecturer. Literature and Materials to be used, including documentation, exercises and
Expected prior CT5550 uses CT2100CT5550 uses CT4471CT5550 uses Study Materials cases are made available o-n Blackboard. Links to other, recom-
knowledge CT4490CT5550 uses CT3420CT5550 uses CT3310 mended material are given too.
Remarks Summary Water transport through pipes, pressure losses,

(pressure) network design and building, pump selection, pumping
stations, power supply, quantitative reliability, operation and
maintenance.

Course Code: Course title: Biogeomorphology ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Environmental ECTS: 4
CT5570 CT5720 impact assessment
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period Exam Period 1st Exam Period, 3rd Exam Period
Instructor Drs. G. Bolier; E-mail: G.Bolier@tudelft.nl Instructor Ir. P. van Eck; E-mail: P.vanEck@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. M.J. Baptist; E-mail: M.J.Baptist@tudelft.nl Education Method * lectures/seminar/workshop* exercise
Education Method lectures Assessment * essay has to be completed and handed in before participation
Course Contents This is a facultative course for M.Sc. students with a background in written examination * final mark will consist of the average of
in civil engineering / physical geography / biology. It aims at brin- the mark for the written exam (provided this is at least a 5,0!!!)
ging together various disciplines dealing with the description and and the mark for the exercise/essay
prediction of erosion and sedimentation, geomorphology and the
interrelationships with biota (living organisms). The lectures will Course Contents 1. Introduction to environmental policy, planning and enginee-
be given by experts from several universities and research insti- ring: Definitions, perception of environmental problems, basics
tutes. Students have to prepare each lecture by reading scientific of ecology, engineering challenges on environmental issues,
journal papers. The lectures are organised around five thematic environmental policy plans, (inter)national environmental policy,
sessions. Last year’s program and speakers:1. General Intro-
duction to bio geomorphology. Martin Baptist (TUD), Mindert de law and administration, basics of risk assessment and safety ma-
Vries (TUD/UT/WL), Gerda Bolier (TUD), Alessandra Crosato (WL/ nagement, environmental protection, standards, environmental
TUD).2. Theme Estuaries. Prof. Peter Herman (RUN) on benthos zoning 2. Environmental Impact Assessment: Aim, participants,
and bioturbation affecting sediments. Tjeerd Bouma (NIOO-CEME) procedure, screening, scoping, methodologies, drafting an envi-
on salt marshes and sea grass. Francesco Montserrat & Walter
Jacobs (PhD students TU Delft) on mixed sediment properties and ronmental impact report/statement (EIS), legislation, strategic
macro benthos effects.3. Theme Coasts. Prof. Marcel Stive (TUD) environmental assessment, workshops 3. Environmental Impact
on coastal morphology Gerard Janssen (RIKZ), with reservation, Assessment exercise: Practical exercise on topics related to
on macrozoobenthos of sandy coasts Han Winterwerp (TUD/WL) an infrastructure EIS (choice between a highway, waterway, drin-
on physics of muddy coasts.4. Theme North Sea. Prof. Suzanne
Hulscher (UT) with reservation Sytze van Heteren (TNO-NITG) king water production facility or hydro power plant), essay
on seafloor geology/morphology Jan van Dalfsen (TNO-MEP) on Study Goals The full course should provide* knowledge and insight in scope
North Sea macro benthos habitats.5. Theme Wadden Sea. Norbert
of environmental problems on different levels, its scientific back-
Dankers (Alterra Texel) on Wadden Sea bio geomorphology
Mindert de Vries (TUD/UT/WL) on mussels/sea grass affecting grounds and approaches, tools available to tackle them and their
sedimentation Marieke van Katwijk (RUN) on sea grass habitats administrative and juridical backgrounds and the involvement of
and restoration.6. Excursion.7. Theme Rivers. Prof. Huib de Vriend (civil) engineers,* knowledge and insight in risk analysis, espe-
(TUD) on river morphology. Hans Middelkoop (UU) on Rhine, Allier
cially related to external safety in transport,* knowledge and in-
& Volga morphology and vegetation. Alessandra Crosato (TUD) &
Martin Baptist (TUD) on river bio geomorphology. sight in aim, procedure, methodology and value of Environmen-
tal Impact Assessment (EIA),* insight in the crucial steps and
Study Goals 1. to be able to describe the interrelationships between the abiotic
elements in the EIA process,* ability to review and cooperate in
environment, i.e. erosion/sedimentation and geomorphology, and
drafting an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS).
the biotic environment, i.e. plants and animals.2. to be able to
describe typical bio-geo-morphological processes in various environ- Literature and * a Course Manual for the full course and a special manual
ments (estuaries, Wadden Sea, North Sea, coasts and rivers).3. to Study Materials for the exercise will be available on Blackboard* examination
have learned the jargon of the disciplines of biology and geomor- material will be announced and provided in due time (mainly via
phology and learned to communicate with experts in these fields. Blackboard)
Literature and Introductory lecture notes will be available via the Nextprint Remarks other lecturers involved are: Prof dr. B.J.M. Ale, drs. F.W.
Study Materials on-line shop. A syllabus will be comprised of recent and relevant Guldenmund, ir. T. Heijer, prof dr ir T.M. de Jong, Mr E.T Schutte-
journal papers. Postma and several experts for the exercise

Course Code: Course title: Environmental ECTS: 3 Myrdal, Jacobs and Voigt to Malecki and Storper. Introduction to
CT5721 impact assessment recent research. Introduction to location factors for various sectors
(condensed version) of industry, the role of infrastructure. Explanation of the economic-
geographic structure of The Netherlands, Europe and some parts
Education Period 1st Education Period
of the world. Introduction to the regional-economic policies, Dutch
Exam Period none and European: history, actualities, prospects. Introduction to
Instructor Ir. P. van Eck; E-mail: P.vanEck@tudelft.nl recent insights in economic impact studies. Transport economics
Education Method * lectures/seminar/workshop* exercise Introduction to the economic aspects of traffic and transport. The
interaction between the demand for infrastructure and for trans-
Assessment mark for essay/exercise is final mark
port services on the one hand and the supply of infrastructure and
Course Contents [this course is a condensed version of CT5720 and mainly transport services on the other hand. Explanation of the extent
focuses on Environmental Impact Assessment]1. Environmental and quality of infrastructure services and transport services.
Impact Assessment: Aim, participants, procedure, screening, Explanation of the service level of transport business and logistic
scoping, methodologies, drafting an EIS, legislation, strategic companies. Business economic considerations influencing the ex-
environmental assessment, workshops2. Environmental Impact tent and quality of the service level of public transport companies,
Assessment exercise: Practical exercise on topics related to an other private transport industries and logistic companies. The use
of economic policy instruments as road pricing and congestion
infrastructure EIS (choice between a highway, waterway,
charging. Cost benefit analysis.
drinking water production facility or hydropower plant), essay
Study Goals This course provides* knowledge and insight in aim, procedure, Study Goals Regional economics To be able to recognise, analyse, predict and
evaluate the interaction between spatial-economic developments
methodology and value of Environmental Impact Assessment
and the availability of infrastructure on various spatial levels of
(EIA),* insight in the crucial steps and elements in the EIA pro-
scale. To be able to develop knowledge and insights in the impact
cess,* ability to review and cooperate in drafting an Environmental of infrastructure and infrastructure planning to regional economic
Impact Statement (EIS). development. To develop knowledge of and insights in the spatial
Literature and a Course Manual and a special manual for the exercise will be economic processes in The Netherlands, Europe and some
Study Materials available on Blackboard other parts of the world. To recognise various important spatial
economic theories (like Von Thunen, Myrdal, Voigt, Malecki). To
Remarks several experts are involved in the supervision of the exercise acknowledge the results of recent research in this field. To be able
to value the impact of infrastructure on spatial economic develop-
Course Code: Course title: Spatial and ECTS: 4 ments. Transport economics will be announced later on.
CT5730 transport economics Literature and Information will be given on blackboard. Lecture notes for Regional
Education Period 4th Education Period Study Materials Economics and Transport Economics: see Blackboard
Exam Period 4th Exam Period Expected prior CT5730 uses CT4010CT5730 uses CT4801
Instructor Drs. J.C. van Ham; E-mail: J.C.vanHam@tudelft.nl knowledge
Ir. P.M. Schrijnen; E-mail: P.M.Schrijnen@tudelft.nl Remarks Summary Interaction between spatial patterns and economic
Education Method seminar; classroom exercises development. Sources of economic growth. Relations between
infrastructure and economic and spatial developments. Regional-
Assessment 1/2 transport economics and 1/2 regional economics
economic policies, national and international. Infrastructure plan-
Course Contents Regional economics Introduction to subject: the interrelationship ning as an economic instrument. Economic trade off in transport.
between spatial and economic developments and the availability Road pricing and congestion charging. Choice between use
of infrastructure. Introduction to the theories on economic of own means of transport and use of professional transport,
growth, neo-classical theories, the role of innovation, the relations regarding freight and passengers. Competition between different
between government and private sector. Introduction to various modes of transport. Individual and social trade-offs in transport
decision making. Future developments.
spatial-economic theories, from Von Thunen, Perroux, through

Course Code: Course title: Trenchless ECTS: 3 Education Method lectures, seminar, case study, assignments
CT5740 Technologies Assessment * assignment has to be completed and handed in before parti-
Education Period 3rd Education Period cipation in written exam* final mark will consist of the average
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period of the mark for the assignment and the mark for the exam
(provided the latter to be at least a 5,0!!!)
Instructor Ir. G. Arends; E-mail: G.Arends@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. W. Broere; E-mail: W.Broere@tudelft.nl Course Contents * historic overview of the national physical planning policy *
Education Method lectures paper international comparison of national physical planning policy *
policy in other sectors of governmental competence (economy,
Course Contents The course covers the use of trenchless technologies, which
environmental management, transport) and their spatial conse-
is a versatile installation method for small infrastructure (gas,
quences * forecasts and physical planning programs; supply and
water, sewers, etc). It is meant as an addition to other specialist
demand analysis * spatial scenarios, simulation and evaluation
courses and the topics studied here can also be applied in other
techniques * implementation of integrated programs * overview
courses. Next to the installation process and the design of the
of planning system for physical planning, water management
linings, the organisation of a TT project will be discussed also.
and environmental planning on all government levels and their
Content of lectures: Basic aspects of: - Renovation of existing
relationship with transport policy * national policy plans on
pipelines - The technique of Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD)
physical planning (contents and instrument value) * structure
- The technique of Micro-tunnelling- Geology and geotechnics in
schemes [Dutch: structuurschema’s] and other policy plans on
relation to boring techniques and bore fluids- Equipment - Boring
infrastructure planning (specific focus on the “Structuurschema
equipment - Measuring equipment - Steering equipment- Technical
Groene Ruimte” [structure scheme on Green Space] regarding
calculations for HDD and Micro-tunnelling- Research on trenchless
the regulations according to the Habitat and Bird Protection
technology- Design and construct- Risks and innovative applications-
Guidelines * provincial policy plans on physical planning, water
Case discussion
management and environmental planning (purposes, history,
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Reader “Trenchless drafting, usage); case studies
Study Materials Technology” Available at TUD Civil Engineering Bookshop
Study Goals Providing * knowledge and insight in the scientific and societal
Remarks Summary Multidisciplinary course for Civil Engineering, Mechanical debate on national physical planning in general and recent policy
Engineering and Applied Earth Sciences. The course covers the documents in this field in particular, * knowledge and insight in
use of trenchless technologies (drilling, tunnelling, and renovation those components of national physical planning that are of speci-
techniques). These techniques are widely and more and more fic interest to civil and transport engineers, * ability to analyse
used by installation and renovation of tunnel-, pipe- and cable and develop physical planning programs and to transform them
systems for the small infrastructure (oil, gas, water, sewerage). into lay-out sketches on a regional or supra-regional level, *
The course offers basic theoretical and practical knowledge of knowledge and insight in policy plans in the field of integrated
the techniques and used materials. Legal, administrative aspects environmental planning (physical planning, water management
and innovation will form an integral part of the course. and environmental planning), mainly on the national and provin-
cial administrative level, with special focus on their significance as
Course Code: Course title: Planning: policy, ECTS: 4 a planning instrument for physical and infrastructure planning and
CT5750 methods and institutions the way they are drafted (methodologically and procedurally).
Education Period 3rd Education Period Literature and examination material will be announced and provided in due
Exam Period 3rd Exam Period, 5th Exam Period Study Materials time, mainly via Blackboard
Instructor Prof.ir. F.M. Sanders; E-mail: F.M.Sanders@tudelft.nl Expected prior CT5750 uses CT1102 and CT2071
Ir. P. van Eck; E-mail: P.vanEck@tudelft.nl knowledge

Course Code: Course title: Construction and ECTS: 4 Course Code: Course title: Advanced transport ECTS: 3
CT5760 infrastructure law CT5802 modelling and network design
Instructor M.A.B. Chao-Duivis; E-mail: M.A.B.Chao-Duivis@tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.dr.ir. P.H.L. Bovy; E-mail: P.H.L.Bovy@tudelft.nl
Mr. F.A.M. Hobma; E-mail: F.A.M.Hobma@tudelft.nl Dr.ir. R. van Nes; E-mail: R.vanNes@tudelft.nl
Education Method lectures, case study, exercise(s) Education Method Lectures, reader, exercise, essay
Course Contents The planning and construction of infrastructure is surrounded by Course Contents Modelling for multimodal travel analysis; choice theory; network
many legal issues: procurement, contracts, permits etcetera. The specification. Advanced travel choice models and network as-
main legal aspects involved in the planning and construction of signment approaches; deterministic, stochastic, multi user class
works of civil engineering nature will be discussed. Main topics equilibrium approaches; public transport network assignment;
include: contract law, Dutch and FIDIC conditions, European and choice set specification and enumeration. Approaches to network
Dutch procurement law, arbitration and dispute review, planning design optimisation. Computational experience with modelling
law, European environmental law, the Infrastructure Planning analysis; developing your own analysis software. Transport scenario
Act, land assembly, permits. The themes will be organized analysis exercise. Writing exercise report and critical essay on a
around real cases from Holland and abroad. These cases will be scientific article on the subject.
used as exercise background material. During lectures students Study Goals Deeper insight into travel behaviour theory Knowledge of advan-
will(1) get an outline of the topics mentioned and (2) will work ced transportation models Knowledge of network design models
on an assignment handed out before. During exercises students Experience with advanced analysis approaches to transportation
will form groups taking a certain role (e.g. engineer, contractor, problems Experience in developing own analysis software Expe-
architect) and address problems related to the cases after which rience in writing and presenting analysis results Experience in
they will present their solution to the case related problems. critically assessing other transport analysis research work
After the presentation and commenting from other students and Literature and Course Notes CT4801 Reader CT5802Blackboard for electronic
lecturers each member of the group will address the problem in Study Materials version of the reader, data for exercises, and lecture materials
writing which will be rated. (presentations)Articles for essays available at the lecturer.
Study Goals After following this course students should have knowledge and Expected prior CT5802 uses CT4801
understanding of the main legal aspects (of both civil and public knowledge
law) involved in the planning and construction of works of a
civil engineering nature like roads, railways, waterways, tunnels,
bridges etc. in a national (Dutch) and international setting.
Having followed this course students will be able to communicate
better with lawyers and be able to anticipate to legal questions
better while managing and taking technical decisions.
Literature and Textbook Construction and Infrastructure Law, DNR 2005 (in
Study Materials English); UAV 1989 (in English), UAV-GC (in English), FIDIC
conditions
Expected prior CT1102 Inleiding Ruimtelijke Ordening, Bestuurskunde en Recht
knowledge or another course dealing with the basics of law.

Course Code: Course title: Rail traffic manage- ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Dynamic Traffic ECTS: 3
CT5803 ment and delay propagation CT5804 Management II: Intelligent
Education Period 4th Education Period Transport Services
Exam Period 4th Exam Period Education Period 1st Education Period
Instructor Prof.dr.ing. I.A. Hansen; E-mail: I.A.Hansen@citg.tudelft.nl Exam Period 1st Exam Period
Ir. P.B.L. Wiggenraad; E-mail: P.B.L.Wiggenraad@tudelft.nl Instructor Dr. M.C.J. Bliemer; E-mail: M.C.J.Bliemer@tudelft.nl
Drs. R.M.P. Goverde; E-mail: R.M.P.Goverde@citg.tudelft.nl Dr.ir. S.P. Hoogendoorn; E-mail: S.P.Hoogendoorn@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. J.W.C. van Lint; E-mail: J.W.C.vanLint@tudelft.nl
Education Method lectures simulation exercise (oral) presentation
Prof.dr. H.J. van Zuylen; E-mail: H.J.vanZuylen@tudelft.nl
Assessment 1/4 presentation, 1/4 assignment, 1/2 examination
Education Method lectures case study excursion
Course Contents Quality Management principles. Estimation of railway perfor-
mance by punctuality analysis of train detection data. Train Assessment Literature report and exercise report have been finished and
operation models. Technical and behavioural reasons of train graded both > 5
delays. Application of statistical tests of fitness of empirical Course Contents Individual literature study of relevant papers in the domain of
delay distributions. Forecast of departure delay distributions in ITS Exercise with the processing of monitoring data or the ap-
stations. Determination of critical circuits and eigenvalue in cyclic plication of simulation programs State of the art of ITS Optimal
network timetables by means of (max,+) tool PETER. Estimation control User response to ITS Anticipatory optimisation of traffic
of propagation of primary and consecutive delays in networks control Dynamic Traffic Assignment Dynamic road pricing Fuzzy
by time and space. Development and impact assessment of control systems Decision support systems for road administrators,
means to improve timetable quality and stability. Optimisation of service providers and travellers
capacity and punctuality of train services at junctions and railway Study Goals The goal of the course is to learn the possibilities to apply ITS
nodes. Intelligent speed adaptation of trains approaching conflict for the improved utilization of transport infrastructure, the
points. Micro-simulation tools. Application of Open Track. process of planning and evaluating ITS for traffic management.
Study Goals Getting knowledge and insight into the development of train Furthermore the students learn the state of the art of ITS.
delays. Estimation of waiting time of trains at conflict points by Finally they will learn how to review a scientific paper about ITS.
deterministic and stochastic models. Introduction to max-plus Literature and syllabus: ITS for Dynamic Road Traffic Management Available at
algebra and application to network stability analysis. Application Study Materials Bookshop Civil Engineering.
of operations research methods and simulation for timetable
design and rail traffic management.
knowledge
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Pachl, J., Railway Opera-
Remarks Summary The course presents how Intelligent Transport Systems
Study Materials tions and Control, VTD Rail Publishing, 2002, ISBN 0-9719915-
(ITS) can be used to improve the utilization of existing infrastruc-
1-0OpenTrack User Manual Available at the section secretariat.
ture and services. The monitoring and control of traffic is discussed
recommended other materials: Wolmar, C., On the Wrong Line,
and the use of traffic models to predict the impact of ITS.
Aurum Press Ltd: London, 2005
Remarks Summary Performance criteria of railway services; statistical
analysis and modelling of train delays; probability distributions
of train delays; propagation of delays in stations and networks;
dynamic rail traffic management.

Course Code: Course title: Traffic Safety ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Sociology and ECTS: 3
CT5810 CT5820 psychology in transport
Instructor Ir. P.B.L. Wiggenraad; E-mail: P.B.L.Wiggenraad@tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.dr. K.A. Brookhuis
Education Method seminar; paper; lectures Dr.ir. J.F.M. Molenbroek; E-mail: J.F.M.Molenbroek@tudelft.nl
Assessment Mean of the three marks for presentation, essay, and oral Prof.dr. H.J. van Zuylen; E-mail: H.J.vanZuylen@tudelft.nl
examination Drs. E. de Boer; E-mail: E.deBoer@tudelft.nl
Course Contents General knowledge about traffic safety: scope and costs of
national and regional traffic safety policy characteristics of traffic Assessment Examination mark is final mark
accident processes interaction road user - road environment: be- Course Contents Introduction in human sciences: physical ergonomy: needed
havioural theory (observing, learning, risk perception), influence space for human functioning in rest and movement psychology:
of speed, mass and direction of movement, principles of sustai- from physiology to cognitive aspects and communication science
nable safe road traffic, quantitative approach of traffic safety risk sociology: from primary group through social structures to
as chance phenomenon, exposition, expected unsafety relevant western culture and norm and value systems human behavioural
statistical descriptions and analysis methods indicator methods research methods and their utility Analysis of transportation
for safety analysis of road networks, safety characteristics of engineering themes with human sciences, illustrations: location
infrastructure safety on transport (mode) level safety on network choice for societal activities trip behaviour based on activity
level safety in road design safety in road environment/road patterns with fixed locations transport behaviour based on trip
layout safety in relation with collisions/first aid and infrastructure patterns, infrastructural conditions and quality of transport
safety and telematics urban traffic safety plans systems route choice based on vehicle flows and the quality of the
Expected prior CT5810 uses CT3041CT5810 uses CT3711CT5810 uses infrastructure network driver behaviour based on road conditions
knowledge CT4821CT5810 uses CT4822 Study Goals Basic knowledge of sociology, psychology and ergonomics. In-
sight into their contributions to the analysis of mobility behaviour.
Remarks Summary Principles of sustainable road networks. Behavioural
Ability in application to a number of phenomena.
aspects of safety in road design. Safety audit of design options.
Quantitative analysis of traffic safety. Impacts of safety measures. Literature and recommended other materials: Reader and Handouts
Safety plans. Study Materials
Remarks Summary Introduction into a number of human sciences and
their applicability in the transport domain demonstrated in a
number of practical applications

Course Code: Course title: Road construction ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Functional design in ECTS: 4
CT5850 CT5910 Civil Engineering
Exam Period 2nd Exam Period Exam Period 4th Exam Period
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. A.A.A. Molenaar; E-mail: A.A.A.Molenaar@tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.A.J. de Ridder; E-mail: H.A.J.deRidder@tudelft.nl
Ir. L.J.M. Houben; E-mail: L.J.M.Houben@tudelft.nl Education Method lectures; excursion; case study; assignment
Education Method Lectures Assessment Assessment of assignment, paper and oral presentation
Course Contents General insight in management of infrastructure projects Course Contents Analysis of the formulation of the design task. Problem solving
(project management triangle): elements quality, budget, methods. Construction and use of logical, schematic, graphic,
time, information and organisation; project phases initiative, mathematical and simulation models. Investigate value for the
definition, design, construction and after care. Quality: program different parts in the lifecycle of the project and the feasibility.
of requirements; design approach, abstraction level of design in
Develop terms of reference and design an ideal concept (syn-
the different project phases; control of project quality; contractor
thesis). Create alternatives and variants. Determine criteria to
alternatives; design responsibility. Budget: different types of
budgets; different ways to handle unforeseen, miscellaneous and evaluate design concepts, evaluation methods. Tools to stimulate
risk allocated items; different ways to tender a project; interna- creativity in the design processes.
tional standard: FIDIC contract, the white, yellow and red book. Study Goals Be capable of being analytical in their work on the basis of a
Time: different ways to make and to present time schedules, broad and deep scientific knowledge. Be able to synthesise
coping with uncertainty, how to speed up a project and effects of knowledge and to solve problems in a creative way dealing with
it for contractor and client. Project information; role and design
complex issues. Have the qualities needed for employment in
of quality systems; vital and secondary information; different in-
circumstances requiring sound Assessment, personnel respon-
formation systems; role of internet and intranet on construction
sites. Project organisation: roles and responsibilities in an infra- sibilities and initiative, in complex and unpredictable profes-
structure project; needed management skills for different roles. sional environments. Have awareness of possible ethical, social
environmental, aesthetic and economic implications of their work
Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Available at the lecturer.
and to act accordingly. Domain and subject-specific skills and
Study Materials
competences include: Required core knowledge and understan-
ding in their field of study Knowledge of methods and technical
Course Code: Course title: Capita Selecta rail- ECTS: 4 practice in their field of study Training in theoretical knowledge
CT5871 way and road structures and methods including modelling Awareness of connections with
Education Period 2nd Education Period other disciplines and ability to engage in interdisciplinary work
Exam Period 2nd Exam Period Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Functioneel ontwerpen
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. A.A.A. Molenaar; E-mail: A.A.A.Molenaar@tudelft.nl Study Materials
Ir. L.J.M. Houben; E-mail: L.J.M.Houben@tudelft.nl Remarks Summary Theory of problem definition and problem solving for
Education Method lectures civil engineers. The accent is more on the problem definition
phase. From the definition phase with the help of models
Assessment Mark for the exercise or the essay.
towards value concepts and ideal solutions. From ideal concept
Course Contents This Capita Selecta course deals with recent developments within
to alternative solutions and the methods to create the best solu-
the field of road and railway engineering. The course is partly
tions. Tools to stimulate creativity in the design process.
given by guest lecturers and supported by field trips, if applicable.
Literature and syllabus: Available at the first lecture.
Study Materials

Course Code: Course title: Civil engineering ECTS: 6 a public presentation of the computer program. During this
CT5940 informatics exercise session, the students explain how their computer program
works and will answer the questions asked by the public. The
Education Period 1st Education Period
Project will be evaluated on the following criteria: the process
Exam Period 1st Exam Period of the work the final product(mostly a working prototype of a
Instructor Dr.ir. E. Dado; E-mail: E.Dado@tudelft.nl computer program)the final project report, The User Manual and
Dr.ir. M.R. Beheshti; E-mail: M.R.Beheshti@tudelft.nl the Maintenance Report the Final presentation of the product
in a public examination setting The students are obliged to be
Education Method exercise; tutorial
present during a weekly meeting with both informatics and
Assessment The final mark of the course will be an average mark of the process, domain supervisors. The duration of the course is 16 weeks. The
the written reports of the exercise, the computer program and students can combine this project with their MSc Graduation
the public presentation of the product. Project provided the request is made by the graduation project
Course Contents During this exercise a group of (preferably two) students will supervisor and is accepted by the course leader. The students
design, develop and implement a system (ICT tool) for mainly of all disciplines at Faculty of Civil Engineering and Geosciences
(building and civil) engineering problems. The emphasis of this can take part in this course that is also open to the students of
exercise is on system development methods and techniques. A other faculties at Delft University of Technology and in particular
limited knowledge of system engineering and informatics me- Faculty of Architecture. More detailed information about the
thods and techniques (necessary for the exercise) is offered to course content, time-schedule, registration, etc. can be found on
students either during the introductory lectures or as self study the course website at Blackboard.
material. This includes but it is not limited to: applied informatics Study Goals The goal of this course is to provide the students with the funda-
methods and techniques system engineering methods and mental knowledge and skills related to the design and develop-
techniques information and system analysis and development
ment of ICT tools in (building and civil) engineering disciplines
design and development of system for (building design and
by means of a real-life project. The course also aims at providing
civil) engineering disciplines information analysis and software
engineering tools relational database management systems RAD insight into the advantages of ICT tools for engineering discipli-
(Rapid Application Development) environments UML (Unified nes and the training of ICT-minded (building and civil) engineers.
Modelling Language) Object-oriented development environ- Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): The course leader will
ments and tools The project begins with preparing a Work Plan Study Materials provide a relevant reading list. The computer programs required
followed by a detailed study of the subject of the project and for the exercise are installed o-n the education computer net-
its underlying theories and methods. Prerequisite is a sound
work of the faculty. If possible, they may also be made available
knowledge of the discipline of the problem because the purpose
to the course participants to work at home. Available at the lec-
of a project is to solve a (building and civil) engineering problem.
turer. recommended other materials: Some relevant documents
The students are expected to have followed the relevant courses
prior to taking this project or be prepared to spend extra study Available at the Blackboard website.
hours in addition to formal study hours of the project to acquire Expected prior CT5940 uses CT2081CT5940 uses CT4260CT5940 uses
the necessary knowledge of the field. Phases of the project are: knowledge CT4270CT5940 uses CT3920
the background research the development of models and/or
Remarks Summary The goal of this project is to allow a group of (prefera-
algorithms the logical design of the system the physical design of
bly two) students to design and implement a system (ICT-tool)
the system the realisation, implementation and testing of the sy-
stem The final report of the project includes the following parts: for mainly a civil engineering problem. This applied informatics
a project report (compilation of interim reports) a User’s Manual exercise is also open to all TU Delft students of other disciplines.
of the computer program a Maintenance Manual (required for The goal of the exercise is to familiarise the students with prac-
the future use and maintenance of the computer program) the tical aspects of system development, enabling them to employ
computer program and all related documents on a CD-ROM (MS ICT enabled tools whenever required for the purpose of their
Word file of the reports, all listings, PowerPoint file of the pre- MSc Graduation thesis or during their professional work.
sentation and the program)The students are required to make

Course Code: Course title: Special subjects: ECTS: 4 at Faculty of Civil Engineering and Geosciences can take part in
CT5970 graphic data analysis this course which is also open to the students of other faculties
Education Period 1st Education Period, 3rd Education Period at Delft University of Technology and in particular of the Faculty
of Architecture. More detailed information about the course con-
Exam Period 1st Exam Period, 3rd Exam Period
tent, time-schedule, registration, etc. can be found on the course
Instructor Dr.ir. E. Dado; E-mail: E.Dado@tudelft.nl
website on the Blackboard.
Dr.ir. M.R. Beheshti; E-mail: M.R.Beheshti@tudelft.nl
Study Goals The goal of the course (as a follow-up of CT3920, CT3930,
Education Method discussion; tutorial; Self study: the self study of literature
CT4260 and CT4270) into provide the students with additional
provided and/or recommended for the course The self study of
knowledge and skills of ICT tools in building design and con-
additional relevant literature (books, journals and the Internet
struction. The students can combine this course with their MSc
sources) by the research group. Research: the students will
Graduation Project. The approval of the course leader is required
carry out research on an approved assignment. A limited number
regarding the research subject and the combination with the
of tutorials will be provided and the students have to spend
MSc Graduation Project.
additional hours completing the research project. Report of
Literature and obligatory other materials: The course leader will provide the
the research project: the research group will prepare a written
Study Materials study material and a reading list. During each lecture a reading
report (essay) of the research project carried out (conform
list relevant to the research project will be available (also o-n
instructions). One bounded hardcopy of the essay together
Blackboard).The research group is to prepare their own list of
with a CD-ROM containing all project files have to be delivered
references. recommended other materials: Computer programs
before the examination date (by appointment). Presentation
required for the exercises will be installed o-n the Education
of the research: the research group will prepare a PowerPoint
Computer Network of the faculty. lf possible, they will also be
presentation of the research project to be presented during the
available to the course participants for work at home.
examination session.
Assessment The final mark of the course will be an average of the written Remarks Summary This is a self study course on theories, methods
report of the exercises and the oral examination. and techniques regarding the application of information and
communication technologies, to improve the quality, efficiency
Course Contents The students can choose a research project in one of the fol-
and affectivity of design and construction processes. The main
lowing domains: computer-Aided Design and Parametric Design
emphasis of the course is investigating a research topic in one
(follow-up CT3920): computer graphics, geometry and topology,
of the following fields: parametric design, product modelling or
intelligent CAD systems, design information environment, design
information management and knowledge technology for building
decision support systems, design knowledge-based systems,
and construction industry. Prerequisite for taking part in this
design expert systems, parametric design. product modelling
research-based course is an adequate knowledge of the chosen
in building design and construction (follow-up CT4260):product
research domain.
modelling and product data technology, data communication
systems, simulation of physical phenomena, buildings robotics
knowledge engineering for building design and construction
(follow-up CT4270): process modelling, information modelling,
knowledge modelling, building design and construction know-
ledge systems building design and construction expert systems.
geographic information system / GIS (follow-up CT3930): spatial
information systems, integration of mathematical models and
GIS, applied GIS for (civil) engineering domains, integration of
GIS and decision support systems. The students of all disciplines

Course Code: Course title: Forms of ECTS: 4 Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Reader: “Forms of
CT5981 collaboration in civil engineering Study Materials collaboration in civil engineering” Available at Bookshop Civil
Education Period 1st Education Period Engineering. recommended other materials: Design and
Construct of Complex Engineering Systems, H.A.J. de Ridder,
1994available at: Delft University Press
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.A.J. de Ridder; E-mail: H.A.J.deRidder@tudelft.nl
knowledge
Assessment
Remarks Summary Parties in the building industry can choose between
Course Contents In course CT5981 a review is given of the most common forms
various forms of collaboration and contract models. The different
of collaboration in realising a project in civil engineering. The
forms of collaborations are derived from the economic concepts
course discusses the state of the art. This is done in a funda-
such as value, price and cost. The course has a theoretical
mental way but the theory is clarified by means of practical
character but its contents is illustrated by means of practical
examples illustrated by visiting lecturers. The course aims at
examples by guest lecturers. The following forms of collabora-
preparing students fundamentally for the various forms of col-
tion are dealt with: traditional contract, building team, general
laboration he will engage during his professional career. However
contracting and the families of Design & Construct. Discussed
it is emphasized that no attention will be paid to the literal
will be the contract-content with tasks, obligations, authorities,
contents of the various contracts. It is a matter of insight so that
responsibilities, liabilities, systems of reimbursement and risk
later on the correct choices can be made for the adequate form
division. The following models of contract are discussed: design
of contract for a specific type of project. The following subjects
& construct, partnering, alliances, public private partnership,
will be dealt with: principles of an agreement and the elements
risk management, risk sharing and contracts that deal with the
that play a role in collaboration are discussed the control of
organization during building.
a project in relation to collaboration forms the contract and
the corresponding components such as tasks, responsibilities
and authorities the systems of reimbursement as a function of
contract form risks, risk distribution, risk management, in various
contract forms the family of: design & construct, DBM, DBMOT,
DBMFOT, partnering, alliances, public private partnership prac-
tical examples illustrated by visiting lecturers foreign forms of
collaboration the selection and choice of a contract partner new
development in different countries.
Study Goals The student’s knowledge and skill in the following activities
will be increased relative to the intellectual development level
attained during his or her BSc study: a. The understanding of
the principles of project agreements; b. The understanding and
choice of forms of collaboration; c. The evaluation of alternative
forms of contract; d. The various types of reimbursement; e. The
selection and choice of contract partners; f. The understanding
of the various components of contracts; g. Foreign contracts .

Course Code: Course title: Continuous systems ECTS: 6 Course Code: Course title: Offshore soil ECTS: 3
EPA1321 modelling OE4624 mechanics
Education Period 1st Education Period, 2nd Education Period Education Period 2nd Education Period
Exam Period Differently to be announced Exam Period 2nd Exam Period
Instructor Drs. B.M.D. van der Laaken; E-mail: B.M.D.vanderLaaken@tudelft.nl Instructor Prof.dr.ir. F. Molenkamp; E-mail: F.Molenkamp@tudelft.nl
Dr. J.H. Slinger; E-mail: J.H.Slinger@tudelft.nl Ir. J.P. Oostveen; E-mail: J.P.Oostveen@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. C. van Daalen; E-mail: C.vanDaalen@tudelft.nl Education Method lectures; exercise
Education Method Lectures, lab and project. Assessment grade is determined on the basis of a written examination. The
Assessment exercises must be finished before this can take place.
Course Contents 1.Continuous dynamic systems modelling theory This part con- Course Contents This course brings successful participants to a superior know-
sists of a lecture series on System Dynamics and of exercises in ledge level in the following geomechanics areas for application to
setting up continuous models analysing the models by hand and offshore structures: Axially loaded piles: The behaviour of piles
using Powersim. 2.Continuous modelling project The theory of under alternating tension and compression. Non-linear responses
continuous modelling is applied to a case. On the basis of a case as well as numerical solutions are handled. Laterally loaded
description students work in pairs to make a model, use it for an piles: The behaviour of piles under alternating horizontal forces
analysis of the problem situation and report on the results. Addi- is handled. Non-linear responses as well as numerical solutions
tionally, each student prepares a project plan of approx. 4 pages are provided. Large spread footings: Numerical computations
for a new System Dynamics study. The course also includes of the behaviour of spread footings using the Brinch Hansen
instruction on report writing. theory are discussed. Pore pressure enhancement: The build-up
Study Goals Upon completion of the course the student: knows the role of of pore pressures under large foundations subject to cyclic loads
System Dynamics within the process of problem solving; can as well as in the sea bed as a response to ocean surface waves
apply the System Dynamics method; can analyse the behaviour is derived. Lateral and vertical support of pipelines: Bedding of
of simple linear continuous dynamic models by hand as well as pipelines and their protection are discussed. Soil investigations
by computer; can represent continuous models in Powersim; can in the field as well as in the lab to support the above topics are
use the models to carry out an analysis and report on this can discussed as well. Participants complete a series of exercises to
formulate a project plan for a new System Dynamics study enhance their skill level in most of the above areas.
Literature and Lecture notes spm2310/epa1321 part A System Dynamics Study Goals Offshore Soil Mechanics extends one’s basic knowledge of soil
Study Materials Manual and exercises spm2310/epa1321 Powersim (and VisSim) mechanics so that successful participants are prepared to design
R.L. Borelli & C.S. Coleman. Differential Equations: A Modelling offshore foundations for fixed offshore structures at a superior
Perspective. John Wiley & Sons (or any other book on differential knowledge level. They also become aware of the geotechnical
equations from your own previous training or the library; we will problems associated with pipelines and other seabed structures.
refer only to basic knowledge about 1st and 2nd order differential Literature and obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s): Offshore Soil Mechanics
equations) Project case description (will be handed out in class) Study Materials by Prof.dr.ir. A. Verruijt. Also available on the internet:
Remarks This course is integrated with the report writing course. Students geo.verruijt.net Available at Bookshop Civil Engineering.
have to pass report writing to receive a mark for epa1321. recommended other materials: Lecture notes will be provided.
Expected prior OE4624 uses CT2090OE4624 uses CT4399
knowledge

Remarks Summary Successful participants can design offshore foundations Literature and - Reader SPM4110 - Process management (English version); De
at a superior knowledge level. This course makes this possible by Study Materials Bruin, Ten Heuvelhof and In ‘t Veld, Kluwer, 2002 - Other module
extending one’s basic knowledge of soil mechanics to include a materials will be announced through blackboard
number of typical offshore applications. Topics include: Axially and
Expected prior The TB Bachelor, in particular spm3120
laterally loaded piles: linear and non-linear behaviour and com-
knowledge
putations, Shallow spread footings for large structures: linear and
non-linear behaviour and computations, Influences resulting from
cyclic pore pressure in the sea bed. Field (at sea) and lab studies. Course Code: Course title: Transport policy: ECTS: 3
SPM9402 special topics
Course Code: Course title: Designing ECTS: 6 Education Period 4th Education Period
SPM4110 multi-actor systems Exam Period 4th Exam Period
Education Period 1st Education Period Instructor Drs. E. de Boer; E-mail: E.deBoer@tudelft.nl
Exam Period 1st Exam Period, 5th Exam Period Drs. J.C. van Ham; E-mail: J.C.vanHam@tudelft.nl
Instructor Prof.mr.dr. E.F. ten Heuvelhof; E-mail: E.F.tenHeuvelhof@tudelft.nl Ir. P.M. Schrijnen; E-mail: P.M.Schrijnen@tudelft.nl
Dr. M. Kars; E-mail: M.Kars@tudelft.nl Dr.ir. J.H. Baggen; E-mail: J.H.Baggen@tudelft.nl
Dr.ir. W. Blok; E-mail: W.Bockstael-Blok@tudelft.nl Course Contents The procedure: during each lecture a specific spatial scale level
will be dealt with: European, national, inter regional, regional
Education Method Lectures, panel discussions, instructions, workshops.
and local; for each spatial scale level a new policy item - typical
Study Goals On completion of this course the student is familiar with the
for that level - will be discussed. Besides feedback will be given
specific SEPAM perspective on designing large scale, technology
to the previous higher scale level and we will look ahead to
enabled multi-actor systems in multi-actor environments. In par-
policy consequences for the next lower scale level; per spatial
ticular, the student: - can use concepts and terminology related
scale level problems will be selected from an other component
to the design of MAS; - understands systems thinking and the
of the transport system or from another effect of the transport
difference between hard and soft systems thinking; - is able to
system: infrastructure, transport, traffic, environment, acces-
differentiate between an analytical and a design attitude;- can
sibility, finance, etc.; per scale level an actual geographic area
adopt a design attitude;-understands differences between design
will be chosen for, preferably one that is part of the chosen area
perspectives used in technical and social disciplines;- under-
on a higher level: with this method it will be zoomed in more
stands the role of models and modelling in designing MAS;-
and more; the items to be dealt with will be chosen at the start
knows methods and tools to enhance creativity in the design
of the course from current developments.
process. The student can apply some of these methods.- knows
Study Goals Knowledge of recent developments in the field of transport
methods and tools to enable sharing of knowledge and view
policy on various spatial scale levels; understanding of the
points between actors involved in the design process; - under-
establishment of transport policy on various spatial scale levels;
stands the difference and interaction between substantive and
understanding of the effects of transport policy on various spatial
decision-making issues in designing MAS- knows process design
scale levels; understanding of the coherence in policy formulated
guidelines for designing a decision making process in a multi-
on various spatial scale levels; understanding of the coherence in
actor environment;- can choose, develop and execute ex-ante
policy formulated in various policy fields that effect transport.
performance tests on both content-related and process-related
Literature and Reader.
system performance criteria. - can apply methods and tools that
Study Materials
facilitate the selection process in systems design; - understands
about risks, safety, sustainability and quality in MAS design form
both a substantive and a decision-making perspective.

Course Code: Course title: Risk management ECTS: 3 Course Code: Course title: Transport and infra- ECTS: 3
SPM9421 SPM9437 structure law
Exam Period 4th Exam Period Exam Period 4th Exam Period, 5th Exam Period
Instructor Dr.ir. J.A.A.M. Stoop; E-mail: J.A.A.M.Stoop@tudelft.nl Instructor Mr. F.A.M. Hobma; E-mail: F.A.M.Hobma@tudelft.nl
Education Method The course is given by lectures, self study and assignments. Mr. E.T. Schutte-Postma; E-mail: E.T.Schutte-Postma@tudelft.nl
Testing takes place on an individual basis by a written assign- Mr. W. Wijting; E-mail: W.Wijting@tudelft.nl
ment on three items, focusing respectively on quantitative
aspects, accident analysis and integral safety assessment.
Course Code: Course title: Introduction Trans- ECTS:
Course Contents The course deals with the structure and development of the noti-
ons of safety and risk management by focusing on: Practice, with WB3420-03 port Engineering and Logistics 5
a focus on the historical development, perception and acceptance Education Period 1st Education Period, 2nd Education Period
of safety and risk in various domains; Control, focusing on various
Exam Period 2nd Exam Period, 3rd Exam Period
strategies available in dealing with risk at the level of governance
and administration; Technology, focusing on the way safety and Instructor Dr.ir. J.A. Ottjes; E-mail: J.A.Ottjes@tudelft.nl
risk have been involved objectively and subjectively in developing Prof.ir. J.C. Rijsenbrij; E-mail: J.C.Rijsenbrij@tudelft.nl
technological projects and applications; A micro systems level, Ir. M.B. Duinkerken; E-mail: M.B.Duinkerken@tudelft.nl
dealing with accident analysis, the complexity of problem model- Prof.dr.ir. G. Lodewijks; E-mail: G.Lodewijks@tudelft.nl
ling, multiple causality and explanatory theories for failure at the
Dr.ir. D.L. Schott; E-mail: D.L.Schott@tudelft.nl
operator level; The meso-systems level, in developing scenarios
and application of quantitative risk analysis; The macro systems Education Method Lectures (2 hours per week)
level, focusing on procedural approaches in dealing with and
Course Contents Transport in society: importance of transport systems and logis-
deciding on risk by Safety Impact Assessment procedures, Safety
Cases and Critical Size Events regarding rescue and emergency tics; design requirements (energy consumption; directives from
resource allocation; Rescue and emergency management and authorities; working conditions).Networks, terminals and equip-
disaster control in the light of national and international perspectives ment: terminal types; handling activities and logistics; terminal
such as EU Directives and international NGOs. design. Conceptual design of transport systems and equipment.
Study Goals This course provides the student a basic knowledge in safety Process analysis; key performance indicators; systems approach
from a SEPAM perspective. The course applies principles from and object oriented design; integrated cost approach. Production
previous courses with respect to control, management and
and distribution: logistic networks and concepts; push systems
governance to the area of risk and safety. It provides student
and pull systems; logistic chains; terminals, warehouses; physi-
with strengths and weaknesses of methods and techniques in
problem analysis and problem solving at various systems levels cal distribution. Queuing theory: overview of basic models and
and from different perspectives based on the notion of integral results. Routing and scheduling: standard models; algorithms;
safety. The course focuses on applying basic skills in accident branch and bound method. Forecasting and decision making:
analysis, quantitative risk assessment and the design of compli- process control and forecasting; models for decision making.
cated problem solving strategies.
Modelling and simulation: worldviews in discrete event simu-
Literature and A reader is available for the lectures, self study takes place lation; stochastic processes; design, planning and control with
Study Materials based on a mandatory selection of the reader and optional mate-
simulation; distributed simulation; case study. Load units and
rial from a variety of case studies in different domains.
equipment: unitised cargo handling; standardisation in manufac-
Remarks This course is related to other courses dealing with transpor-
turing, transport and logistics; overview of widely used systems.
tation issues such as logistic chains, complex decision-making
in multi-actor environments, spatial development, TIL systems Mechanisation and automation: trends in mechanised transport;
design and engineering, such as SPM4110 and SPM4360. design demands; drivers for automation; design topics. Case
studies on transport systems.

Study Goals The student must be able to:1. Recognize importance of Course Contents Assessment Module- Why does technology fail? Technology
transport systems and logistics in society, in particular in supply Assessment as bridging the gap between society and the engi-
chains and in production systems.2. List restrictions and options neering community - Introduction to TA-methods and traditional
in design and optimisation of transport and logistic systems forecasting: extrapolations, experts interview and the ‘common
(energy consumption; legislative rules (environmental, labour); sense’-method, scenario’s, scenario workshops - Drivers of
technical restrictions; working conditions).3. List characteristics technological change, the relation between technological change
of networks, terminals, warehouses and equipment (transport and society - Constructive Technology Assessment, participa-
modes, terminal types, material handling and logistics).4. List tory technology development - Practice of TA; politics, steering
characteristics of commonly applied principles in production technological innovation of Sustainable Development Ethics
organisation.5. List load units and equipment used in material Module- Introduction to moral dilemmas in engineering practice
handling and list characteristics of widely used systems.6. Iden- - Analysis of moral dilemmas in engineering practice and their
tify trends in mechanisation and automation in material handling. backgrounds; professional codes of conduct and conflicting
7. Identify and define key performance indicators (KPI) of trans- loyalties; legal rights and duties of engineers - Ethics, i.e. the
port and logistic systems.8. List methods to analyse components foundation of Assessments about good and bad / responsible
of systems (i.e. queuing theory, simulation, forecasting, routing, and irresponsible acts - Responsibility of corporations and the
scheduling) and apply the methods to small scale problems.9. law; ethical foundations of liability legislation; division of respon-
Analyse processes at a transfer point (terminal, warehouse) and sibility within organisations - Collective decision making / public
to decide on number of equipment and handling capacity needed choice and the role of the expert - Integration of the above, and
to handle transport flows. inventory of available solution strategies
Literature and Course material: Lecture notes. Handouts. Study Goals Philosophy: - Insight in the nature of philosophical and methodo-
Study Materials logical problems - Insight in the nature of scientific and technolo-
gical knowledge (difference science-technology, science versus
pseudo-science) - Knowledge of how scientific and technological
Course Code: Course title: Philosophy, ECTS: 4
knowledge are founded (truth/reliability; nature and limitations
WM0312CT technology assessment and
of models) - Knowledge of positions on the interaction between
ethics for CT science, technology and society - Insight in the distinction
Education Period 4th Education Period between facts and values, which in practice are often intertwined
Exam Period 4th Exam Period, 5th Exam Period - Elementary knowledge of logic and argumentation theory Tech-
nology Assessment:- Ability to recognize patterns of interaction
Instructor Dr. L.M. Kamp; E-mail: L.M.Kamp@tudelft.nl
between technological and societal change - Ability to assess
Dr. G.J.C. Lokhorst; E-mail: G.J.C.Lokhorst@tudelft.nl
the value and limitations of TA-methods and -results - Ability to
Education Method lectures apply some TA-methods to concrete situations Ethics:- Familiarity
Philosophy Module- Introduction to and illustration of the course’s with and insight in problems of responsibility of engineers that
aims: what is philosophy (methodology/ethics); illustration of arise in their professional practice - Knowledge of and insight in
the coherence of the three modules - What is science, and what the relevant background to these problems: ethics, law, public
choice, functioning of organisations, historical development of
is technology? Brief overview of their history; positions on the
all the foregoing - Ability to reason consistently and solution-
influence of science and technology on society - The fact/value
oriented about moral problems in professional engineering
distinction; logic and argumentation theory - Analysis of the notion
practice, including insight in available solution strategies (both at
of causality in relation to, on the one hand, scientific explanations individual and collective level)
and, on the other hand, the responsibility of engineers and; the
Literature and reader ‘Philosophy, Technology Assessment and Ethics for Civil
notion of probability; statistics - Methodology: foundations of sci-
Study Materials Engineering’
entific and technological knowledge; construction of models and
their limitations; predictability of consequences Technology

Study Guide Civil Engineering MSC (DEF) 2006-2007

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Study Guide Civil Engineering MSC (DEF) 2006-2007

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Study Guide

 study guide 2006/2007

 Civil E ngineering Msc  study guide 2006/2007

Notify in case of emergency:

postal code / city

organ donor: yes / no; card no:

If found, please return this student guide or contact the owner.

 Civil E ngineering Msc  study guide 2006/2007

Drs. Ms. E. Touw Spring semester

Note: examinations are usually called ‘tentamens’ in Dutch. Formally

 Civil E ngineering Msc  study guide 2006/2007

The Student Facility Centre publishes a Guide to Services, which is available

TU Delft International Office

 Civil E ngineering Msc  study guide 2006/2007

10 Civil Engineering Msc 11 study guide 2006/2007

EUROPEAN STUDENT UNION (AEGEE)

12 Civil Engineering Msc 13 study guide 2006/2007

14 Civil Engineering Msc 15 study guide 2006/2007

Sports & Cultural Centre

Student Health Care: SGZ

Student Restaurants in Delft

16 Civil Engineering Msc 17 study guide 2006/2007

64 64 Delftech Park Delftech Park Technopolis Technopolis

Keverling Buisman weg

van den Broekwe g

van den Broekwe g

Christiaa n Huygens weg

van der Waalswe g

129 Stevin 129 Stevin

Balthasar van der Polweg

Balthasar van der Polweg

Prins Bernha rdlaan

h ie h ie Feldmann weg Feldmann weg

Leeghwate rstraat Leeghwate rstraat

We stv est We stv est

MPB TU-plattegrond240506ZW.indd 1 MPB TU-plattegrond240506ZW.indd 1 24-05-2006 12:06:49 24-05-2006 12:06:49

18 Civil Engineering Msc 19 study guide 2006/2007

20 Civil Engineering Msc 21 study guide 2006/2007

22 Civil Engineering Msc 23 study guide 2006/2007

For addresses in the various countries go to the www.tudelft.nl/buitenland Quality assurance

24 Civil Engineering Msc 25 study guide 2006/2007

And later, when you are ready:

26 Civil Engineering Msc 27 study guide 2006/2007

Civil Engineering Msc

+ course continues in the following period

CT5100 Repair and 4 CT4140 Dynamics of 4

CT5141 Theory of 3 CT4150 Plastic 4 CT5123 Introduction 4

³ If not a compulsory course

CT5110 Concrete 4 CT5127 Concrete 4 CT5123 Introduction 4

Civil Engineering Msc

CT5126 Fatigue 3 CT5125 Steel bridges 4 CT5124 Timber 4

CT4281 Building struc- 4

CT4150 Plastic Analysis of 4

³ If not a compulsory course

CT5100 Repair and 4 CT5124 Timber 4 CT4170 Construction 4

CT5110 Concrete 4 CT3150 Concrete 4 CT5102 Capita Selecta 3

Focus area Hydraulic Structures: 30 credits required

Civil Engineering Msc

And 12 credits from the courses below.

CT4320 Short waves 4 CT4300 Introduction 4

* course continues in the next period

Other courses offered by Structural Engineering:

study guide 2006/2007

Civil E ngineering Msc study guide 2006/2007

Civil E ngineering Msc study guide 2006/2007

Civil E ngineering Msc study guide 2006/2007

Civil E ngineering Msc study guide 2006/2007